http://www.atimes.com/atimes/others/Henry.html
-- The
Complete Henry C K Liu
BANKING
BUNKUM
By Henry C K Liu
Part
4c: More on the Japanese
experience
http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Global_Economy/DK06Dj01.html
BANKING
BUNKUM
Part
1: Monetary theology
By Henry C K Liu
Central bankers are like librarians who consider a well-run
library to be one in which all the books are safely stacked on the
shelves and properly catalogued. To reduce incidents of late returns
or loss, they would proposed more strict lending rules, ignoring
that the measure of a good library lies in full circulation.
Librarians take pride in the size of their collections rather than
the velocity of their circulation.
Central bankers take the
same attitude toward money. Central bankers view their job as
preserving the value of money through the restriction of its
circulation, rather than maximizing the beneficial effect of money
on the economy through its circulation. Many central bankers boast
about the size of their foreign reserves the way librarians boast
about the size of their collections, while their governments pile up
budget deficits. Paul Volcker, the US central banker widely credited
with ending inflation in the early 1980s by administering wholesale
financial blood letting on the US economy, quipped lightheartedly at
a Washington party that "central bankers are brought up pulling
legs off of ants".
Central banking insulates monetary
policy from national economic policy by prioritizing the
preservation of the value of money over the monetary needs of a
sound national economy. A global finance architecture based on
universal central banking allows an often volatile foreign exchange
market to operate to facilitate the instant cross-border ebb and
flow of capital and debt instruments. The workings of an unregulated
global financial market of both capital and debt forced central
banking to prevent the application of the State Theory of Money
(STM) in individual countries to use sovereign credit to finance
domestic development by penalizing, with low exchange rates for
their currencies, governments that run budget deficits.
STM
asserts that the acceptance of government-issued legal tender,
commonly known as money, is based on government's authority to levy
taxes payable in money. Thus the government can and should issue as
much money in the form of credit as the economy needs for
sustainable growth without fear of hyperinflation. What monetary
economists call the money supply is essentially the sum total of
credit aggregates in the economy, structured around government
credit as bellwether. Sovereign credit is the anchor of a vibrant
domestic credit market so necessary for a dynamic economy.
By
making STM inoperative through the tyranny of exchange rates,
central banking in a globalized financial market robs individual
governments of their sovereign credit prerogative and forces
sovereign nations to depend on external capital and debt to finance
domestic development. The deteriorating exchange value of a nation's
currency then would lead to a corresponding drop in foreign direct
or indirect investment (capital inflow), and a rise in interest cost
for sovereign and private debts, since central banking essentially
relies on interest policy to maintain the value of money. Central
banking thus relies on domestic economic austerity caused by high
interest rates to achieve its institutional mandate of maintaining
price stability.
Such domestic economic austerity comes in
the form of systemic credit crunches that cause high unemployment,
bankruptcies, recessions and even total economic collapse, as in the
case of Britain in 1992, the Asian financial crisis in 1997 and
subsequent crises in Russia, Turkey, Brazil and Argentina. It is the
economic equivalent of a blood-letting cure.
A national bank
does not seek independence from the government. The independence of
central banks is a euphemism for a shift from institutional loyalty
to national economic well-being toward institutional loyalty to the
smooth functioning of a global financial architecture. The
international finance architecture at this moment in history is
dominated by US dollar hegemony, which can be simply defined by the
dollar's unjustified status as a global reserve currency. The
operation of the current international finance architecture requires
the sacrifice of local economies in a financial food chain that
feeds the issuer of US dollars. It is the monetary aspect of the
predatory effects of globalization.
Historically, the term
"central bank" has been interchangeable with the term
"national bank". In fact, the enabling act to establish
the first national bank, the Bank of the United States, referred to
the bank interchangeably as a central and a national bank. However,
with the globalization of financial markets in recent decades, a
central bank has become fundamentally different from a national
bank.
The mandate of a national bank is to finance the
sustainable development of the national economy, and its function
aims to adjust the value of a nation's currency at a level best
suited for achieving that purpose within an international regime of
exchange control. On the other hand, the mandate of a modern-day
central bank is to safeguard the value of a nation's currency in a
globalized financial market of no or minimal exchange control, by
adjusting the national economy to sustain that narrow objective,
through economic recession and negative growth if necessary.
Central banking tends to define monetary policy within the
narrow limits of price stability. In other words, the best monetary
policy in the context of central banking is a non-discretionary
money-supply target set by universal rules of price stability,
unaffected by the economic needs or political considerations of
individual nations.
The theology of monetary economics
Inflation, the all-consuming target of central banking, is
popularly thought of as too much money chasing too few goods, which
economists refer to as the Quantity Theory of Money (QTM). QTM is
one of the oldest surviving economic doctrines. Simply stated, it
asserts that changes in the general level of commodity prices are
determined primarily by changes in the quantity of money in
circulation. But the theology of monetary economics has a long and
complex history, an understanding of which is necessary for forming
any informed opinion on the validity and purpose of central banking.
Below is a brief summary of the stuff dinner conversation is made of
among the gods of monetary theory.
Jean Bodin (1530-96), a
French social/political philosopher, attributed the price inflation
then raging in Western Europe to the abundance of monetary metals
imported from the newly opened gold and silver mines in the Spanish
colonies in South America. Though he held many aspects of
mercantilist views, Bodin asserted that the rise of prices was a
function not merely of the debasement of the coinage, but also of
the amount of currency in circulation. Bodin's religious tolerance
in a period of fanatical religious wars drew upon him the accusation
of being a "freethinker", a label as damaging as being
called a communist sympathizer in the United States in modern times.
In his Les Six Livrers de la republic (1576), Bodin replaced
the concept of a past golden age with the concept of progress. He
foreshadowed Thomas Hobbes (1588-1679: The Leviathan, 1651)
by stating the political necessity of absolute sovereignty, subject
only to the laws of God (morality) and nature (reality). Bodin also
anticipated Baron Montesquieu (1689-1755: De l'esprit des lois,
1748) by highlighting environment as a determinant of laws, customs,
beliefs and the interpretation of events, a view that influenced the
US constitution, a view since rejected by current US moral
imperialism.
John Locke (1632-1704) and David Hume (1711-76)
provided considerable refinement, elaboration and extension to the
QTM, allowing it to be integrated into the mainstream of orthodox
monetarist tradition. Locke developed the right of private property
based on the labor theory of value and the mechanics of political
checks and balances that were incorporated in the US constitution.
Locke, in 1661, asserted the proportionality postulate: that a
doubling of the quantity of money (M) will double the level of
prices (P) and half the value of the monetary unit.
Hume, in
1752, introduced the notion of causation by stating that variation
in M (money quantity) will cause proportionate changes in P (price
level). Concurrently with Irish banker Richard Cantillon
(1680-1734), Hume applied to the QTM two crucial distinctions: 1)
between static (long-run stationary equilibrium) and dynamic
(short-run movement toward equilibrium); and 2) between the long-run
neutrality and the short-run non-neutrality of money. Hume and
Cantillon provided the first dynamic process analysis of how the
impact of a monetary change spread from one sector of the economy to
another, altering relative price and quantity in the process. They
pointed out that most monetary injection would involve non-neutral
distribution effects. New money would not be distributed among
individuals in proportion to their pre-existing share of money
holdings. Those who receive more will benefit at the expense of
those receiving less than their proportionate share, and they will
exert more influence in determining the composition of new output.
Initial distribution effects temporarily alter the pattern of
expenditure and thus the structure of production and the allocation
of resources. Thus it is understandable that conservatives would be
sympathetic to the QTM to maintain the wealth distribution status
quo, or if the QTM is skirted, to ensure that the maldistribution
tilts toward those who are more likely to engage in capital
formation, namely the rich. Thus developing economies in need of
capital formation would find logic in first enriching the financial
elite while advanced economies with production overcapacity would
need to increase aggregate demand by restricting income disparity.
Hume describes how different degrees of money illusion among
income recipients, coupled with time delays in the adjustment
process, could cause costs to lag behind prices, thus creating
abnormal profits and stimulating optimistic profit expectations that
would spur business expansion and employment during the transition
period. These non-neutral effects are not denied by the adherents of
QTM, who nevertheless assert that they are bound to dissipate in the
long run, often with great damage if the optimism was unjustified.
The latest evidence of the non-neutral effects of money is
observable in expansion of the so-called New Economy from easy money
in the past decade and the recent collapse of its bubble.
The
QTM formed the central core of 19th-century classical monetary
analysis, provided the dominant conceptual framework for
interpreting contemporary financial events and formed the
intellectual foundation of orthodox policy prescription designed to
preserve the gold standard. The economic structure in 19th-century
Europe led analysts to acknowledge additional non-neutral effects,
such as the lag of money wages behind prices, which temporarily
reduces real wages; the stimulus to output occasioned by
inflation-induced reduction in real debt burdens, which shifts real
income from unproductive creditor-rentiers to productive
debtor-entrepreneurs; the so-called "forced saving" effect
occasioned by price-induced redistribution of income among
socio-economic classes having structurally different propensity to
save and invest; and the stimulus to investment imparted by a
temporary reduction in the rate of interest below the anticipated
rate of return on new capital.
Yet classical quantity
theorists tended persistently to minimize the importance of
non-neutral effects as merely transitional. Whereas Hume tended to
stress lengthy dynamic disequilibrium periods in which money matters
much, classical analysts focused on long-run equilibrium in which
money is merely a veil. David Ricardo (1772-1823), the most
influential of the classical economists, thought such disequilibrium
effects ephemeral and unimportant in long-run equilibrium analysis.
Gods, of course, enjoy longer perspectives than most mortals, as do
the rich over the poor. As John Maynard Keynes famously said: "In
the long run, we will all be dead."
As leader of the
Bullionists, Ricardo charged that inflation in Britain was solely
the result of the Bank of England's irresponsible overissue of
money, when in 1797, under the stress of the Napoleonic Wars,
Britain left the gold standard for inconvertible paper. At that
time, the Bank of England was still operating as a national bank,
not a central bank in the modern sense of the term. In other words,
it operated to improve the English economy rather than to strengthen
the sanctity of international finance. Ricardo, by focusing on long
term-equilibrium, discouraged discussions on the possible beneficial
output and employment effects of monetary injection on the national
level. Like modern-day monetarists, Bullionists laid the source of
inflation, a decidedly evil force in international finance, squarely
at the door of the national bank. As Milton Friedman declared some
two centuries after Richardo: inflation is everywhere a monetary
phenomenon. Friedman's concept of "money matters" is the
diametrical opposite of Hume's.
The historical evolution in
18th-century Europe from a predominantly full-metal money to a mixed
metal-paper money forced advances in the understanding of the
monetary transmission mechanism. After gold coins had given way to
banknotes, Hume's direct mechanism of price adjustment was found
lacking in explaining how banknotes are injected into the system.
Henry Thornton (1760-1815), in his classic The Paper
Credit of Great Britain (1802), provided the first description
of the indirect mechanism by observing that new money created by
banks enters the financial markets initially via an expansion of
bank loans, through increasing the supply of lendable funds,
temporarily reducing the loan rate of interest below the rate of
return on new capital, thus stimulating additional investment and
loan demand. This in turn pushes prices up, including capital good
prices, drives up loan demands and eventually interest rates,
bringing the system back into equilibrium indirectly.
The
central issue of the doctrines of the British classical school that
dominated the first half of the 19th century was focused around the
application of the QTM to government policy, which manifested itself
in the maintenance of external equilibrium and the restoration and
defense of the gold standard. Consequently, the QTM tended to be
directed toward the analysis of international price levels, gold
flow, exchange-rate fluctuations and trade deficits. It formed the
foundation of mercantilism, which underpinned the economic structure
of the British Empire via colonialism, which reached institutional
maturity in the same period.
Bullionists developed the idea
that the stock of money, or its currency component, could be
effectively regulated by controlling a narrowly defined monetary
base, that the control of "high-power money" (bank
reserves) in a fractional reserve banking regime implies virtual
control of the money supply. High-power money is the totality of
bank reserves that would be multiplied many times through the
money-creation power of commercial bank lending, depending on the
velocity of circulation.
In the 1987 crash when the Dow
Jones Industrial Average (DJIA) dropped 22.6 percent in one day
(October 19) on volume of 608 million shares, six times the normal
volume then (current normal daily volume is about 1.6 trillion
shares), the US Federal Reserve under its newly installed chairman,
Alan Greenspan, created US$12 billion of new bank reserves by buying
up government securities. The $12 billion injection of high-power
money in one day caused the Fed Funds rate to fall by three-quarters
of a point and halted the financial panic. If the government had
been running a balanced budget and there were no government
securities to be bought, the economy would have seized up. This
shows that government deficits and debt are part and parcel of the
modern financial architecture.
In the three decades after
Britain returned to the gold standard in 1821, the policy objective
focused on the maintenance of fixed exchange rates and the automatic
gold convertibility of the pound. But the Currency School (CS)
versus Banking School (BS) controversy broke out over whether the
"Currency Principle" of making existing mixed gold-paper
currency expand and contract in direct proportion to gold reserves
was sufficient to safeguard against note overissuance, or whether
additional regulation was necessary. This controversy grew out of
the expansion pressure put on the supply of pound sterling by the
rapid expansion of the British empire.
Members of the CS
argued that even a fully, legally convertible currency could be
issued in excess with undesirable consequences, such as rising
domestic prices relative to foreign prices, balance-of-payment
deficits, falling foreign-exchange rates, gold outflow resulting in
depletion of gold reserves and ultimately forced suspension of
convertibility. The rate of reserves drain often accelerated when
the external gold drain coincided with internal domestic-panic
conversion of paper into gold in fear of pending depreciation. Thus
the CS promoted full convertibility plus strict regulation of the
volume of banknotes to prevent the recurrence of gold drains,
exchange depreciation and domestic liquidity crises.
The
apprehension of the CS was fully justified by past actions of the
Bank of England, which had been perverse and destabilizing by
international finance standards. The destabilizing argument stressed
the time lag on the Bank's policy response to gold outflow and to
exchange-rate movements. The inevitably too little, too late
measures taken by the national bank, instead of protecting gold
reserves, merely exacerbated financial panics and liquidity crises
that inevitably followed periods of currency-credit excess. The
famous Bank Charter Act of 1844, in modern parlance, imposed a 100
percent reserve requirement, with an unabashed bias toward wealth
preservation over wealth creation. The CS also asserts that money
substitutes cannot impair the effectiveness of monetary regulation.
Thus if banknotes could be controlled, there would be no need to
control deposits explicitly, on the ground that money substitutes
have low velocity and are of declining substitutional value in times
of crisis.
Keynesians argue that the QTM is invalid because
it assumes an automatic tendency to full employment. If resource
under-ultilization and excess capacity exist, a monetary expansion
may produce a rise in output rather than a rise in prices, as in the
case of the 1930s Depression. Money is not a mere veil. Monetary
changes may have a permanent effect on output, interest rates, and
other real variables, contrary to the neutrality postulate of the
QTM. Post-Keynesians also contend that the QTM erroneously assumes
the stability of velocity and its counterpart, the demand for money.
Velocity is a volatile, unpredictable variable (technically known as
exogenous - due to external causes), influenced by meta-rationality
and by changes in the volume of money substitutes, not to mention
hedges in the form of derivatives. The erratic behavior of velocity
makes it impossible to predict the effect of a given monetary change
on prices.
John Law (1671-1729), a contemporary of Bodin,
elaborated in 1705 on the distinction drawn by Bernardo Davanzati
(1529-1606) between "value in exchange" and "value in
use", which led Law to introduce his famous "water-diamond"
paradox: that water, which has great use-value, has no
exchange-value, while diamonds, which have great exchange-value,
have no use-value. Contrary to Adam Smith, who used the same example
but explained it on the basis of water and diamonds having different
labor costs of production, Law regarded the relative scarcity of
goods in demand as the generator of exchange value.
Davanzati
showed how "barter is a necessary complement of division of
labor amongst men and amongst nations"; and how there is easily
a "want of coincidence in barter", which calls for a
"medium of exchange"; and this medium must be capable of
"subdivision" and be a "store of value". He
remarked "that one single egg was more worth to Count Ugolino
in his tower [prison] than all the gold of the world", but that
on the other hand, "ten thousand grains of corn are only worth
one of gold in the market", and that "water, however
necessary for life, is worth nothing, because superabundant".
That was of course before International Monetary Fund (IMF)
conditionality requiring the poor in the indebted Third World to pay
for water through privatization of basic utilities to service
foreign debt.
Davanzati observed that in the siege of
Casilino, "a rat was sold for 200 florins, and the price could
not be called exaggerated, because next day the man who sold it was
starved and the man who bought it was still alive". Of course,
modern economists would call that a market failure. Davanzati viewed
all the money in a country as worth all the goods, because the one
exchanges for the other and nobody wants money for its own sake.
Davanzati did not know anything about the velocity of money, and
only recognized that every country needs a different quantity of
money, as different human frames need different quantities of blood.
The mint ought to coin money gratuitously for everybody; and the
fear that, if the coins are too good, they should be exported is
simply illusory, because they must have been paid for by the
exporter.
Law's "Real Bills Doctrine" of money
applied the "reflux principle" to the money supply. Money,
Law argued, was credit and credit was determined by the "needs
of trade". Consequently, the amount of money in existence is
determined not by the imports of gold or trade balances (as the
Mercantilists argued), but rather on the supply of credit in the
economy. And money supply (in opposition to the Quantity Theory) is
endogenous (growing from within), determined by the "needs of
trade".
Post-Keynesians have drawn on the Real Bills
Doctrine, which asserts that the money supply is an endogenous
variable that responds passively to shifts in the demand for it.
Thus monetary changes cannot affect prices. Being demand-determined,
the stock of money cannot exceed or fall short of the quantity of
money demanded. In short, there is no transmission mechanism running
from money to prices. Analysts should look instead for the source of
economic dislocations in real rather than monetary causes. Inflation
creates a corresponding increase in the money supply, not the other
way around. Yet QTM theorists exposed the Achilles' heel of the Real
Bills Doctrine by demonstrating that as long as the loan rate of
interest is below the expected yield on new capital projects, the
demand for loans will be insatiable. Thus the "real bills"
criterion as an automatic regulator of the money supply is
inoperative unless central banks intervene to raise interest rates
in concert with expected return on capital.
The attack on
the QTM from the Banking School (BS) also supported modern Keynesian
views, by pointing out that new money may simply be absorbed into
idle balances (gold hoards, a liquidity trap) without entering the
spending stream, while the supply of money is determined by the need
of trade and thus can never exceed demand (in modern parlance:
pushing on the credit string). The BS went farther than the "Real
Bills" argument that even if the real-bills criterion of
restriction of loans to self-liquidating paper were violated, the
law of reflux would prevent overissue. Holders of excess papers
would simply redeposit them in banks rather than spending them. The
BS asserts that prices are determined by income and not by the
quantity of money. For national economies, factor incomes earned
from overseas investment, rather than money, are the sources of
expenditure that act on prices, unless neutralized by imports. This
income-expenditure approach was later developed by Keynes and became
a characteristic feature of Keynesian macro-economic models.
The
BS also disputed the quantity-theory view of money as an exogenous
or external independent variable by arguing that the stock of money
and credit is a passive, endogenous demand-determined variable. The
stock of money and credit is the effect, not the cause, of price
changes. The channel of causation runs from prices to money, not the
opposite direction as contended by the CS. What determines the
volume of currency in circulation is the active initiation of the
non-bank public (borrowers) with the banks playing only a passive
accommodating role. Implicit in the BS view of massive money are
three anti-quantity theory propositions: 1) changes in economic
activities precede and cause changes in the money supply (the
reverse causation argument); 2) the supply of circulating media is
not independent of the demand for it and 3) the central bank does
not actively control the money supply, but instead accommodates or
responds to prior changes in the demand for money. Against the CS
emphasis on a narrowly defined money supply, the BS emphasized the
overall structure of credit.
The BS advocates more free
banking against regulated banking, favoring the discretion of
bankers over regulation by government or fixed rules, and, most
important, the BS regards attempts to regulate prices via monetary
control as futile, since the money supply, especially notes, is an
endogenous variable independent of exogenous control. BS views
fighting inflation via the supply of money and credit as putting the
cart before the horse, since it is prices that determine the
quantity of money and credit, and not vice versa.
Despite
the BS's criticism, the QTM emerged victorious from the mid-19th
century Currency-Banking Debate to command wide acceptance until the
1930s. The CS policy of fixed exchange rate, gold standard,
convertibility and strict control of banknotes became British
monetary orthodoxy in the second half of the 19th century within the
context of the triumph of British imperialism. But the rigorous
mathematical restatement of the QTM by neo-classical economists
around the dawn of the 20th century was the crowning factor to QTM's
success in intellectual circles.
Irving Fisher (1876-1947)
in his classic The Purchasing Power of Money (1911) spelled
out his famous equation of exchange: MV=PT, where M is the stock of
money, V is the velocity of circulation, P is the price level and T
is the physical volume of market transaction. This and other
equations, such as the Cambridge cash balance equation, which
corresponds with the emerging use of mathematics in neo-classical
economic analysis, define precisely the conditions under which the
proportional postulate is valid.
Yet these conditions
include constancy of the velocity of money and of real output.
Neoclassical economics assumed that velocity was a near constant
determined by individuals' cash-holding decisions in conjunction
with technological and institutional factors associated with the
aggregate payment mechanism. Today, with interest-bearing cash
accounts, electronic payment regimes and cashless credit-card
transactions, such assumptions are less valid. Money velocity, like
wind velocity in a weather pattern, fluctuates widely and suddenly,
caused by complex factors feeding back on each other.
Fisher
and other neo-classical economists, such as Arthur Cecil Pigou
(1877-1959) of Cambridge, demonstrated that monetary control could
be achieved in a fractional reserve banking regime via control of an
exogenously determined stock of high-power money. Underlying their
argument that the total stock of money and bank deposits would be a
constant multiple of the monetary base is the claim that the stock
of money is governed by three proximate determinants: 1) the
high-power monetary base, 2) the banks' desired reserve to deposit
ratio and 3) the public's desired cash-to-deposit ratio, and with
the the monetary base dominating determinants 2) and 3). Again the
financial reality today is very different. Banks routinely borrow
through the repos window to bypass reserve requirements. Banks, to
reduce the capital requirement based on their balance sheets, also
sell their loans regularly as securitized financial products in the
credit markets. Yet QTM continues to exercise a strong hold on
monetary theory.
Neo-classical quantity theorists stress the
long-run non-neutrality of money, a topic not well developed in
classical analysis. They integrate the QTM into their analysis of
business cycles, identifying the quantity of money as a major cause
of booms and busts and monetary effects on price as a prerequisite
to the stabilization of economic activity.
It was not until
the 1930s that the QTM encountered serious criticism and was
discredited, replaced by the Keynesian income-expenditure model.
Notwithstanding Keynes' earlier support for QTM in A Tract on
Monetary Reform (1923), Keynes' General Theory (1936)
launched a frontal attack on QTM by observing that if the economy
were operating at less than full employment, with idle resources to
draw from, changes in spending would affect output and employment
rather than prices.
Keynes reversed the QTM assumption by
treating prices as rigid and output flexible, a situation any
businessman could recognize. Keynes criticized the QTM equations as
tautological and that QTM erroneously treated the circulatory
velocity of money as a near constant. Keynes pointed out that the
velocity variable in Fisher's equation was in reality extremely
unstable by showing that any change in M (money stock) might be
absorbed by an offsetting change in V (circulation velocity) and
therefore would not be transmitted to P (price level). Likewise, any
change in income or the volume of market transaction might be
accommodated by a change in velocity without requiring any change in
the money supply.
Keynes revived the BS conclusion that
economic disturbances arise from exogenous shocks originating in the
real economy rather than from erratic behavior of the money supply,
and the futility of using monetary policy to regulate economic
activity to cure unemployment and recession. The conclusion was
based on Keynes' theory of an absolute preference for liquidity at
low interest-rate levels - the case for the liquidity trap. Keynes
argued that either a liquidity trap or interest-insensitive
investment draught could render a monetary expansion ineffective in
a depression. Keynes stressed a new non-monetary adjustment
mechanism - the income multiplier. The chief policy implication of
the Keynesian income-expenditure analysis was that fiscal policy
would have a more powerful impact on income and employment than
would monetary policy.
Post-Keynesian economists added to
Keynes' contra-QTM arguments by pointing out that inflation is
predominantly a cost-pushed phenomenon associated with non-monetary
institutional forces, such as union wage inelasticity, monopoly
pricing, etc. Cheap money, Post-Keynesian advocates assert, from
expansionary monetary policy could be used to keep interest rates at
low levels, minimizing the burden of both private and public debt,
helping to keep unemployment at permanently low levels. These
positions depart from the neutrality proposition. The Radcliffe
Committee on British monetary reform in 1959 declared that 1) money
is an indistinguishable component of a continuous spectrum of
financial assets; 2) the velocity of money is devoid of economic
content; and 3) attempts to regulate spending via monetary control
are futile in a financial system that can produce a limitless array
of money substitutes. The Radcliffe Committee declaration is in fact
an update of the Banking School.
Then came Milton Friedman,
who remodeled the QTM into a theory of the demand for money. It was
based on the wealth effect, or the theory of real balance effect,
which argues that prices would fall in a depression, thereby raising
the purchasing power of wealth held in money from. The price-induced
rise in the real value of cash balances would then stimulate
spending directly until full capacity utilization had been attained.
As the wealth effect operates independently of changes in interest
rates, closure of the indirect channel could not prevent the
restoration of full employment. It follows that a rise in the real
balances and hence spending could be accomplished just as easily via
a monetary expansion, validating the potency of monetary policy even
in a depression.
This argument offered an escape from the
Keynesian liquidity trap and a way of thwarting the interest
inelasticity of the investment-spending draught, thus contradicting
the Keynesian doctrine of underemployment equilibrium. Friedman
suggested that the Keynesian view of the monetary transmission
mechanism was seriously incomplete. In denying that the quantity
theory was a theory of income determination, Friedman freed it from
the Keynesian criticism that it assumes full employment. In their A
Monetary History of the United States, 1867-1960, Friedman and
Anna Schwartz showed that a rapid and large reduction in the money
supply played the dominant causal role in the Great Depression of
the 1930s. Their observation led to criticism of the Keynesian
attribution of the Depression to a collapse of demand.
Monetarists
argue that the quantity of money, rather than the level and channels
of interest rates, is the appropriate variable for the monetary
authority to regulate. Greenspan in essence applied this theory to
prolong economic expansion in the United States after 1997 and
produced the biggest bubble since the 1920s.
Monetarists
regard monetary policy as having a powerful long-run impact on
nominal income as contrasted with fiscal policy. They regard income
policy as having a perverse long-term impact on economic activity.
Despite lip service paid to the notion of the direct effect of
monetary changes on commodity expenditure, modern monetarists
acknowledge that the transmission mechanism operates primarily
through a complex portfolio or balance-sheet adjustment process
involving various interest-rate channels and affecting a wide range
of assets and expenditures, generating shifts in the composition of
asset portfolios, thereby inducing prices and yields of existing
financial and non-financial assets relative to prices of current
services and new assets, albeit that the portfolio approach is not
of monetary origin, having been first developed by Keynes and J R
Hicks in the mid-1930s and subsequently elaborated by James Tobin
and others. These asset price and yield changes, in turn, generate
changes in the demands for service flows and new asset stocks and
hence in the prices and output of latter items.
The question
of the appropriate range of assets and interest rates to be
considered in the analysis of the transmission mechanism is a key
point in the monetarist-Keynesian controversy over the spending
impact of monetary changes. Keynesian models tended to concentrate
on a narrower range of assets and interest rates, forcing the
transmission process through a narrow channel, thus choking off some
of the spending impact of a monetary change.
Of course, in
Keynes' days, the financial architecture was primarily a two-asset
world: cash and bonds, fundamentally different from today's infinite
range of financial assets in the brave new world of structured
finance. Modern monetarists generally favor flexible exchange rates
without exchange control, whereas the Currency School advocated
fixed rates with exchange control.
Next:
The European experience
Henry C K Liu is
chairman of the New York-based Liu Investment Group.
(©2002
Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please
contactcontent@atimes.com
for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
http://www.hartford-hwp.com/archives/60/111.html
During the rise of Europe in past centuries, industrial progress was not made in a free-market system, but in a government-support system that provided investment capital through national banking. There are undeniable data showing that any nation that did not adopt a government-financed industrial policy had failed to develop as an economic or military power in the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries.
The idea of a national bank in modern times began in the Netherlands. Key to the success of the Dutch economy in the 17th century was the Amsterdam Wisselbank, which had been founded in 1609 to provide credit to the city of Amsterdam, to the province of Holland and to trade through the funding of the monopolistic Dutch East India Company. Wisselbank was also responsible for coinage and exchange. Some seven decades later, in 1683, it was further empowered to lend to private clients. All large payments had to pass through Wisselbank and it therefore was convenient for the major finance houses to bank with it. Thus not only was it in a position to oversee the Dutch financial scene, it was also able to act as a stabilizing influence. Its function was exclusively to enhance Dutch national financial interests and, in that sense, it was different from private banking, which sought profit wherever opportunities existed within the law.
By the middle of the 17th century, the notion of a national bank to provide needed liquidity to finance national economic development and expanding trade had gathered support in England. The perception of credit as the seed of wealth creation in a capitalistic system was gaining acceptance, leading to an awareness that money, if backed by the state, needed no intrinsic value to enable it to be useful in fueling and lubricating the economy. The concept of a sovereign or national debt being financed with paper money issued by fiat, backed ultimately by national wealth, to support national purposes, especially war, gradually gained recognition.
The Dutch model of national banking inspired the Bank of England, founded in 1694 by William Paterson, a Scotsman, with a capital of STG1.2 million, backed by gold, which was simultaneously advanced (to finance the war with France) to William III (1650-1702), who had been crowned with Mary by the Glorious Revolution of 1688-89, which marked the triumph of parliamentary authority over royal absolutism. The capital/loan came from a syndicate of private investors/lenders who, in return for holding government bonds, were given the privilege of operating a national bank. This was the origin of British national banking and the national debt, which had not been necessary under absolutism because the sovereign had absolute command of all wealth in the royal realm. The Bank of England managed the government's accounts and made loans to finance public spending at times of peace or war. Operating also as a commercial bank, it took deposits and issued notes.
John Law (1671-1729), Scottish economist, gambler, banker and royal adviser, was renowned for two remarkable enterprises he created in France: the Banque Generale and the Mississippi Scheme. His economic legacy rests on two major concepts: the scarcity theory of value and the Real Bills Doctrine of money.
Exiled from Britain for participating in an illegal, fatal duel, Law found himself welcome in the French court through the patronage and friendship of Philippe, the Duke of Orleans, regent of France during the minority of Louis XV. Despite being a nation of greater wealth than either Britain or the Netherlands, the state of French finances after Louis XIV's death in 1715 was so dismal, because of France's neglect in leveraging its national wealth through banking and credit, that the regent eagerly accepted Law's proposal to establish in 1716 a state-chartered bank, the Banque Generale, with the power to issue paper currency. Concurrently, Law also founded the Mississippi Company, an enterprise intended for developing the then French colony of Louisiana in North America.
Law was granted a charter to create the Banque Generale with a capital of 6 million livres, of which he raised 25 percent in cash and covered the remaining 4.5 million livres with government debt (billets d'etat) trading at only one-fourth of its face value. Law's Banque Generale was authorized to issue interest-paying bank notes payable in silver on demand. It soon had 60 million livres in notes outstanding. The Regime required regional tax payments to be in the form of Banque Generale banknotes to provide a ready market for them. Because these banknotes paid interest and were conveniently acceptable as for tax payment, they sold at a premium over their face value, removing from the state seigniorage (government revenue from the manufacturing of coins calculated as the difference between the monetary and the bullion value of the silver contained in silver coins) and delivering it to the speculative market. That was a major error, for interest payment turned the national banknotes into a debt instrument, indistinguishable from a government bond but with no fixed maturity.
To develop the territories of Louisiana in North America, Law was granted a charter for the Compagnie de l'Occident with a 25-year lease on French holdings in Louisiana. In return, the Compagnie was required to settle at least 6,000 French citizens and 3,000 slaves in the territories. The Compagnie was also granted a monopoly on the growing and sale of tobacco. The Compagnie acquired the Compagnie de Senegal, which operated in West Africa, as a source of slaves. It then merged with the French East India Company and the French China Company to form Compagnie des Indes, forming a virtual monopoly on French foreign trade.
Law's Banque Generale, under the new name of Banque Royale, tying it closer to the state, was added to a monopolistic combination that Law called the System.
The Compagnie des Indes issued 200,000 shares at a per share price of 500 livres in 1716. By 1718 the share price had fallen to 250 livres. In 1719, the Banque Royale pumped up the supply of notes by 30 percent. It also acquired the right to act as the national tax collector for nine years. The Compagnie stock doubled and redoubled in price.
Based on new financial power from inflated market capitalization, Law then offered a plan to pay off the troublesome state debt, committing another fundamental error. The Banque would issue notes paying 3 percent interest to redeem the state debt. The banknotes could then be used to buy stock in Law's Compagnie de Indes. The Compagnie share price rose to 5,000 livres in August 1719 and 8,000 livres in October. Speculation in Compagnie stock went wild, much like the dot-com shares in the 1990s. Stock was being purchased on 90 percent margin. Fortunes were being made overnight by speculators, with a street beggar reportedly making 70 million livres.
John Law became an international celebrity. The pope sent an envoy to the birthday party of Law's daughter. Law converted to Catholicism and was appointed controlleur des finances by the Regime.
Compagnie des Indes shares peaked at a per share price of 20,000 livres at the end of 1719. In January 1720, two royal princes decided to cash in their shares of the Compagnie, prompting others to follow. Law had to print 1.5 million livres in paper money to meet the rising demand for cash. As controlleur des finances, he tried to stem the tide by making it illegal to hold more than 500 livres in gold or silver. He devalued banknotes relative to foreign currency to encourage exports and discourage imports. Nevertheless Compagnie des Indes stock fell to 5,000 livres. As head of both the Compagnie des Indes and the Banque Royale, Law bought up stocks and banknotes to try to raise their price, but by June 1720 he had to suspend all payments.
Law's note-issuing bank fell from being a spectacular success to total collapse after a panic bank run in 1720, plunging France and Europe into a severe economic crisis, which set the economic stage for the French Revolution. The impact of Law's banking schemes on France was so traumatic that, until recently, the term banque was largely shunned by French banks in order to avoid memories of Law's unfortunate institution. The common substitute term was credit, as in Credit Lyonnais and Credit Agricole.
In England, a similar scheme known as the South Sea Bubble also burst at the same time, but the South Sea Company and its banker, the Bank of England, was bailed out by the government through the British national debt, for which the people of Britain assumed responsibility and which was made credible by parliamentary control of finance. The failure of the French national bank was caused by its tie merely to whimsical royal credit rather than reliable national credit. The failure left France without an adequate banking system until Napoleon Bonaparte, who, to replenish the nearly empty state treasury, transformed the Bank of Current Accounts into the Banque de France on January 28, 1800, as the first French national bank.
Napoleon III, whom historians saw as the prototype of the modern dictator, was labeled the bourgeois emperor by royalists and the socialist emperor by the Saint Simonians, who were among the first in modern history to conceive a centrally planned industrial system, and who invented investment banking. Under him the Credit Mobilier was founded in 1852, established specifically for providing funds for industry and infrastructure, and followed by other banks. Despite the failure of the Credit Mobilier in 1867, these investment banks channeled savings into essential investments in transport, communication, agriculture and industry.
In 1860, Credit Agricole was founded to supply credit for French agriculture in its transformation from feudal estates into a modern economic sector. Credit Agricole eventually developed into one of the world's largest banks, supplying financing to the largest agricultural producer in Europe. During the early 1980s, it was the largest, and in 1991 the sixth-largest. It has since merged with the Banque de Indo Suez. On December 2, 1945, the banking and credit industries were nationalized, and the state became the sole shareholder of the Banque de France and of the four principal deposit banks.
Reliance on the Bank of England was such that when its charter was renewed in 1781, it was described as the public exchequer. By then, the Bank was acting also as the bankers' bank and it had to keep enough gold reserves to pay its notes on demand.
By 1797, war with France under Napoleon I had drained British gold reserves and the British government prohibited the Bank from paying its notes in gold. This Restriction Period lasted until 1821. The 1844 Bank Charter Act again tied the note issue to the Bank's gold reserves, requiring the Bank to keep the accounts of the note issue separate from those of its banking operations and produce a weekly summary of both accounts, called the Bank Return, which is still published weekly today. The Bank's second century thus saw two key elements of central banking emerge: 1) the concern for monetary stability, born during the inflationary excesses of the Napoleonic Wars; and 2) the institutional responsibility for financial stability, developed in the banking crises of the mid-19th century. Both elements were predicated on the controversial assumption that long term financial-stability rests on price stability, preventing the fluctuation of prices from being a tool for managing the economy.
In the 19th century, the Bank of England took on the additional role of lender of last resort, providing stability to the banking system during several financial crises. In the early 1900s, the Bank of England became the instrument of the ruling class as distinguished from the nation. It could and did lower prices and wages, increase unemployment and even set the price of gold to protect private wealth gained from the nation's global empire, which was unequally shared among its citizens, let alone colonial subjects, in the name of capital formation.
During World War I, the national debt jumped to STG7 billion. The Bank helped manage government borrowing and resist inflationary pressures. As with the wars with France a century before, the financial cost of World War I forced a break in the British currency link with gold. An attempt was made in 1925 in vain to return to the gold standard, and in 1931, in the midst of worldwide depression, the United Kingdom left the gold standard for good. Britain's gold and foreign-exchange reserves were transferred to the Treasury, while their day-to-day management was and still is handled by the Bank. The note issue became entirely fiduciary, not backed by gold. Since then, the pound sterling has been a fiat currency.
After World War II, the Bank of England was nationalized in 1946 under a Labour government with the passing of the Bank of England Act, which shifted authority on monetary policy to the British Treasury. The Bank then acted as the government's bank, providing loans through ways and means advances and arranging sovereign borrowing through the issue of gilt-edged securities. The Bank helped to implement the government's financial and monetary policy as directed by the Treasury. It also was granted wide statutory powers to supervise the banking system, including the commercial banks to which, through the discount market, it acted as lender of last resort. The Bank remained the Treasury's adviser, agent and debt manager. During and for years after the war, it administered exchange control and various borrowing restrictions on the Treasury's behalf.
The anti-depression cheap-money policies in the 1930s persisted in Britain after World War II, and during the 1960s, British monetary policy came under the influence of the Radcliffe Report, released in 1959, which concluded that monetary policy should give priority to controlling the liquidity of the monetary system, and not the quantity of money in the system. The report did not dismiss the importance of the quantity of money, but rather believed that given proper control of liquidity, the quantity of money would self adjust. In external policy, the report was supportive of fixed exchange rates as set up in the Bretton Woods regime of exchange controls, which alleviated the inherent contradiction between fixed exchange rates with full convertibility and domestic monetary-policy flexibility. The Bretton Woods regime did not consider free international movement of capital necessary or desirable and was aware of the incompatibility of fixed exchange rates and the lifting of exchange control.
As the apparatus of postwar controls gradually lifted in Britain, the need for a proactive monetary policy became more apparent, and the high inflation of the 1970s and early 1980s provided the catalyst for policy change. Monetary targets were introduced in 1976, and reinforced in the early 1980s. These proved unreliable as a sole guide to policy; nevertheless a monetarist consensus emerged: that price stability was deemed desirable in its own right and a necessary condition of sustainable growth. Inflation was singled out as the sole cause for stagnant growth and other social costs.
Milton Friedman asserted that inflation is everywhere a monetary phenomenon; and without appropriate monetary measures, inflation could not be properly brought under control. Inflation was seen as not merely being destructive of wealth, but also as causing unemployment in the long run. Thus a theoretical justification was found to fight inflation with unemployment. Lay off workers now before inflation does it for you later, economists would tell management. The outcome of this approach was a new phenomenon known as stagflation, in which inflation and unemployment rose together, as producers raised prices to compensate for falling revenue from declining sales volume, diluting the purchasing power of money, at the same time laying off workers to cut costs to compensate for a declining profit margin. Unemployment then led to reduced consumer spending, forcing companies to lay off more workers and raise prices to compensate for lost sales in a downward spiral.
During the 1970s, the Bank of England played a key role during several banking crises of stagflation in Britain and again in the 1980s when monetary policy again became a central part of British government policy. The Bank of England did not become a central bank until May 1997 when the government gave the Bank responsibility for setting interest rates to meet the government's stated inflation target, a good decade after the Big Bang. That was the term given to the financial deregulation on October 27, 1989, of the London-based security market. The Big Bang was comparable to May Day in 1975 in the United States, which ushered in an era of discount brokerage and diversification into a wide range of financial services using computer technology and advanced communication systems, marking a major step toward a single world financial market.
The Exchange Rate Mechanism (ERM) was a fixed-exchange-rate regime established by the then European Community designed to keep the member countries' exchange rates within specific bands in relation to one another. The purpose of the ERM was to stabilize exchange rates, control inflation rates (through the link with the strong and stable deutschmark) and nurture intra-Europe trade. It was also designed to enhance European world trade in competition with the US, creating a so-called United States of Europe and as a stepping stone to a single-currency regime—the euro.
Britain joined the ERM in October 1990 at a fixed central parity of 2.95 deutschmarks to the pound, an over-valued rate intended to put pressure upon the British economy to reduce inflation rather than institutionalizing international competitiveness. British pride might have played a role in insisting on a strong pound. This chosen rate, or any fixed rate required by ERM membership, proved misguided, because it tried to benefit from the effect of a single currency for separate economies without the reality of a single currency within an integrated economy.
During the 23 months of ERM membership, from October 1990 to September 1992, Britain suffered its worst recession in six decades, with the gross domestic product (GDP) shrinking by 3.86 percent, unemployment rose by 1.2 million to 2.85 million. The total price of ERM fixed exchange rate for the United Kingdom had been estimated to be as high as 13.3 percent of 1992 GDP. The number of residential mortgages with negative equity tripled, reaching a peak of 1.25 million, and company insolvency rose above 25,000 a year.
The British government of John Major sought to balance political and macroeconomic considerations, only to fail in its effort to support the unsupportable to prevent a devaluation of a freely traded pound by market forces. If the UK had not lost some STG8.2 billion defending the pound's unsustainable exchange rate, it could have avoided budget deficits, tax hikes, cuts in public spending, and the unpopular value-added tax on fuel. Spending on the National Health Service could have been more than doubled for 12 months.
Withdrawing from the ERM released the UK economy from persistent deflation and provided the foundation for the non-inflationary growth subsequently experienced. It enabled monetary policy to be freed from the sole task of maintaining the exchange rate, thus contributing to economic expansion by a combination of rational monetary measures. While ERM countries were compelled to maintain relatively high real interest rates to prevent their currencies from falling outside the permitted bands, Britain enjoyed the freedom to benefit from lower rates. Hong Kong has been facing the same problems in the past five years and will not recover from economic crisis until its currency peg to the US dollar is lifted. Waiting for an improved economy before depegging is like waiting for death to cure an infection.
The appropriate exchange rate of currencies at any particular time is that which enables their economies to combine full employment of productive resources, including labor, with a simultaneous balance-of-payment equilibrium. An excessively high exchange rate causes trade deficits and domestic unemployment, while a low one generates an excessive buildup of foreign-currency reserves and stimulates domestic inflationary pressures that lead to a bubble economy. Thus every nation must retain the ability to adjust the external values of its currency in this unregulated global financial market and an international financial architecture based on dollar hegemony. To be fixated on a fixed exchange rate within rigid limits is to court economic disaster in the current international finance architecture.
The ERM was a transitional regime whose problems were finally removed once the EU moved toward a single currency in the form of the euro. Still, the anti-inflation bias of the European Central Bank continues to create conflict with monetary policy needs of national economies within euroland.
In a fast-changing economic environment of unregulated globalized markets, the value of the exchange rate that facilitates full employment and a foreign trade balance will frequently fluctuate. Speculative volatility must be countered and the exchange rate managed by the national bank to prevent disruption in the domestic economy and in external trade. However, this does not imply fixed, unchangeable bands as under the ERM. The optimum strategy for cooperation between national central banks on exchange rates requires a combination of maximum short-term stability with maximum long-term flexibility, the opposite of the effects of fixed exchange rates.
Since, under ERM, Britain's interest rate was pegged to that of Germany through the fixed exchange rate, reduction in interest rates was not available to deal with increasing unemployment and declining growth in the UK. The fact that Britain had no control over interest rates, coupled with the questionable independence of the Bundesbank, Germany's central bank, was an important factor in the final decision to withdraw the pound from the ERM fixed-exchange-rate regime.
The reunification of Germany cracked open the structural flaw in the Exchange Rate Mechanism because massive capital injection from West to East Germany had produced inflationary pressure in the newly unified in German economy, leading to preemptive increases of interest rates by the Bundesbank. At the same time other economies in Europe, especially that of Britain, were in recession and not prepared for interest-rate hikes dictated by Germany. This interest-rate disparity magnified the overvaluation of the pound in the early 1990s.
Along with the European Currency Unit (ECU, the forerunner of the euro), the ERM was one of the foundation stones of economic and monetary union in Europe. It gave currencies a central exchange rate against the ECU, which in turn gave them central cross-rates against one another. It was hoped that the mechanism would help stabilize exchange rates, encourage trade within Europe and control inflation. The ERM gave national currencies an upper and lower limit on either side of this central rate within which they could fluctuate.
In 1992, the ERM was torn apart when a number of currencies could not keep within these limits without collapsing their economies. On Wednesday, September 16, a culmination of factors led Britain to pull out of the ERM and to let the pound float according to market forces. Black Wednesday became the day on which George Soros, hedge-fund titan, broke the Bank of England, pocketing US$1 billion of profit in one day and more than $2 billion eventually. The British pound was forced to leave the ERM after the Bank of England spent $40 billion in an unsuccessful effort to defend the currency's fixed value against speculative attack. The Italian lira also left and the Spanish peseta was devaluated.
In order to curb German inflation, an increase in German interest rates was necessary, but if the Bundesbank were completely independent of German political-economic interests as a dominant regional central bank, it would not have adopted this policy, as there were cries from all over Europe for a decrease in interest rates. By adopting tight monetary policies in response to domestic inflationary pressures that followed German reunification in 1990, German short-term interest rates, which had been rising since 1988, continued to rise, reaching nearly 10 percent by the summer of 1992. So, at a time when Britain needed a counter-cyclical reduction in interest rates, the Bundesbank sent the interest rate upwards, plunging Britain deeper into recession through the ERM.
This was the fundamental problem with the ERM—fixed exchange rates conflicted with the interest-rate levels needed by different economic conditions in separate member economies. The British interest rate pegged to that set by the Bundesbank was crippling the British economy because the UK was in a recession and required low interest rates.
In 1997, the British government announced its intention to transfer full operational responsibility for monetary policy to the Bank of England. The Bank thus joined the ranks of the world's independent central banks. However, debt management on behalf of the government was transferred to Her Majesty's Treasury, and the Bank's regulatory functions passed to the new Financial Services Authority.
Germany has a vital banking tradition that dates back to the great Fugger money-lending network in the 15th and 16th centuries, and before that the limited banking practices required by the Hanseatic League (Hansa) of northern Germany in the 14th century. Germany's first commercial bank was established in Hamburg in 1619. The Giro bank lasted until its takeover by the state-run Reichsbank in 1875.
By the early 1800s Frankfurt am Main was a banking center under the House of Rothschild. The Rothschilds, in fact, took their name from the red (roth) shield (Schild) on the front of their Frankfurt home during the first years of the Jewish family's history. Their banking dynasty soon extended beyond Frankfurt to London, Naples, Paris, and Vienna.
On January 18, 1871, Otto von Bismarck proclaimed in Versailles the German Empire. Between 1870 and 1872 several other important German banks evolved, some of which are still around in one form or another, despite political interruptions associated with Germany being the vanquished in two world wars.
Until the 1870s, the financial regulation of German overseas trade had been almost exclusively in the hands of London banks. The historical structure of independent principalities under the Holy Roman Empire presented an obstacle to German unification and by implication the emergence of a German national bank. The establishment in 1870 of the Deutsche Bank at Berlin was a turning point. The Deutsche Bank's charter identified the purpose of the corporation as to do a general banking business, particularly to further and facilitate commercial relations between Germany, the other European countries, and oversea markets.
The founders of the Deutsche Bank had recognized that there existed in the organization of the German banking and credit system a gap that had to be filled in order to render German foreign trade independent of the English intermediary, and to secure for German commerce a firm position in the international market. It was rather difficult to carry out this program during the early years because Germany at that time had no gold standard and bills of exchange made out in various kinds of Germanic currency were neither known nor liked in the international market. The introduction of the gold standard in Germany in 1873 did away with these difficulties, and by establishing branches at the central points of German overseas trade (Bremen and Hamburg) and by opening an agency in London, the Deutsche Bank succeeded in vigorously furthering its nationalist program.
Later the other Berlin joint-stock banks, especially the Disconto Gesellschaft and the Dresdner Bank, followed the example of the Deutsche Bank, and during the past decade particularly the Berlin joint-stock banks have shown great energy in extending the sphere of their interests abroad. The German banks suffered the largest loss in the 1997 financial crisis in Asia, partly because, being latecomers, they fell victim the classical buy-high-sell-low syndrome.
The central bank of Germany is the Deutsche Bundesbank, with its head office in Frankfurt. It is a federal corporation under public law, and also performs supervisory functions in the same way as the Federal Banking Supervisory Office. Its powers of authority are governed by a special law, the Bundesbank Act. Until December 31, 1998, the Bundesbank had the exclusive right to issue banknotes and coins and had been assigned the task of maintaining the stability of the national currency by regulating the money supply and the amount of credit available to the economy. This exclusive right was transferred to the European Central Bank on January 1, 1999, with the start of the common currency, the euro.
After the adoption last April 22 of the Law on Integrated Financial Services Supervision (Gesetz uber die integrierte Finanzaufsicht—FinDAG), the German Financial Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt fur Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht -BAFin) was established on May 1. The functions of the former offices for banking supervision (Bundesaufsichtsamt fur das Kreditwesen—BAKred), insurance supervision (Bundesaufsichtsamt fur das Versicherungswesen—BAV) and securities supervision (Bundesaufsichtsamt fur den Wertpapierhandel—BAWe) have been combined in a single state regulator that supervises banks, financial services institutions and insurance undertakings across the entire financial market and comprises all the key functions of consumer protection and solvency supervision. The new German Financial Supervisory Authority is intended to make a valuable contribution to the stability of Germany as a financial center and improve its competitiveness.
The BAFin is a federal institution governed by public law that belongs to the portfolio of the Federal Ministry of Finance and, as such, has a legal personality. Its two offices are in Bonn and Frankfurt/Main. The BAFin supervises about 2,700 banks, 800 financial services institutions and more than 700 insurance undertakings.
The Deutsche Bundesbank, the central bank of the Federal Republic of Germany, is an integral part of the European System of Central Banks (ESCB). The Bundesbank participates in the fulfillment of the ESCB's tasks with the primary objective of maintaining the stability of the euro, and it ensures the orderly execution of domestic and foreign payments. It was established in 1957 as the sole successor to the two-tier central bank system that comprised the Bank Deutscher Lander and the Land Central Banks. At the time, the Land Central Banks were legally independent bodies. Together, the institutions in the central bank system bore responsibility for the German currency from June 20, 1948, when the deutschmark was introduced, until the Deutsche Bundesbank was founded.
As a result of the Bundesbank's becoming part of the European System of Central Banks (ESCB), the need to restructure became increasingly evident. The Bundesbank's organizational structure has now been changed by means of the Seventh Act Amending the Bundesbank Act, which came into effect on April 30. The Bundesbank's decision-making body, the executive board, normally convenes in Frankfurt. It comprises the president, the vice president and six other members. Its mandate is to govern and manage the Bundesbank.
The board will draw up an organizational statute to establish how responsibilities are shared out among the board members and to determine the tasks that may be delegated to the regional offices. The members of the board are all appointed by the president of the federal republic. The president, the vice president and two other members are nominated by the German federal government, while the other four members are nominated by the Bundesrat in agreement with the federal government.
Until recently, the five largest German banks are Deutsche Bank, Dresdner Bank, Westdeutsche Landesbank, Commerzbank and the Bayerische Vereinsbank. In 1994 Frankfurt won the heated contest to house the European Monetary Institute (EMI), the precursor to the current European Central Bank (ECB), which began operations in Frankfurt in January 1999 with the introduction of the euro. Until the ECB began operation in 1999, Germany's Bundesbank, known as the Buba to the financially literate, was Europe's most influential central bank. For all practical purposes, the Bundesbank was to Europe what the US Federal Reserve Bank is to the United States; indeed, the Fed served as a model for the postwar German central bank.
A proposed Deutsche and Dresdner merger would have changed the playing field not just in Germany but also throughout Europe. The merger proposal was driven by two factors. First, banks fear e-commerce will cut into already dwindling retail profits. Second, the two banks want to get bigger so they can compete with US banks globally in the more profitable investment banking market. The bank merger proposal followed the takeover of Mannesmann by Vodafone—the first hostile takeover in Germany—and such deals signal the changing face of German corporate culture. The collapse of the Internet and telecom bubbles has cast doubt on the validity of these mergers.
Germany's complex systems of cross-shareholdings between major companies appears to be unraveling, increasing the chance that some of it could fall into foreign hands. The move marks a shift from retail banking, which has proved to be an unprofitable headache for many German banks. Deutsche Bank had planned to invest up to 1 billion euros every year in Internet ventures before the bubble burst. In 1998, Deutsche Bank bought Bankers Trust of the United States for $10 billion, with highly mixed results to date.
Before the stewardship of Paul Volcker, since the New Deal after the 1930 Great Depression, the historic bias in the US Federal Reserve Board had given a higher priority to jobs and growth than to price stability. The ECB, which has inherited the German obsession with inflation born out of the country's hyperinflation experience of the past century, is still fixated on its anti-inflation bias. Most neo-liberal economists identify Germany, the growth engine of euroland, as the root cause of the eurozone's weakness, saddled with three interlinked problems of inflationary pressures from unification, an uncompetitive conversion exchange rate with the euro, and a policy inertia against structural reforms. Yet neo-liberal reform requires the wholesale abandonment of the historical and cultural essence of German economic structure.
The ECB is working at cross purposes against its member governments, which need relief from its strict deficit rules in economic downturns. The ECB's determination to demonstrate its independence from eurozone political reality is preventing it from being a constructive force in economic recovery.
The classic error of central banks doing too little too late now infects all three key central banks in the West: the Fed, the ECB, and the Bank of England.
Henry C K Liu is chairman of the New York-based Liu Investment Group.
(©2002 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
BANKING BUNKUM
Part
3a: The US experience
By Henry C K Liu
Part
2: The European experience
In the United States, central
banking was not born until 1913 with the establishment of the
Federal Reserve System. The first national
bank in the US was the Bank of the United States (BUS), founded in
1791 and operated for 20 years, until 1811. A second Bank of the
United States (BUS2) was founded in 1816 and operated also for 20
years until 1836. The first national bank, modeled after
British experience, was established by Federalists as part of a
nation-building system proposed by Alexander Hamilton, the first
secretary of the Treasury, who realized that the new nation could
not grow and prosper without a sound financial system anchored by a
national bank.
The national bank charter was approved by
Congress and signed into law by president George Washington in 1791
when the federal government of the new nation was only three years
old. The new national bank, known as the Bank of the United States,
was to assist the newly formed federal government by holding its
funds and, when necessary, by making loans to it. By issuing notes
that would circulate as legal tender, the national bank would help
to maintain an adequate supply of stable money and by extending
government credit to support an industrial policy to promote
economic expansion.
To understand the thinking behind
Hamilton's proposal for a national bank, it is necessary to remember
that the Treasury was restricted by law to
limit its issuance of money to the coinage of gold and silver, and
not to print paper money. According to orthodox monetary
theory under the influence of the Quantity Theory of Money (QTM),
specie (gold- or silver-backed) money was the only reliable
currency, though it could be supplemented by banknotes fully and
freely redeemable for gold or silver. Congress granted a 20-year
charter for the BUS despite arguments by Thomas Jefferson that the
constitution did not give Congress power to establish a national
bank and the charge that the national bank was designed to favor
mercantile interests over agrarian interests, and the rich over the
common man, in the name of national interest.
The federal
government subscribed one-fifth of the capital of $10 million of the
BUS, with a loan of $2 million immediately advanced from the BUS to
the government, with the remaining $8 million subscribed by private
investors. The BUS acted as exclusive fiscal agent for the
government and also conducted commercial banking business. Despite
being well managed and financially profitable, the BUS antagonized
state-chartered banks and Western frontier and Southern agrarian
interests, which formed a coalition that successfully blocked its
rechartering in 1811.
Jefferson's opposition to the
establishment of a national bank was key to his overall opposition
to the entire Hamiltonian program of strong central government and
elite financial leadership. Jefferson felt that a national bank
would give excessive power over the national economy and unfair
opportunities for large certain profits to a small group of elite
private investors mostly from the New England states. The
constitutionality of the bank invoked the dispute between
Jefferson's "strict construction" of
the words of the constitution and Hamilton's doctrine of "implied
power" of the federal government.
Throughout the
history of the United States, up to the present time, this dispute,
along with the controversy between specie money and fiat money,
remains philosophically unresolved, although in practice both the
constitutionality of "implied power" doctrine and the
legality of fiat currency have been repeatedly upheld by the Supreme
Court. Jefferson considered the whole
Hamiltonian banking scheme an unconstitutional threat to the basic
fabric of American civilization. Jefferson prophesied: "If the
American people allow the banks to control the issuance of their
currency, first by inflation, and then by deflation, the banks and
corporations that will grow up around them will deprive people of
all property until their children will wake up homeless on the
continent their fathers occupied ... The issuing power of money
should be taken from the banks and restored to Congress and the
people to whom it belongs." It was a definitive
statement against the political "independence" of central
banks. This warning applies to the people of the world as well.
The most significant achievement of the Jefferson presidency
was the Louisiana Purchase. In 1800, the Treaty of San Ildefonso
secretly transferred Louisiana from Spain to France, which presented
the United States with the alarming prospect of a vigorous and
expansionist European power controlling the mouth of the Mississippi
river to block the westward expansion of the US. James Monroe was
sent to Paris to negotiate the purchase of Louisiana from a willing
Napoleon Bonaparte, who earlier had sent an expeditionary army to
Haiti to put down a black slave rebellion with subsequent plans to
occupy New Orleans to exercise French control over Louisiana. The
decimation of the French expeditionary army by yellow fever, the
need for more troops for renewed Napoleonic wars in Europe, and the
difficulty of running the British naval blockade convinced Napoleon
that strengthening the United States as a potential ally under a
pro-French Jefferson and as a potential rival of Britain might serve
French interests.
France agreed to sell Louisiana in 1803
for $15 million, including in the package an immense territory
extending northward as far as Canada and westward to the Rocky
Mountains, covering more than a million square miles. The purchase
was financed through the then four-year-old BUS. But according to a
strict construction of the constitution, the federal government did
not have authority to acquire new territory or, as provided under
the treaty with Napoleon, to grant full citizenship to its
inhabitants, not to mention the chartering of a national bank.
Jefferson swallowed his scruples about the constitution, became in
effect an "implied powers" advocate and lobbied
energetically for Senate ratification of the Louisiana Purchase.
Hamilton's idea of national credit was not merely to favor
the rich, albeit that it did so in practice, but to protect the
infant industries in a young nation by opposing Adam Smith's
laissez-faire doctrine promoted by advocates of 19th-century British
globalization for the advancement of British national interests.
This is why Hamilton's program is an apt model for all young
economies finally emerging from the yoke of Western imperialism two
centuries later, and in particular for opposing US neo-liberal
globalization of past decades.
The creation of a national
bank was one of the three measures of the Hamiltonian program to
strengthen the new nation through a strong federal government, the
other two being 1) an excise duty on whiskey to extend federal
authority to the back country of the vast nation and to compel rural
settlers to engage in productive enterprise by making subsistence
farming uneconomic; and 2) federal aid to manufacturing through
protective tariff and direct subsidies. To Hamilton, a central
government without sovereign financial power, which had to rely on
private banks to finance national programs approved by a
democratically elected congress, would be truly undemocratic and to
rely on foreign banks to finance national programs would be
unpatriotic, if not treasonous.
Hamilton's national program
was opposed effectively by the two special-interest groups with
controlling influence in Congress: the Northern trading merchants
and shippers who had secured a Navigation Act to protect US shipping
in 1789 and Southern planters who depended on export of unprocessed
agricultural commodities, neither of which had any interest in
curbing foreign trade even when such trade was harmful to the
development of the national economy. Domestic manufacturing interest
did not become strong enough to obtain much government protection
until after the War of 1812. The dynamics of this politics is
visible in the 21st century in many developing nations where the
financial elite prefers compradore opportunism to economic
nationalism.
Congressional opposition to the first BUS
resulted in its charter expiring in 1811 without renewal. However,
the financial pressure after the War of 1812 created demands for
another national bank. By 1807, France under Napoleon controlled
most of Europe while Britain commanded the sea by destroying the
French fleet at Trafalgar in 1805. This land-sea stalemate pushed
the two rival superpowers to economic warfare through British
blockades against French overseas trade, answered by Napoleon's
Continental System applying sanction against all trade with Britain,
making the neutral United States a collateral-damage victim of
interrupted trade. In the US, agrarian westward expansionism, facing
effective native American resistance under a tribal confederacy
coordinated by Chief Tecumseh, agitated for US conquest of British
Canada, justified as retaliation against the British blockade of US
shipping, despite the fact that most US shippers did not want to
antagonize a powerful Britain in full control of the sea.
The
Western Expansionist Movement found political expression in the
election of 1810 and sent to Congress a group of young
representatives who became known as the War Hawks, led by Henry Clay
as House Speaker. Despite belligerent speeches by the War Hawks, the
US was unprepared for war, the most significant shortage being
government finance. With tax revenue covering less than two-thirds
of government expenditure, and without a national bank, the
government was compelled to borrow from banks owned by Eastern
mercantile interests who opposed the war for fear of more British
measures against US shipping, leaving the US war effort
ill-financed.
By 1814, having defeated Napoleon in Europe at
the battle of Leipzig in October 1813 with a coalition of Eastern
European agrarian feudalism, Spanish clericalism and German
nationalism financed by British capitalism to the tune of Stg23
million, supported by the matchless British navy and the combined
armies of Russia, Prussia and Austria, the British was able to send
an expeditionary army to foil US hopes of conquering Canada. The
British also landed an invasion army on Chesapeake Bay in the summer
of 1814 and marched into Washington, burning the White House, nearly
capturing president James Madison himself, but were finally repulsed
at Baltimore, a battle that inspired Francis Scott Key to write The
Star Spangled Banner, which later was adopted as the national
anthem.
On January 8, 1815, another British expeditionary
army of veterans from the Napoleonic Wars was defeated near New
Orleans by Andrew Jackson with a kill ratio of 2,000:13 against the
British, in a decisive demonstration of the effectiveness of modern
riflemen against 18th-century European troop formations. It was
reminiscent of the triumph of British longbow archers over French
aristocratic calvary in the Battle of Agincourt in 1415, which
decimated the French armored knights, the flower of French nobility,
and ended its role henceforth as an effective fighting force.
The
Treaty of Ghent declared the end of the War of 1812, in which
neither side achieved military victory or gained any political
advantage. While the treaty was being signed, a group of delegates
from New England met at Hartford, Connecticut, to discuss secession
from the union. By deviating from Hamilton's cause of national
unity, the neo-Federalists spelled their own political end but not
the policy demise of Federalism, which remained US policy until the
Jackson administration. Had the BUS been in operation, the US war
effort might have been better financed and Canada might have become
a part of the United States.
The second Bank of the United
States went into operation with a capital of $35 million in 1816,
with the federal government owning only 5 percent of the stock. For
a decade after the War of 1812, there existed no clear-cut party
division in US politics, thus the term "era of good feeling"
was applied. The Republican Party abandoned its original
Jeffersonian opposition to Federalism and adopted Federalist
policies, starting with the establishment of the second BUS,
adopting tariffs to protect struggling US industries and federal
appropriation for infrastructure development. Henry Clay proposed
the "American System", based on Hamiltonian ideals, but
unlike Hamilton, Clay cultivated popular support, not only appealing
to the upper class, and sought support from the agricultural South,
not just the mercantile New England states. It was a national
program of federal aid to domestic development and tariff protection
for struggling US industry.
The disappearance of the first
BUS had left the nation's currency system in a chaotic state. Since
1791, a large number of state banks had been chartered, reaching 208
by 1815, and except in New England, these banks were allowed to
issue notes very much in excess of their capital ratio and to make
loans without sufficient reserves.
BUS2 fulfilled its basic
function during a period of relative prosperity and operated with
popular support. The charter empowered BUS2 to act exclusively as
the federal governments fiscal agent, hold its deposits, make
inter-state transfers of federal funds and deal with Federal
payments or receipts. Like state chartered banks, BUS2 also had the
right to issue banknotes on the basis of a fractional reserve system
and to carry out conventional commercial banking activities, in
return for which certain conduct of a central-bank-like nature was
expected of this institution: in the words of the charter, "the
bank will conciliate and lead the state banks in all that is
necessary for the restoration of credit, public and private, and to
steer the banking system toward serving the national interest",
at a time when profit might be higher in serving foreign interests.
Despite being 80 percent privately owned, BUS2 operations were
subject to supervision by Congress and the president. BUS2 was
dominant relative to all other banks, being responsible for some 20
percent of all bank lending in the national economy and accounting
for 40 percent of the banknotes then in circulation. It was
conservative in its note-issuing function, holding a specie reserve
of 50 percent of the value of its notes while the norm for the
remainder of the banking system was between 10-25 percent.
In
1821, the Monroe administration forced a declining Spain to sell
Florida to the United States for $5 million, most of which was paid
to US citizens with claims against the Spanish government, for
failure to close the Florida border to runaway slaves and marauding
Seminole native Americans. In return, the US renounced its claim to
Texas. The purchase was financed by BUS2. On December 2, 1823, the
US declared the Monroe Doctrine against European intervention and
colonization in the Americas, from Argentina to Alaska.
The
hopes of Clay's national program in diminishing sectional conflict
and class differences were not realized. The chief beneficiaries of
the banking and tariff legislation were the trading businesses in
the northeastern states at the neglect of Southern planters and
Western farmers. BUS2 quickly came under the control of eastern
seaboard interests, which were accused of seeking to dominate and
exploit the West in sectional conflicts. During the decade of
1810-19, five new states - Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama in the
Southwest; Indiana and Illinois in the Midwest or old Northwest -
came into being. The Land Law of 1800 stimulated public land sale
with generous terms of payment spread over four years, rising from 1
million acres in 1815 to 5 million acres in 1819. A speculative
bubble on land was financed by state banks and government seller
credit, which burst in 1819. The collapse was attributed throughout
the West as being caused by the policies of BUS2, which had made a
practice of buying up the notes of state banks and suddenly
presenting them for payment, forcing the state banks to call in
loans to Western farmers, driving them into bankruptcy, with much
Western land falling into the hand of BUS2 private shareholders
through foreclosures.
The 1820s and 1830s in the United
States were a time of extremely rapid but also volatile economic
growth. New natural resources were being exploited as the frontier
expanded and the new techniques of the industrial revolution were
being introduced. The old money supply of gold and silver specie was
stretched and found inadequate for the liquidity needs of the
growing economy. In 1830, the total value of the gold and silver
specie in circulation in the economy amounted to one-fiftieth of the
gross national product. The emergence of a number of banks operating
fractional reserve note-issuing systems was the automatic result.
The private banknotes were underwritten by varying proportions of
specie and although not legal tender, they were widely accepted in
payment for debts, albeit usually discounted below their par value.
The quality of banknotes varied. Fraud was commonplace by
unscrupulous bankers who managed to persuade or bribe local state
legislatures to grant them liberal charters to commence a banking
business. In 1828, the 17 banks chartered in Mississippi circulated
notes with a face value of $6 million from a specie base of
$303,000. The classic conflict between easy money and good money
ensued, with the economic benefits of easy money regularly destroyed
by bad money.
It was in such an environment that BUS2
operated. Among its functions was to discipline and support the
state-chartered banks without shutting off easy money. As the
federal government's fiscal agent, it received banknotes in payment
for taxes. The Bank would then present these banknotes to the
issuing state-chartered banks in order to redeem them for the gold
necessary to pay the taxes it had collected to the federal
Treasury's account. In this way, state-chartered banks were forced
to keep a higher stock of specie on reserve than would otherwise be
necessary. Conversely, BUS2 could also act as a lender of last
resort to state-chartered banks in trouble by not presenting these
notes for redemption but rather allowing these banks to run into
debt to BUS2. The state-chartered banks were institutions of
economic democracy, offering credit to the masses, not just to big
business. Some were named people's banks or other names of
democratic or socialist connotation. They generally financed local
small business, farms and homes.
The political environment
of that period was marked by the populist ideology of Jacksonian
democracy. Focused around Andrew Jackson, who was elected president
in 1828, this ideology was an coalition of convenience among
agrarianism, nationalism, populism and libertarianism. The one
unifying element of this group was a deep hostility to a privileged
East Coast-based moneyed aristocracy. The Philadelphia-based BUS2
with its patrician president, Nicholas Biddle, became an easy target
in this new climate. Libertarians, while sounding sensible on a
small scale, always fail to understand that individual liberty has
no place in organizing large-scale national enterprises. Complex
organizations, whether in business or government, require wholesale
compromise of individual liberty.
The ideology that underlay
the struggle against a national bank was highly variegated, with
contradicting internal inconsistencies. It was a peculiar blend of
moral judgment, economic logic and populist sentiment fused by
pragmatic calculations to attack the political legitimacy of a
national bank, its legality and its economic rationale.
The
role played by vested interests in motivating the anti-BUS forces
can also be traced to the substantial personal gains that would
accrue to key members of the Jackson administration should BUS2 be
discontinued. The New York financial community at the time was
competing with Philadelphia to be the country's premier commercial
center. Martin Van Buren, Jackson's second-term vice president and
eventual successor, was particularly identified with Wall Street in
this Wall Street (New York internationalist) versus Chestnut Street
(Philadelphia nationalist) battle.
The state-chartered banks
disliked being constrained by BUS2's practice of redeeming their
banknotes with little or no notice, and with blatant arbitrariness
in the selection of a target, often based on thinly disguised
sectional bias. This forced a much higher bank reserve ratio and
hence restricted their lending activities in geographic sections
deem contrary to national priorities. A new class of nouveau
riche, self-made entrepreneurs and speculators, emerged, a class
to which Jackson and many of his associates belonged. They disliked
the restriction of credit generally, and credit allotment controlled
by established Northeastern financiers particularly, as they relied
on liberal credit from the friendly state-chartered local banks for
needed funds, the way leverage-buyout financiers and corporate
raiders and New Economy entrepreneurs relied on junk-bond investment
bankers in the 1980s and '90s.
The New York financial
community was divided over the question of the wisdom of the attack
on BUS2. Some of the state-chartered banks grudgingly acknowledged
BUS2's positive role in disciplining the banking system and its
activities as a lender of last resort. Political ideology and
economic logic also played a role behind the opposition of a
national bank. The opposition had much popular support in national
politics which enabled Jackson to dismantle BUS2. Like Ronald
Reagan, Jackson was elected to Washington to rein in Washington.
The strongest opposition came from states-rights advocates
who vehemently opposed the substantial power wielded by a federally
chartered national bank. Many considered the chartering of the bank
an unconstitutional extension of the power of Congress, particularly
when, in their judgment, the first national bank had failed to serve
the national interest without sectional bias and had pandered to
sectional interests around the northeastern seaboard. This position
was summarized by Jackson, who described BUS2 bank as an
unconstitutional threat to democratic institutions by the federal
authorities. With the dismantlement of BUS2, the power of
intervention in the banking and monetary systems was left in the
hands of individual states until the Civil War. State-chartered
banking systems served the separate interests of each state, which
often were at odds with the national interest.
A key strand
in the anti-national-bank thread was the libertarians. They
challenged the legitimacy, more on moral than constitutional
grounds, of any government intervention in the economy or in society
beyond minimum necessity. Libertarians, while sounding sensible on a
small scale, fail to understand that individual liberty to organize
large-scale national enterprises is a mere fantasy. "Small is
beautiful" remains merely a romantic slogan of hippiedom.
The
1800s were an age of primitive laissez-faire philosophy in the
United States when domestic markets were not yet sophisticated
enough to require government intervention against trade restraint in
the sense that Adam Smith used the term "laissez-faire" to
denote activist government action to keep markets free. This
libertarian philosophy was related to and associated with the Free
Banking school, which challenged on ideological grounds the
necessity of government intervention in the monetary system.
Free
Bankers were in favor of a paper currency based on a fractional
reserve system. But they argued that BUS2's regulatory function was
unnecessary and ineffective because in a completely unregulated
financial system, free competition would automatically protect the
public against fraud through market discipline, on the principle
that fraud was basically bad for business. They argued that what was
wrong with the banking system was that free competition was
obstructed by the monopolistic privileges granted to BUS2 in its
charter and this created an unhealthy reliance on regulatory
protection rather than market self-discipline, in a form of consumer
moral hazard that believed naively that if a business was regulated,
consumer interest would automatically be protected. In the context
of the dominant economic paradigm of the 1830s, the importance of
the central government's role in regulating the money supply was not
as self-evident as is today. And for the Western frontiersman, his
love of individual liberty exposed him to easy victimization by
organized finance from the East.
Economist Joseph A
Schumpeter (1883-1950) observed that in the first part of the 19th
century, mainstream economists believed in the merit of a privately
provided and competitively supplied currency. Adam Smith differed
from David Hume in advocating state non-intervention in the supply
of money. Smith argued that a convertible paper money could not be
issued to excess by privately owned banks in a competitive banking
environment, under which the Quantity Theory of Money is a mere
fantasy and the Real Bills doctrine was reality. Smith never
acknowledged or understood the business cycle of boom and bust.
The anti-monopolistic and anti-regulatory Free Banking
School found support in agrarian and proletarian mistrust of big
banks and paper money. This mistrust was reinforced by evidence of
widespread fraud in the banking system, which appeared proportional
to the size of the institution. Paper money was increasingly viewed
as a tool used by unconscionable employers and greedy financiers to
trick working men and farmers out of what was due to them. A similar
attitude of distrust is currently on the rise as a result of massive
and pervasive corporate and financial fraud in the so-called New
Economy fueled by structured finance in the under-regulated
financial markets of the 1990s, though not focused on paper money as
such, but on derivatives, which is paperless virtue money.
Andrew
Jackson in his farewell speech addressed the paper-money system and
its natural association with monopoly and special privilege, the way
Dwight D Eisenhower warned a paranoid nation against the threat of a
military-industrial complex. The value of paper, Jackson stated, is
liable to great and sudden fluctuations and cannot be relied upon to
keep the medium of exchange uniform in amount.
In contrast
to the Free Banking School, the anti-paper specie-currency
zealots aimed at abolishing the system of fractional reserve paper
money by removing the lender of last resort. They were further split
into gold bugs, silver bugs and bimetalists.
Both
advocates of the Free Banking School and proponents of specie
currency saw the dismantling of the bank as very fundamental, but to
divergent and conflicting ends. Against this coalition, supporters
of a national bank, such as BUS2 president Nicholas Biddle and
politicians such as Henry Clay and John Quincy Adams, faced a
political dilemma. Both anti-federalist and primitive laissez-faire
sentiments were in ascendancy at the time. The BUS2 was being
attacked from both the extreme left (Free Banking advocates) and
from the extreme right (anti-paper advocates).
The monetary
expansion that preceded and led to the recession of 1834-37 did not
come from a falling bank reserve ratio but rather from the bubble
effect of an inflow of silver into the United States in the early
1830s, the result of increased silver production in Mexico, and also
from an increase in British investment in America. Thus a case could
be made that central banking's role in causing or preventing
recessions through management of the money supply is overstated and
oversimplified.
Libertarians hold the view that the state
had no right to regulate any commercial transactions between
consenting individuals including paper currency. Thus all legal
tenders, specie or not, are government intrusions. Yet a medium of
exchange based on bank liabilities and a fractional reserve system
and/or government taxable capacity is essential to an
industrializing economy. Instead of destroying the fractional
reserve system, the hard-money advocates had merely removed a force
that acted to restrain it.
After 1837, the reserve ratio of
the banking system was much higher than it had been during the
period of BUS2's existence. This reflected public mistrust of banks
in the wake of the panic of 1837 when many banks failed. This lack
of confidence in the paper-money system could have been ameliorated
by central-bank liquidity, which would have required a lower reserve
ratio, more availability of credit and an increase of money supply
during the 1840s and 1850s. The evolution of the US banking system
would have been less localized and fragmented in a way inconsistent
with large industrialized economics, and the US economy would have
been less dependent on foreign investment. This did not happen
because central banking was genetically disposed to favor the center
against the periphery, which conflicted with democratic politics.
This problem continues today with central banking in a globalized
international finance architecture. It remains a truism that it is
preferable to be self-employed poor than to be working poor. Thus
economic centralism will be tolerated politically only if it can
deliver wealth away from the center to the periphery. Central
banking carries with it an institutional bias against economic
nationalism.
The Jackson administration's assault on BUS2
began in 1830 and became a campaign issue for a second term. In
1832, Jackson used his presidential veto to thwart a renewed federal
charter for BUS2. Jackson then used his second-term presidential
election victory later that year as a mandate to order the
withdrawal of all federal funds from BUS2 in 1833. When the BUS2
charter expired in 1836, the Philadelphia-based institution
succeeded in being rechartered only as a much reduced
state-chartered bank under the auspices of the Pennsylvania state
legislature as the United States Bank of Pennsylvania. In 1841,
without a lender of last resort, it went bankrupt in a liquidity
squeeze speculating in the cotton market.
The
dismantling of the second national bank preserved the
authority of the states over banking. Large-scale federal
intervention in the supply of money did not take place again until
the Civil War. However, Jackson's victory turned US political
culture against centralized institutions in the banking system. The
United States did not develop a central banking agency until 1913.
Even then, the Federal Reserve System was highly decentralized,
consisting of 12 autonomous component banks, one in each of the
regional large cities. Some historians attributed the incoherent
response of the monetary authorities to the 1929 crash and the
resultant run on the banking system. The 1930s Great Depression was
due partly to this decentralization of monetary authority.
Martin
Van Buren succeeded Jackson as president in the 1836 election. The
Jackson administration was able to appoint eight new Supreme Court
justices, including new chief justice Roger Taney from Maryland, who
succeeded John Marshall. The fundamental issues in US politics have
often been manifested more clearly by changes in judiciary attitude.
Whereas Marshall extended the power of the federal government
through his upholding of the implied power doctrine, Taney believed
in protecting the rights of the states, upheld their right to
regulate commerce within their territories and to set economic
policy autonomously. While Marshall regarded sanctity of contracts
and private property right with religious reference, Taney was
prepared to allow state regulation of private property rights for
the promotion of the general welfare.
Before his nomination
as chief justice, Taney was Jackson's Treasury secretary, and it was
he who carried out Jackson's order to withdraw federal deposits from
BUS2 beginning in September 1833 to a number of state-chartered
banks that, free of BUS2 supervision, pushed the economy quickly
into a debt bubble, much of it centering on speculation on the sale
of public land. The boom produced a sudden increase of government
revenue and, in 1835, for the first and last time in history, the US
paid off its national debt completely, with a mounting surplus in
the Treasury. In 1836, Congress passed a bill to distribute the
surplus to the states. Far from being an economic blessing, this
development turned out to be an economic disaster.
The fall
in money supply led to a crash in early 1837, precipitated by the
Treasury secretary's issuance of the Specie Circular, requiring
payment for public land sale be made only in gold or silver, not
banknotes. The resultant depression lasted throughout Van Buren's
administration, but his commitment to strict constitutional
construction prevented him from taking any federal action toward
recovery. Van Buren's main focus was putting government's finances
on a sound footing. The widespread failure of state-chartered banks
showed the danger of trusting private banks with government money,
and Van Buren decided henceforth to divorce government finance from
private banking. The government should keep its money in an
Independent Treasury, with "vaults" constructed in major
cities where government official would receive and pay out funds on
a strict specie basis.
The federal government had no further
connection with the banking industry until the National Bank Act of
1863. Although the Independent Treasury did restrict reckless
speculative expansion of credit, it also tended to create a new set
of economic problems. In periods of prosperity, revenue surpluses
accumulated in the Treasury, reducing hard-money circulation,
tightening credit, and restraining even legitimate expansion of
trade and production. In periods of depression and panic, on the
other hand, when banks suspended specie payments and hard money was
hoarded, the government's insistence on being paid in specie tended
to aggravate economic difficulties by limiting the amount of specie
available for private credit.
The 1863 US National Bank Act
amended and expanded the provisions of the Currency Act of the
previous year. Any group of five or more persons with no criminal
record was allowed to set up a bank, subject to certain minimum
capital requirements. As these banks were authorized by the federal
government, not the states, they are known as national banks, not to
be confused with a national bank in the Hamiltonian sense. To secure
the privilege of note issue they had to buy government bonds and
deposit them with the comptroller of the currency.
When the
Civil War began in 1861, newly installed president Abraham Lincoln,
finding the Independent Treasury empty and payments in gold having
to be suspended, appealed to the state-chartered private banks for
loans to pay for supplies needed to mobilize and equip the Union
Army. At that time, there were 1,600 banks chartered by 29 different
states, and altogether they were issuing 7,000 different kinds of
banknotes.
Lincoln immediately induced the Congress to
authorize the issuing of government notes (called greenbacks)
promising to pay "on demand" the amount shown on the face
of the note. These notes were not issued as "dollars" but
as promissory notes authorized under the borrowing power of the
constitution. The total cost of the war came to $3 billion. The
government raised the tariff, imposed a variety of excise duties,
and imposed the first income tax in US history, but only managed to
collect a total of $660 million during the four years of Civil War.
Between February 1862 and March 1863, $450 million of paper money
was issued. The rest of the cost was handled through war bonds,
which were successfully issued through Jay Cooke, an investment
banker in Philadelphia, at great private profit. The greenbacks were
supposed to be gradually turned in for payment of taxes, to allow
the government to pay off these greenback notes in an orderly way
without interest. Still, during the gloomiest period of the war when
Union victory was in serious doubt, the greenback dollar had a
market price of only 39 cents in gold. Undoubtedly these greenback
notes helped Lincoln save the Union. Lincoln wrote: "We finally
accomplished it and gave to the people of this Republic the greatest
blessing they ever had - their own paper to pay their own debts."
The importance of the lesson was never taught to Third World
governments by neo-liberal monetarists.
In 1863, Congress
passed the National Bank Act. While its immediate purpose was to
stimulate the sale of war bonds, it served also to create a stable
paper currency. Banks capitalized above a certain minimum could
qualify for federal charter if they contributed at least one-third
of their capital to the purchase of war bonds. In return, the
federal government would give these banks national banknotes to the
value of 90 percent of the face value of their bond holdings. This
measure was profitable to the banks, since with the same initial
capital, they could buy war bonds and collect interest from the
government, and at the same time put the national banknotes in
circulation and collect interest from borrowers. As long as
government credit was sound, national banknotes could not depreciate
in value, since the quantity of banknotes in circulation was limited
by war-bond purchases. And since war bonds served as backing for the
notes, the effect was to establish a stable currency.
The
system did not work perfectly. The currency it provided was not
sufficiently elastic for the needs of an expanding economy. As the
government redeemed war bonds, the quantity of notes in circulation
decreased, causing deflation and severe hardship for debtors. Money
seemed to be concentrated in the Northeast, and Western and Southern
farmers continued to suffer chronic scarcity of cash and credit, not
unlike current conditions faced by Third World debtor economies.
After the Civil War, the Independent Treasury continued in
modified form, as each administration tried to cope with its
weaknesses in various ways. Treasury secretary Leslie M Shaw
(1902-07) made many innovations; he attempted to use Treasury funds
to expand and contract the money supply according to the nation's
credit needs. The panic of 1907, however, finally revealed the
inability of the system to stabilize the money market; agitation for
a more effective banking system led to the passage of the Federal
Reserve Act in 1913. Government funds were gradually transferred
from sub-treasury "vaults" to district Federal Reserve
Banks, and an act of Congress in 1920 mandated the closing of the
last sub-treasuries in the following year, thus bringing the
Independent Treasury System to an end.
John P Altgeld, a
German immigrant populist who became the Democratic governor of
Illinois in 1890, attacked big corporations and promoted the
interest of farmers and workers, gave the state an able, courageous
and progressive administration. The question of currency was central
to the US populist movement. Farmers knew from first-hand experience
that the fall in farm prices was caused by the policy of deflation
adopted by the federal government after the Civil War and only
ineffectively checked by the Bland-Allison Act of 1878, coining
silver at a fixed ratio of 16:1 with gold, and the Sherman Silver
Purchase Act of 1890. The Treasury's redemption of silver with gold
increased the value of money and deflated prices.
Despite
the rapid growth of business, the government engineered a sharp fall
in the per capita quantity of money in circulation. The National
Bank Act of 1863 also limited banks' notes to the amount of
government bonds held by banks. The Treasury paid down 60 percent of
the national debt and reduced considerably the monetary base, not
unlike the bond-buyback program of the Treasury in 1999. To farmers,
it was unfair to have borrowed when wheat sold for $1 per bushel and
to have to repay the same debt amount with wheat selling for 63
cents a bushel, when the fall in price was engineered by the
lenders. To them, the gold standard was a global conspiracy, with
willing participation by the US Northeastern bankers - the money
trusts who were agents of international finance, mostly
British-controlled.
President Grover Cleveland, despite
winning the 1892 election with populist support within the
Democratic Party, gave no support to populist programs. Cleveland
saw his main responsibilities as maintaining the solvency of the
federal government and protecting the gold
standard. Declining business confidence caused gold to drain
from the Treasury at an alarming rate. The Treasury then bought gold
at high prices from the Morgan and Belmont banking houses at great
profit to them. Populists saw this effort to save the gold standard
as a direct transfer of wealth from the people to the bankers and as
the government's capitulation to international finance capital.
Cleveland even sent federal troops to Illinois to break the railroad
strike of 1894, over the vigorous protest of governor Altgeld.
The
election of 1896 was about the gold standard. Cleveland lost control
of the Democratic Party, which nominated 36-year-old William Jenning
Bryan, who declared in one of the most famous speeches in US history
(though mostly shunned these days): "You shall not press down
upon the brow of labor this crown of thorns, you shall not crucify
mankind upon a cross of gold." The banking and industrial
interests raised $16 million for William McKinley to defeat Bryan,
who suffered a defeat worse than Jimmy Carter's. With the McKinley
victory, the Hamiltonian ideal was firmly ordained, but with most of
its nationalist elements sanitized. It was not dissimilar to the
Reagan victory over Carter in 1980.
The 16th amendment to
the US constitution calling for a "small" income tax was
enacted to compensate for the anticipated loss of revenue from the
lowering of tariffs from 37 to 27 percent as authorized by the
Underwood Tariff of 1913, the same year the Federal Reserve System
was established. "Small" now translates into an average of
50 percent with federal and state income taxes combined.
The
Glass-Owen Federal Reserve Act was passed in December 1913 under the
administration of president Woodrow Wilson. The system set up five
decades ago by the National Bank Act of 1863 had two major faults:
1) the supply of money had no relation to the needs of the economy,
since the money in circulation was limited by the amount of
government bonds held by banks; and 2) each bank was independent and
enjoyed no systemic liquidity protection. These problems were more
severe in the South and the West, where farmers were frequently
victimized by bank crises often created by Northeastern money
trusts.
The money elite wanted a central bank controlled by
bankers, along Hamiltonian lines, but internationalist rather than
nationalist. But the Wilson administration, faithful to Jacksonian
tradition despite political debts to the moneyed elite, insisted
that banking must remain decentralized, away from the control of
Northeastern money trusts, and control must belong to the national
government, not to private financiers with international links,
despite the internationalist outlook of Wilson. Twelve Federal
Reserve Banks were set up in different regions across the country,
while supervision of the whole system was entrusted to a Federal
Reserve Board, consisting of the Treasury secretary, the comptroller
of the currency and five other members appointed by the president
for 10-year terms. All nationally chartered banks were required and
state-chartered banks were invited to be members of the new system.
All private banknotes were to be replaced by Federal Reserve notes,
exchangeable at regional Federal Reserve Banks not only for bonds or
gold, but also for top-rated commercial paper, with the hope of
causing the money supply to expand and contract along with the
volume of business. With the reserves of all banks deposited with
the Federal Reserve (Fed), systemic stability was supposed to be
assured.
The circumstances that created the climate in the
United States for the adoption of a central bank came ironically
from internecine war on Wall Street that spread economic devastation
across the nation during 1907-08, the direct result of one huge
money trust trying to cannibalize its competition.
The
Rockefeller interests of "Amalgamated Copper" had a plan
to destroy the Heinze combination, which owned Union Copper Co. By
manipulating the stock market, the Rockefeller faction drove down
Heinze stock in Union Copper from 60 to 10. The rumor was then
spread that not only Heinze Copper but also the Heinze banks were
folding under Rockefeller pressure. J P Morgan joined the
Rockefeller enclave to announce that he thought the Knickerbocker
Trust Co would be the first Heinze bank to fail. Panicked depositors
stormed the tellers' cages of the Knickerbocker Bank to withdraw
their money. Within a few days the bank was forced to close its
doors. Similar fear spread to other Heinze banks and then to the
whole banking world. The crash of 1907 was on.
Millions of
people were sold out penniless and rendered homeless by bank
foreclosures, and their savings wiped out by bank failures. The
destitute and the hungry fended for themselves as best they could,
which was not very well. Circulating money was hoarded by any who
happened to still have some, so before long a viable medium of
exchange became practically non-existent. Many business concerns
began printing private IOUs and exchanging these for raw materials
as well as giving them to their workers for wages. These "tokens"
passed around as a temporary medium of exchange.
At this
critical juncture, J P Morgan offered to salvage the last operating
Heinze bank (Trust Co of America) on condition of a fire sale of the
valuable Tennessee Coal and Iron Co in Birmingham to add to the
monopolistic US Steel Co, which he had earlier purchased from Andrew
Carnegie.
This arrangement violated existing anti-trust laws
but in the prevailing climate of depression crisis, the proposed
transaction was quickly approved in Washington. Morgan was also
intrigued by the paper IOUs that various business houses were being
allowed to circulate as a medium of exchange. He persuaded Congress
to let him put out $200 million in such "tokens" issued by
one of the Morgan financial entities, claiming this flow of Morgan
"certificates" would revive the stalled economy. As these
new forms of Morgan "money" began circulating, the public
regained its confidence and hoarded money began to circulate again
as well. Morgan circulated $200 million in "certificates"
created out of nothing more than his own "corporate credit"
with formal government approval. It was a superb device to make
millions. GE Capital in the 1990s did the same thing with commercial
papers and derivatives to create hundreds of billions in profits.
Conspiracy theorists assert that the seeds for the Federal
Reserve System had been sown with the Morgan certificates. On the
surface J P Morgan seemed to have saved the economy - like first
throwing a child into the river and then being lionized for saving
him with a rope that only he was allowed to own, as some of his
critics said. On the other hand, Woodrow Wilson wrote: "All
this trouble [the 1907 depression] could be averted if we appointed
a committee of six or seven public-spirited men like J P Morgan to
handle the affairs of our country." Both Morgan and Wilson were
internationalists.
By 1908, J P Morgan was working with
senator Nelson Aldrich of Rhode Island, who was related to the
Rockefeller family by marriage, and whose surname was the middle
name of vice president Nelson A Rockefeller, to establish a private
central banking system. Aldrich was the maternal grandfather of
Nelson Rockefeller.
Ironically, the initial idea of the need
for a central bank came from the populist movement, which began in
Lampasas County in Texas when a group of desperate farmers formed in
1877 the Knights of Reliance to educate themselves speedily against
the time "when all the balance of labor's products would become
concentrated into the hands of a few, there to constitute a power
that would enslave posterity". Uninhibited by the awesome high
science of economics, average citizens in the late-19th-century
United States were pragmatically aware of the political implications
of monetary policy. The Farmers Alliance, renamed from the Knights
of Reliance, held regular traveling lectures that quickly concluded
that the causes of their members' financial ruin were the gold
standard and the private banking system that enforced its
confiscatory terms.
The populists proposed a solution in
August 1886 in a convention in Cleburne, Texas. The "Cleburne
Demand" called for federal regulation of the banking system and
a fiat national currency to meet the liquidity needs of an expanding
economy. Public pressure was making increasingly vocal demands for a
plan to eliminate Wall Street control and exploitation of the
economy for narrow private benefit.
In response, Morgan's
ally, senator Aldrich, arranged to become chairman of the National
Monetary Commission, which received an assignment from Congress to
study the US monetary system and make recommendations of ways to
improve it. Paul Warburg, whose brother Max was in charge of the
Reichsbank, the privately owned national bank of Germany, emphasized
the absolute necessity of setting up a new national banking system
that would prevent Wall Street from putting the United States
through devastating "boom and bust" cycles as it had in
the past.
On November 22, 1910, a private railroad car
pulled out of the station at Hoboken, New Jersey, with several
powerful people aboard. Others joined the meeting later. They met at
the J P Morgan estate on Jekyll's Island, Georgia. This secret
meeting included senator Nelson Aldrich; A P Andrews, professional
economist and assistant secretary of the Treasury; Frank Vanderlip,
president of the National Bank of New York City, which later became
Citibank; Harry P Davidson, senior partner of the J P Morgan Co;
Charles D Norton, president of Morgan's First National Bank of New
York; Paul Warburg, partner of the banking house of Kuhn, Loeb Co in
New York; and Benjamin Strong of the J P Morgan Co central office in
New York, who later became the first president of the New York Fed
and dominated the new central bank for the first two decades. After
nine days, they produced a bill for Congress that was later
submitted as the "Aldrich Plan". Conspiracy theorists made
much about this infamous secret meeting.
The main resistance
to the Aldrich Plan came from the House of Representatives, where an
official investigation had revealed some of the ruthless operations
of powerful financial interests on Wall Street and definitely fixed
responsibility on Wall Street (especially Rockefeller and Morgan)
for the crash of 1907-08, similar to current public indignation over
Enronitis.
With the tide of popular opposition rising, it
was obvious that the Republicans were not going to be able to get
the Aldrich Plan adopted. Strategy then switched to influencing the
Democratic Party, which immediately came up with an "alternative"
plan to be called the Federal Reserve Association. It was in essence
the Aldrich Plan with a different name. The next task was to defeat
the sitting Republican president, William Howard Taft of Ohio, in
the 1912 election and get a more sympathetic Democratic
administration in power. Taft was popular, but he opposed the
Aldrich Plan. The political strategy was therefore redesigned to
induce another Republican, popular Teddy Roosevelt, to run on a
Progressive ticket against Taft and thus divide the Republican
Party.
Morgan officers provided both the money and the
strategy to help Roosevelt win Republican votes away from Taft.
George Harvey, president of the Morgan-controlled Harpers Weekly,
and Rockefeller money got behind Wilson. The Wilson team included
Cleveland H Dodge of Rockefeller National City Bank, J Ogden Armour,
James Stillman, George F Baker, Jacob Schiff, Bernard Baruch, Henry
Morgenthau, and the publisher of the New York Times, Adolph Ochs.
The Morgan officials who managed Teddy Roosevelt's campaign were
also found to have put extensive money behind Wilson. As might have
been expected, the strategy worked and Wilson was elected with 6.29
million votes while Roosevelt drew 4.12 million votes and Taft, who
won with 7.68 million votes over William J Bryan's 6.4 million in
his first-term victory, drew only 3.46 million votes.
Progressivism reached its high-water mark in the 1912
campaign. Taft plainly had no chance of re-election, the main
contest being between Roosevelt and Wilson. Both men proposed to
revitalize democracy by limiting the powers of big business. Wilson,
winning 42 percent of the popular vote, polled fewer than Bryan had
done in each of his three unsuccessful campaigns. But with the
Republicans split between Taft and Roosevelt, he carried 40 states
to become a minority president.
When Woodrow Wilson took
over the White House in 1913, he brought with him his Wall Street
advisers, including "Colonel" Edward Mandell House, who is
now known to have been the major policy-maker and manager of the
entire Wilson administration. In his personal writings, House
describes the pile-driver tactics that were used to force a bill
through Congress that would authorize the setting-up of the new
Federal Reserve System as a privately owned central bank.
The
leading financiers of Wall Street pretended to protest vehemently
against the bill. In his autobiography, William McAdoo, Wilson's
son-in-law, who became secretary of the Treasury, says he was very
impressed by the way the "bankers fought the Federal Reserve
legislation - and every provision of the Federal Reserve Act - with
the tireless energy of men fighting a forest fire. They attacked it
as populist, socialistic, half-baked, destructive, infantile, badly
conceived and unworkable." But McAdoo found that when he
engaged these bankers in private conversation, he realized their
opposition was merely a smokescreen to hide their true feelings. He
wrote: "These interviews with bankers led me to an interesting
conclusion. I perceived gradually, through all the haze and smoke of
controversy, that the banking world was not really as much opposed
to the bill as it pretended to be."
On December 22,
1913, with the prospect of the Christmas holiday pressuring Congress
into final action before the session closed, the House voted 298-60
in favor of the new Federal Reserve System, and the Senate passed it
43-25.
From its beginning, the dominant guiding principle of the Fed was financial rather than economic, though its charter directed it to "accommodate the needs of commerce and industry". Fed policy-makers concentrated on preventing inflation to calm investor fear, not on lowering unemployment or restoring falling farm prices. Fed officials spoke of "liquidation of labor" as part of sound central-banking principle, which harbors a bias toward preserving the health of the financial sector over the real economy. In order to restore the former, it was necessary to punish the latter. Lose weight to save the heart.
Next: More on the US experience
BANKING BUNKUM
Part
3b: More on the US experience
By Henry C K
Liu
Part
3a: The US experience
Most central banks, led by the US
Federal Reserve (Fed), see their prime objective as the maintenance
of "sound financial conditions", not economic growth, on
the belief that the former must be a precondition for the latter, a
belief not always validated by events.
It is sometimes said
that war's legitimate child is revolution and war's bastard child is
inflation. World War I was no exception. The US national debt
multiplied 27 times to finance the nation's participation in that
war, from US$1 billion to $27 billion. Far from ruining the United
States, the war catapulted the country into the front ranks of the
world's leading economic and financial powers. The national debt
turned out to be a blessing, for government securities are
indispensable for a vibrant credit market.
Inflation was a
different story. By the end of World War I, in 1919, US prices were
rising at the rate of 15 percent annually, but the economy roared
ahead. In response, the Federal Reserve Board raised the discount
rate in quick succession, from 4 to 7 percent, and kept it there for
18 months to try to rein in inflation. The result was that in 1921,
506 banks failed. Deflation descended on the economy like a perfect
storm, with commodity prices falling 50 percent from their 1920
peak, throwing farmers into mass bankruptcies. Business activity
fell by one-third; manufacturing output fell by 42 percent;
unemployment rose fivefold to 11.9 percent, adding 4 million to the
jobless count. The economy came to a screeching halt. From the Fed's
perspective, declining prices were the goal, not the problem;
unemployment was necessary to restore US industry to a sound
footing, freeing it from wage-pushed inflation. Potent medicine
always came with a bitter taste, the central bankers explained.
At
this point, a technical process inadvertently gave the New York
Federal Reserve Bank, which was closely allied with internationalist
banking interest, preeminent influence over the Federal Reserve
Board in Washington, the composition of which represented a more
balanced national interest. The initial operation of the Fed did not
use the open-market operation of purchasing or selling government
securities as a method of managing the money supply. Money in the
banking system was created entirely through the discount window at
the regional Federal Reserve Banks. Instead of buying or selling
government bonds, the regional Feds accepted "real bills"
of trade, which when paid off would extinguish money in the banking
system, making the money supply self-regulating in accordance with
the "real bills" doctrine. The regional Feds bought
government securities not to adjust money supply, but to enhance
their separate operating profit by parking idle funds in
interest-bearing yet super-safe government securities.
Bank
economists at that time did not understand that when the regional
Feds independently bought government securities, the aggregate
effect would result in macro-economic implications of injecting
"high power" money into the banking system, with which
commercial banks could create more money in multiple by lending
recycles. When the government sold bonds, the reverse would happen.
When the Fed made open market transactions, interest rates would
rise or fall accordingly in financial markets. And when regional
Feds did not act in unison, the credit market could become confused
or become disaggregated, as one regional Fed might buy while another
might sell government securities in its open market operations.
Benjamin Strong, first president of the New York Federal
Reserve Bank, saw the problem and persuaded the other 11 regional
Feds to let the New York Fed handle all their transactions in a
coordinated manner. The regional Feds formed their own Open Market
Investment Committee for the purpose of maximizing overall profit
for the whole system. This committee was dominated by the New York
Fed, which was closely linked to big-money center bank interests
which in turn were closely tied to international financial markets.
The Federal Reserve Board approved the arrangement without full
understanding of its full implication: that the Fed was falling
under the undue influence of the New York internationalist bankers.
This fatal flaw would reveal itself in the Fed's role in causing and
its impotence in dealing with the 1929 crash.
The deep
1920-21 depression eventually recovered into the Roaring Twenties,
which, like the New Economy bubble of the 1990s, left some segments
of economy and the population in them lingering in a depressed
state. Farmers remained victimized by depressed commodity prices and
factory workers shared in the prosperity only by working longer
hours and assuming debt with the easy money that the banks provided.
Unions lost 30 percent of their membership because of high
unemployment. The prosperity was entirely fueled by the wealth
effect of a speculative boom in the stock market that by the end of
the decade would face the 1929 crash and land the nation and the
world in the Great Depression. Historical data showed that when New
York Fed president Strong leaned on the regional Feds to ease the
discount rate on an already overheated economy in 1927, the Fed lost
its last window of opportunity to prevent the 1929 crash. Some
historians claimed that Strong did so to fulfill his
internationalist vision at the risk of endangering the national
interest.
When money is not backed by gold, its exchange
value must be managed by government, more specifically by the
monetary policies of the central bank. Yet central bankers tend to
be attracted to the gold standard because it can relieve them of the
unpleasant and thankless responsibility of unpopular monetary
policies to sustain the value of money. Central bankers have been
caricatured as party spoilers who take away the punch bowl just when
the party gets going.
Yet even a gold standard is based on a
fixed value of money to gold, set to reflect the underlying
economical conditions at the time of its setting. Therein lies the
inescapable need for human judgment. Instead of focusing on the
appropriateness of the level of money valuation under changing
economic conditions, central banks often become fixated on merely
maintaining a previously set exchange rate between money and gold,
doing serious damage in the process to any economy out of sync with
that fixed rate. It seldom occurs to central bankers that the fixed
rate was the problem, not the economy. When the exchange value of a
currency falls, central bankers often feel a personal sense of
failure, while they merely shrug their shoulders to refer to natural
laws of finance when the economy collapses from an overvalued
currency.
The return to the gold standard in war-torn Europe
in the 1920s was engineered by a coalition of internationalist
central bankers on both sides of the Atlantic as a prerequisite for
postwar economic reconstruction. President Strong of the New York
Fed and his former partners at the House of Morgan were closely
associated with the Bank of England, the Banque de France, the
Reichsbank, and the central banks of Austria, the Netherlands,
Italy, and Belgium, as well as with leading internationalist private
bankers in those countries. Montagu Norman, governor of the Bank of
England from 1920-44, enjoyed a long and close personal friendship
with Strong as well as ideological alliance. Their joint commitment
to restore the gold standard in Europe and so to bring about a
return to the "international financial normalcy" of the
prewar years was well documented. Norman recognized that the
impairment of Britain's financial hegemony meant that, to accomplish
postwar economic reconstruction that would preserve British
privilege, Europe would "need the active cooperation of our
friends in the United States".
Like other New York
bankers, Strong perceived World War I as an opportunity to expand US
participation in international finance, allowing New York to move
toward coveted international-finance-center status to rival London's
historical preeminence, through the development of a commercial
paper market, or bankers' acceptances, breaking London's long
monopoly. The Federal Reserve Act of 1913 permitted the Federal
Reserve Banks to buy, or rediscount, such paper. This allowed US
banks in New York to play an increasingly central role in
international finance in competition with the London market.
Herbert Hoover, after losing his second-term US presidential
election to Franklin D Roosevelt as a result of the 1929 crash,
criticized Strong as "a mental annex to Europe", and
blamed Strong's internationalist commitment to facilitating Europe's
postwar economic recovery for the US stock-market crash of 1929 and
the subsequent Great Depression that robbed Hoover of a second term.
Europe's return to the gold standard, with Britain's insistence on
what Hoover termed a "fictitious rate" of US$4.86 to the
pound sterling, required Strong to expand US credit by keeping the
discount rate unrealistically low and to manipulate the Fed's open
market operations to keep US interest rate low to ease market
pressures on the overvalued pound sterling. Hoover, with
justification, ascribed Strong's internationalist policies to what
he viewed as the malign persuasions of Norman and other European
central bankers, especially Hjalmar Schacht of the Reichsbank and
Charles Rist of the Bank of France. From the mid-1920s onward, the
US experienced credit-pushed inflation, which fueled the
stock-market bubble that finally collapsed in 1929.
Within
the Federal Reserve System, Strong's low-rate policies of the
mid-1920s also provoked substantial regional opposition,
particularly from Midwestern and agricultural elements, who
generally endorsed Hoover's subsequent critical analysis. Throughout
the 1920s, two of the Federal Reserve Board's directors, Adolph C
Miller, a professional economist, and Charles S Hamlin, perennially
disapproved of the degree to which they believed Strong subordinated
domestic to international considerations.
The fairness of
Hoover's allegation is subject to debate, but the fact that there
was a divergence of priority between the White House and the Fed is
beyond dispute, as is the fact that what is good for the
international financial system may not always be good for a national
economy. This is evidenced today by the collapse of one economy
after another under the current international finance architecture
that all central banks support instinctively out of a sense of
institutional solidarity.
The issue of government control
over foreign loans also brought the Fed, dominated by Strong, into
direct conflict with Hoover when the latter was secretary of
commerce. Hoover believed that the US government should have right
of approval on foreign loans based on national-interest
considerations and that the proceeds of US loans should be spent on
US goods and services. Strong opposed all such restrictions as
undesirable government intervention in free trade and international
finance.
In July and August 1927, Strong, despite ominous
data on mounting market speculation and inflation, pushed the Fed to
lower the discount rate from 4 to 3 percent to relieve market
pressures again on the overvalued British pound. In July 1927, the
central bankers of Great Britain, the United States, France, and
Weimar Germany met on Long Island in the US to discuss means of
increasing Britain's gold reserves and stabilizing the European
currency situation. Strong's reduction of the discount rate and
purchase of 12 million pound sterling, for which he paid the Bank of
England in gold, appeared to come directly from that meeting. One of
the French bankers in attendance, Charles Rist, reported that Strong
said that US authorities would reduce the discount rate as "un
petit coup de whisky for the stock exchange". Strong pushed
this reduction through the Fed despite strong opposition from Miller
and fellow board member James McDougal of the Chicago Fed, who
represented Midwestern bankers, who generally did not share New
York's internationalist preoccupation.
Frank Altschul,
partner in the New York branch of the transnational investment bank
Lazard Freres, told Emile Moreau, the governor of the Bank of
France, that "the reasons given by Mr Strong as justification
for the reduction in the discount rate are being taken seriously by
no one, and that everyone in the United States is convinced that Mr
Strong wanted to aid Mr Norman by supporting the pound". Other
correspondence in Strong's own files suggests that he was giving
priority to international monetary conditions rather than to US
export needs, contrary to his public arguments. Writing to Norman,
who praised his handling of the affair as "masterly",
Strong described the US discount rate reduction as "our year's
contribution to reconstruction". The Fed's ease in 1927 forced
money to flow not into the overheated real economy, which was unable
to absorb further investment, but into the speculative financial
market, which led to the crash of 1929. Strong died in October 1928,
one year before the crash, and was spared the pain of having to see
the devastating results of his internationalist policies.
Scholarly debate still continues as to whether Strong's
effort to facilitate European economic reconstruction compromised
the US domestic economy and, in particular, led him to subordinate
US monetary policies to internationalist demands. There is, however,
little disagreement that the overall monetary strategy of European
central banks had been misguided in its reliance on the restoration
of the gold standard. Critics suggest that the deep commitment of
Strong, Norman, and other international bankers to returning the
pound, the mark, and other major European currencies to the gold
standard at overly high parities, which they were then forced to
maintain at all costs, including indifference to deflation, had the
effect of undercutting Europe's postwar economic recovery. Not only
did Strong and his fellow central bankers through their monetary
policies contribute to the Great Depression, but their continuing
fixation to gold also acted as a straitjacket that in effect
precluded expansionist counter-cyclical measures.
The
inflexibility of the gold standard and the central bankers'
determination to defend their national currencies' convertibility
into gold at almost any cost drastically limited the options
available to them when responding to the global crisis. This picture
fits the situation of the fixed-exchange-rates regime that produced
recurring financial crises in the 1990s and that has yet to run its
full course. In 1927, Strong's unconditional support of the gold
standard, which emphasized the financial predominance of the United
States, with the largest holdings of gold in the world, exacerbated
nascent international economic problems. In similar ways, dollar
hegemony does the same damage to the global economy today. Just as
the international gold standard itself was one of the major factors
underlying and exacerbating the Great Depression that followed the
1929 crash, since the conditions that had sustained it before the
war no longer existed, the fixed-exchange-rates system set up by the
Bretton Woods regime after World War II will cause a total collapse
of the current international financial architecture with equally
tragic outcomes.
The nature of and constraints on US
internationalism after World War I had parallels in US
internationalism after World War II and in US globalization after
the Cold War. Hoover bitterly charged Strong with reckless placement
of the interests of the international financial system ahead of US
national interest and domestic concerns. Strong sincerely believed
his support for European currency stabilization also promoted the
best interests of the United States, as post-Cold War neo-liberal
market fundamentalists sincerely believe its promotion enhances the
US national interest. Unfortunately, sincerity is not a vaccine
against falsehood.
Strong argued repeatedly that volatile
exchange rates, especially when the dollar was at a premium against
other currencies, made it difficult for US exporters to price their
goods competitively. As he had done during the war, on numerous
later occasions, Strong also stressed the need to prevent an influx
of gold into the United States and consequent domestic inflation, by
the US making loans to Europe, pursuing lenient debt policies, and
accepting European imports on generous terms. Strong never
questioned the parities set for the mark and the pound sterling. He
merely accepted that returning the pound to gold at prewar exchange
rates required British deflation and US efforts to use lower US
interest rates to alleviate market pressures on sterling. Like Fed
chairman Paul Volcker in the 1980s, but unlike Treasury secretary
Robert Rubin in the 1990s, Strong mistook a cheap dollar as serving
the national interest, while Rubin understood correctly that a
strong dollar is in the national interest.
When Norman sent
him a copy of John Maynard Keynes' Tract on Monetary Reform,
Strong commented "that some of his [Keynes'] conclusions are
thoroughly unwarranted and show a great lack of knowledge of
American affairs and of the Federal Reserve System". Within a
decade, Keynes became the most influential economist in modern
history.
The major flaw in the European effort for
post-World War I economic reconstruction was its attempt to
reconstruct the past through its attachment to the gold standard,
with little vision of a new future. The democratic governments of
the moneyed class that inherited power from the fall of monarchies
did not fully comprehend the implication of the disappearance of the
monarch as a ruler, whose financial architecture they tried to
continue for the benefit of their bourgeois class. The broadening of
the political franchise in most European countries after the war had
made it far more difficult for governments and central bankers to
resist electoral pressures for increased social spending and the
demand for ample liquidity with low interest rates, as well as high
tolerance for moderate inflation, regardless of their impact on the
international financial architecture. The Fed, despite its claim of
independence from politics, has never been free of US
presidential-election politics since its founding. Shortly before
his untimely death, Strong took comfort in his belief that the
reconstruction of Europe was virtually completed and his
internationalist policies had been successful in preserving world
peace. Within a decade of his death, the whole world was aflame with
World War II.
Central bankers around the world nowadays may
not know about Marriner S Eccles, the president of tiny First
National Bank of Ogden, Utah, who became nationally famous through
his successful effort to save his bank from collapse in the late
summer of 1931. Eccles defused the panic of depositors outside of
his bank by announcing that his bank would stay open until all
depositors were paid. He also instructed his tellers to count every
small bill and check every signature to slow the prospect of his
bank running out of cash. A mostly empty armored car carrying all
First National's puny reserves from the Federal Reserve Bank in Salt
Lake City arrived conspicuously while Eccles announced that there
was plenty of money left where it came from, which was true except
for the fact that none of it belonged to First National. The crowd's
confidence in First National was re-established and Eccles' bank
survived on a misleading statement that would have been considered
criminally fraudulent in a vigorous investigation.
Eccles
was a quintessential frontier entrepreneur of the US West and
politically a Western Republican. Beginning with timber and sawmill
operations, his family's initial capital came in the form of labor
and raw material. He learned from his father, an illiterate who
immigrated from Scotland in 1860, that the way to remain free was to
avoid becoming indebted to the Northeastern banks, which were in
turn much indebted to British capital. Among Eccles' assets of
railroads, mines, construction companies and farm businesses was a
chain of local banks in the West. Immersed in an atmosphere of US
populism that was critical of unregulated capitalism and
Northeastern "money trusts", Eccles viewed himself as an
ethical capitalist who succeeded through his hard works and wits,
free of oppression from big business trusts and government
interference. A Mormon polygamist, the elder Eccles had two wives
and 21 children, which provided him with considerable human capital
in the labor-short West. The young Eccles, at age 22 and with only a
high-school education, had to assume the responsibilities of his
father when the latter died suddenly. The Eccles construction
company built the gigantic Boulder Dam, begun in 1931 and completed
in 1936, renamed from Hoover Dam in the midst of the Depression and
re-renamed Hoover Dam in 1941.
The market collapse of 1929
caught the inner-directed Eccles in a state of bewilderment and
despair. Through eclectic reading based on common sense, he came to
a startling awareness: that despite his father's conservative
Scottish teachings on the importance of saving, individuals and
companies and even banks, ever optimistic in their own future,
tended to contribute to aggregate supply expansion to end up with
overcapacity through excessive savings for investment. It was
obvious to Eccles that the problem of the 1930s was that too much
money had been channeled into savings and too little into spending.
This new awareness, like Saint Paul's vision on the way to Damascus,
led Eccles to a radical conclusion that contradicted all that his
conservative father had taught him.
From direct experience,
Eccles realized that bankers like himself, by doing what seemed
sound on an individual basis, by calling in loans and refusing new
lending, only contributed to the financial crisis. He saw from
direct experience the evidence of market failure. He concluded that
to get out of the depression, government intervention, something he
had been taught was evil, was necessary to place purchasing power in
the hands of the public which, together with the economy and the
financial system, was in dire need of it. In the industrial age, the
maldistribution (excessively unequal) of income and the excessive
savings for capital investment always lead to the masses exhausting
their purchasing power, unable to sustain the benefits of mass
production that such savings brought.
Mass consumption is
required by mass production. But mass consumption requires a fair
distribution of new wealth as it is currently produced (not
accumulated wealth) to provide mass purchasing power. By denying the
masses necessary purchasing power, capital denies itself of the very
demand that would justify its investment in new production. Credit
can extend purchasing power but only until the credit runs out,
which would soon occur without the support of adequate income.
Eccles' epiphany was his realization that Calvinist thrifty
individualism does not work in a modern industrial economy. Eccles
rejected the view of his fellow bankers that depressions are natural
phenomena and that in the long run the destruction they wreak are
healthy and that government intervention only postpones the needed
elimination of the weak and unfit, thereby in the long run weakening
the whole system through the support for the survival of the unfit.
Eccles pragmatically saw that money is not neutral, and it has an
economic function independent of ownership. Money serves a social
purpose if it circulates through transactions and investments, and
is socially harmful if it is hoarded in idle savings, no matter who
owns it. Liquidity is the only measure of the usefulness of money.
The penchant for capital preservation on the part of those who have
surplus money has a natural tendency to reduce liquidity in times of
deflation and economic slowdown.
The solution is to start
the money flowing again by directing the money not toward those who
already have a surplus of it in relation to their consumptive needs,
but to those who have not enough. Giving more money to those who
already have too much would take more money out of circulation into
idle savings and prolong the depression. The solution is to give
money to the most needy, who will spend it immediately. The only
institution that can do this transfer of money for the good of the
system is the federal government, which can issue or borrow money
backed by the full faith and credit of the nation, and put it in the
hands of the masses, who would spend it immediately, thus creating
needed demand. Transfer of money through employment is not the same
of transfer of wealth. Deficit financing of fiscal expenditure is
the only way to inject money and improve liquidity in a stalled
economy. Thus Eccles promoted a limited war on poverty and
unemployment, not on moral but on utilitarian grounds.
Now,
the interesting thing is that Eccles, who never attended university
nor studied economics formally, articulated his pragmatic
conclusions in speeches a good three years before Keynes wrote his
epoch-making The General Theory of Employment, Interest, and
Money (1936). John Galbraith in his Money: Whence It Came,
Where It Went (1975) explained: "The effect of The
General Theory was to legitimize ideas that were in
circulation." With scientific logic and precision, Keynes made
crackpot ideas like those promoted by Eccles respectable in learned
circles, even though Keynes himself was considered a crackpot by New
York Fed president Benjamin Strong as late as 1927.
In one
single testimony in 1933, Eccles in his salt-of-the-earth manner
convinced an eager US Congress of his new economic principle and
outlined a specific agenda for how the federal government could save
the economy by spending more money on unemployment relief, public
works, agricultural allotment, farm-mortgage refinancing, settlement
of foreign war debts, etc. Eccles also proposed structural systemic
reform for achieving long-term stability: federal insurance for bank
deposits, minimum wage standards, compulsory retirement pension
schemes, in fact, the core program that came to be known as the New
Deal. Eccles also helped launched the era of liberal credits,
through government guarantee mortgages and interest subsidies,
making middle-class and low-income home ownership a reality. It was
not a plan to do away with capitalism as much as it was to save
capitalism from itself.
Eccles also rescued the Federal
Reserve System from institutional disgrace. For this, the Fed
building in Washington has since been named after him. The evolution
of political economy models in the early 1930s, a crucial period of
change in the supervision and regulation of the financial sector,
can be clearly seen in the opposing policies of the Hoover and
Roosevelt administrations. It resulted in a change of focus in the
Federal Reserve Board from orthodox sound money initiatives to a
heterodox Keynesian outlook, and the push toward centralizing the
monetary powers of the Federal Reserve System at the Board, away
from the regional Federal Reserve Banks.
With support from
Roosevelt, despite bitter opposition from big money center banks,
Eccles personally designed the legislation that reformed the Federal
Reserve System, the central bank of the United States founded by
Congress in 1913 (Glass-Owen Federal Reserve Act), to provide the
nation with a safer, more flexible, and more stable monetary and
financial/banking system. An important founding objective of the
original Federal Reserve System had been to fight inflation by
controlling the money supply through setting the short-term interest
rate, known as the Fed Funds Rate (FFR), and bank reserve ratios. By
1915, the Fed had regulatory control over half of the nation's
banking capital and by 1928 about 80 percent. The Banking Act of
1935 designed by Eccles modified the Federal Reserve Act by
stripping the 12 district Federal Reserve Banks of their autonomous
privileges and veto powers and concentrated monetary policy power in
the seven-member Board of Governors in Washington. Eccles served as
chairman for 14 years while he continued to function as an
inner-circle policy maker in the White House. The Fed under Eccles
had no pretension of political independence. Galbraith described the
Fed under Eccles as "the center of Keynesian evangelism in
Washington".
The term "monetary policy" as
used by the Fed nowadays refers to the actions undertaken by a
central bank to influence the availability and cost of money and
credit to help promote national economic goals. The Federal Reserve
Act of 1913 gave the Federal Reserve responsibility for setting
monetary policy.
The Federal Reserve controls the three
tools of monetary policy: open market operations, the discount rate,
and bank reserve requirements. The Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System is responsible for the discount rate and bank reserve
requirements, and the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) is
responsible for open market operations, with transactions handled by
the New York Fed.
Bank reserve requirements are the amount
of funds that a depository institution must hold in reserve against
specified deposit liabilities. Within limits specified by law, the
Board of Governors has sole authority over changes in reserve
requirements. Depository institutions must hold reserves in the form
of vault cash or deposits with Federal Reserve Banks. The dollar
amount of a depository institution's reserve requirement is
determined by applying the reserve ratios specified in the Federal
Reserve Board's Regulation D to an institution's reservable
liabilities. Reservable liabilities consist of net transaction
accounts, non-personal time deposits, and eurocurrency liabilities.
Since 1992, non-personal time deposits and eurocurrency liabilities
have had a reserve ratio of zero. The reserve ratio on net
transaction accounts depends on the amount of net transaction
accounts at the depository institution. The Garn-St Germain Act of
1982 exempted the first $2 million of reservable liabilities from
reserve requirements. This "exemption amount" is adjusted
each year according to a formula specified by the act. The amount of
net transaction accounts subject to a reserve requirement ratio of 3
percent was set under the Monetary Control Act of 1980 at $25
million. This "low reserve tranche" is also adjusted each
year. Net transaction accounts in excess of the low reserve tranche
are currently reservable at 10 percent.
Using these three
tools, the Federal Reserve influences the demand for, and supply of,
balances that depository institutions hold at Federal Reserve Banks
and in this way alters the FFR. The FFR is the interest rate at
which depository institutions lend balances at the Federal Reserve
to other depository institutions overnight. Changes in the FFR
trigger a chain of market events that affect other short-term
interest rates, foreign-exchange rates, long-term interest rates,
the amount of money and credit, and, ultimately, a range of economic
variables, including employment, output, and prices of goods and
services.
The FOMC consists of 12 members, comprising the
seven members of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System; the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; and
four of the remaining 11 Reserve Bank presidents, who serve one-year
terms on a rotating basis. The rotating seats are filled from the
following four groups of Banks, one Bank president from each group:
Boston, Philadelphia, and Richmond; Cleveland and Chicago; Atlanta,
St Louis, and Dallas; and Minneapolis, Kansas City, and San
Francisco. Non-voting Reserve Bank presidents attend the meetings of
the committee, participate in the discussions, and contribute to the
committee's assessment of the economy and policy options.
The
FOMC holds eight regularly scheduled meetings per year. At these
meetings, the committee reviews economic and financial conditions,
determines the appropriate stance of monetary policy, and assesses
the risks to the economic outlook, based on forecasts prepared by
the Fed staff that are kept secret for five years. The committee's
policy decisions are undertaken to foster the long-run objectives of
price stability and sustainable economic growth, the definitions of
which are constantly affected by the latest theories of monetary
economics.
To this day, using the tools of monetary policy,
the Fed affects the volume of money and credit and their price -
interest rates. In this way, it influences employment, output, and
the general level of prices. Commercial banks, despite their initial
opposition to the National Banking Act of 1863, enacted during the
Civil War, have benefited from double-layer protection: the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corp (FDIC) and Fed discount lending.
Non-interest-bearing checking accounts were another subsidy for the
commercial banks prescribed by law at the expense of depositors. The
Glass-Steagall Act of 1933, which was finally repealed in 1999 after
almost seven decades, separated investment banking from commercial
banking and forbade banks from participating in a whole range of
other financial services. The repeal of Glass-Steagall has been
identified as a key factor behind current bank scandals of conflicts
of interest and their unsavory role in widespread corporate fraud.
The Federal Reserve Act of 1913 defines the goals of
monetary policy. It specifies that, in conducting monetary policy,
the Fed and its FOMC should seek "to promote effectively the
goals of maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term
interest rates". In the past three decades, with the ascendency
of monetarism, the central bank has increasingly focused primarily
on achieving price stability by an interest-rate policy that allows
unemployment to fluctuate. A sound money bias is now justified by
the claim that a stable level of prices is the condition most
conducive to maximum sustainable output and employment and to
moderate long-term interest rates; in such circumstances, the prices
of goods, materials, and services are undistorted by inflation and
thus can serve as clearer signals and guides for the efficient
allocation of resources. This is despite the fact that the
boom-and-bust business cycle continues to plaque the economy. Also,
a background of stable prices is thought to encourage saving and,
indirectly, capital formation because it prevents the erosion of
asset values by unanticipated inflation. This view of
neglect-on-demand management has led to the precarious situation of
overcapacity and speculative bubble we are facing today.
The
concept of a natural rate of unemployment is a key contribution by
monetarism to modern macroeconomics. Its use originated with Milton
Friedman's 1968 Presidential Address to the American Economic
Association in which he argued that there is no long-run tradeoff
between inflation and unemployment: as the economy adjusts to any
average rate of inflation, unemployment returns to its "natural"
rate. Higher inflation brings no benefit in terms of lower average
unemployment, nor does lower inflation involve any cost in terms of
higher average unemployment. Instead, the microeconomic structure of
labor markets and household and firm decisions affecting labor
supply and demand determine the natural rate of unemployment. If
monetary policy cannot affect the natural rate, then its appropriate
role is to control inflation and, in the short run, help stabilize
the economy around the natural rate. Doing so would be consistent
with maintaining low and stable inflation.
A second
important unemployment rate generally accepted by monetarist
economists is the "Non-Accelerating Inflation Rate of
Unemployment", or NAIRU. This is the unemployment rate
consistent with maintaining stable inflation. According to standard
neo-classical orthodox macroeconomic theory enshrined in most
undergraduate textbooks of economics, inflation will tend to rise if
the unemployment rate falls below the natural rate. Conversely, when
the unemployment rate rises above the natural rate, inflation tends
to fall. Thus, the natural rate and the NAIRU are often viewed as
two names for the same economic phenomenon, providing an important
benchmark for gauging the state of the business cycle, the outlook
for future inflation, and the appropriate stance of monetary policy,
identifying full employment and inflation are partners in economic
crime, based on the assumption that the value of humans is inversely
proportional to the value of money. In other words, money exists not
to serve the welfare of people, but rather, people must be
sacrificed to serve the stability of money. This explains why Paul
Volcker, the US central banker widely credited with ending inflation
in the early 1980s by administering wholesale financial bloodletting
on the US economy, quipped lightheartedly that "central bankers
are brought up pulling legs off of ants".
While the two
terms are often viewed as synonymous, the natural rate is the
unemployment rate that would be observed once short-run cyclical
factors have played themselves out. Because wages and prices adjust
sluggishly for social or legal reasons, the natural rate can be
viewed as the unemployment rate when wages have had time to adjust
to balance labor demand and supply. The NAIRU is the unemployment
rate consistent with steady inflation in the near term, say, over
the next 12 months.
The average long-run unemployment rate
measured in the United States since 1961 is 6.09 percent, and during
the 1980s and early 1990s, most economists placed the natural rate
quite near that, in the 6-6.5 percent range. NAIRU has been subject
to much criticism, yet it continues to appear in policy discussions.
NAIRU or the natural rate of unemployment would be less obscene if
the unemployment were not concentrated on the same group of people.
But structural unemployment tends to create a permanent unemployed
class, institutionalizing social injustice as a structural aspect of
the economy.
The central bank, by adopting the natural rate
of unemployment or NAIRU as a component of monetary policy, is
condemning 6 percent of the labor force to perpetual involuntary
unemployment. It seems self-evident that the population has a
natural right not to be forced to be part of this 6 percent of
unfortunate souls in the workforce. A natural rate of unemployment
flies in the face of US political culture. The "inalienable
rights" of all people (not some people) to life,
liberty and the pursuit of happiness is a concept not compatible
with chronic involuntary unemployment caused by government policy,
aimed at protecting the value of money at the expense of a
particular segment of the working class. One is reminded of the
Declaration of Indepence: "... to secure these rights,
governments [of which the privately owned central bank claims to be
part] are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the
consent of the governed, that whenever any form of government
becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of the people to
alter or to abolish it ..."
No worker has given any
central bank his or her consent to be involuntarily unemployed so
that the value of money can be preserved. The right to gainful
employment in an industrial society where employment opportunities
are systemically determined comes from this simple and direct
relationship between the governed and the government. It is as
sacrosanct as the right to vote. Governments that cannot guarantee
full employment simply cannot legitimately claim the right to
govern.
Full employment being defined as a level with 4
percent structural unemployment is an official policy of the Fed, as
defined by the Full Employment and Balanced Growth Act of 1978,
known as the Humphrey-Hawkins Act. The act introduces the term "full
employment" as a policy goal, although the content of the bill
had been watered down before passage by snake-oil economics to
consider 4 percent unemployment as structural; and now full
employment is defined as at or above that level, currently around 6
percent. Any level near or below that is deemed economically
inconsistent, due to its impact on inflation (causing wages to rise!
- a big no-no), thus only increasing unemployment down the road.
Tragically, aside from being morally offensive, this definition of
full employment is not even good economics. It distorts real
deflation as nominal low inflation and widens the gap between
nominal interest rate and real interest rate, allowing demand
constantly to fall behind supply.
Humphrey-Hawkins has been
described as the last legislative gasp of Keynesianism's doomed
effort by liberal senator Hubert Humphrey to refocus on an official
policy against unemployment. Alas, most of the progressive content
of the law had been thoroughly vacated before passage. The one
substantive reform provision: requiring the Fed to make public its
annual target range for growth in the three monetary aggregates: the
three Ms, namely M1 = currency in circulation, commercial bank
demand deposits, NOW (negotiable order of withdrawal) and ATS (auto
transfer from savings), credit-union share drafts,
mutual-savings-bank demand deposits, non-bank traveler's checks; M2
= M1 plus overnight repurchase agreements issued by commercial
banks, overnight eurodollars, savings accounts, time deposits under
$100,000, money market mutual shares; M3 = M2 plus time deposits
over $100,000, term repo agreements.
In 2000, when the
Humphrey-Hawkins legislation requiring the Fed to set target ranges
for money-supply growth expired, the Fed announced that it was no
longer setting such targets, because money-supply growth does not
provide a useful benchmark for the conduct of monetary policy.
However, the Fed said too that "the FOMC believes that the
behavior of money and credit will continue to have value for gauging
economic and financial conditions. Moreover, M2, adjusted for
changes in the price level, remains a component of the Index of
Leading Indicators, which some market analysts use to forecast
economic recessions and recoveries."
The Fed chairman
is required to testify before both the House and the Senate to
explain these goals and any deviant from the targets. Thus
monetarism has now gained center stage, through the televised
hearing on current chairman Alan Greenspan's testimony, riding on
the legislative carcass of fading Keynesianism. Twice a year, the
nation, and indeed the world, holds its breath waiting for the
cryptic deliberations of Greenspan on his views on where the economy
had been going and why and where he wants it to go. This ritual of
esoteric transparence is neutralized by the cat-and-mouse game that
the FOMC does with the market with its closely guarded secret on its
FFR target until 2:12 pm on the day of its meeting. And its staff
forecast on the economy on which the FFR target is derived is kept
secret for a period of five years. It is a strange way to shoot for
market stability, by institutionalizing policy surprises and keeping
forecast analysis secret.
The US economy now sits on top of
the pyramid of a globalized economy wielding the fearsome sword of
dollar hegemony, sucking wealth from the rest of the world. Economic
policy in the United States exerts a major influence on production,
employment, and prices worldwide in what Greenspan calls US finance
hegemony. The dollar, a fiat currency of the world's most heavily
indebted nation that is most used in international transactions,
constitutes more than half of other countries' official
foreign-exchange reserves. A handful of US banks abroad and foreign
banks in the United States monopolize a globalized international
financial market. The policies and activities of the Fed control the
globalized international economy. Thus, in deciding on the
appropriate monetary policy for achieving basic economic goals, the
Fed Board of Governors and the FOMC consider the record of US
international transactions, movements in foreign-exchange rates, and
other international economic developments, including war and
economic sanctions, which are really economic warfare. And in the
area of bank supervision and regulation, innovations in
international banking require continual assessments of and
modifications in the Fed's orientation, procedures, and regulations.
The development of structured finance and the Fed's reluctance to
regulate needed disclosure and management of risk associated with
derivatives trading, particularly over-the-counter (OTC)
derivatives, which are traded off exchanges directly between
counterparties, has made transparency an illusion. Not only is the
economy distorted by a debt bubble, it is also distorted by an
invisible bubble.
Not only do Fed policies shape and get
shaped by international developments, the US central bank also
participates directly in international markets, being both market
regulator and market participant, with inevitable conflict of
interest. The Fed undertakes foreign-exchange transactions in
cooperation with the US Treasury, compromising its "independence"
in deference to national-security concerns. These transactions, and
similar ones by foreign central banks involving dollars, may be
facilitated by reciprocal currency (swap) arrangements that have
been established between the Fed and the central banks of other
countries.
US monetary policy actions influence exchange
rates directly. Thus, the dollar's foreign-exchange value is one of
the channels through which US monetary policy affects the US
economy. In theory, when Fed actions raise US interest rates, the
foreign-exchange value of the dollar should rise. An increase in the
foreign-exchange value of the dollar, in turn, would raise the
foreign price of US export goods traded on world markets and lower
the price of goods imported into the US. These developments could
lower output and price levels in the US economy. This may lead to a
US trade deficit. But low-price imports would help reduce US
inflation, allowing the Fed to lower interest rates. If the low-cost
import is used as part of a US product, it may lower the export
price of that US-made product, neutralizing the adverse impact of a
strong dollar.
An increase in interest rates in a foreign
country, in contrast, could raise worldwide demand for assets
denominated in that country's currency and thereby reduce the
dollar's value in terms of that currency. US output and price levels
would tend to increase in directions just opposite of when US
interest rates rise. But high US interest rates attract investment
into US financial assets, producing a capital account surplus.
Therefore, in formulating monetary policy, the Board of
Governors and the FOMC draw upon information about and analysis of
international as well as US domestic influences. Changes in public
policies or in economic conditions abroad and movements in
international variables that affect the US economy, such as exchange
rates, must be evaluated in assessing the stance of US monetary
policy. The Fed also works with other agencies of the US government
to conduct international financial policy, participates in various
international organizations and forums, and is in almost continuous
contact with other central banks on subjects of mutual concern, all
to maintain what Greenspan proudly calls US financial hegemony. In
other words, the free market is a mere figment of the conservatives'
imagination and a propaganda slogan of neo-liberals. Central banking
is the biggest private financial monopoly with governmental power in
the world economy.
In the 1980s, recognizing their growing
economic interdependence, the United States and the other major
industrial countries intensified their efforts to consult and
cooperate on macroeconomic policies. The Plaza Accord in 1985 forced
Japan to raise the value the yen to reduce its trade surplus with
the US. At the 1986 Tokyo Economic Summit, formal procedures to
improve the coordination of policies and multilateral surveillance
of economic performance were agreed upon among the Group of Seven
(G7) industrialized nations. The Fed works with the US Treasury in
coordinating international policy, particularly when, as has been
the norm since the late 1970s, they intervene together in currency
markets to influence the external value of the dollar.
Using
the forum provided by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS)
in Basel, Switzerland, the Fed works with representatives of the
central banks of other countries on mutual concerns regarding
monetary policy, international financial markets, banking
supervision and regulation, and payments systems. (The chairman of
the Board of Governors also represents the US central bank on the
Board of Directors of the BIS.) Representatives of the Federal
Reserve participate in the activities of the International Monetary
Fund (IMF), on which the US has a controlling vote, discuss
macroeconomic, financial-market, and structural issues with
representatives of other industrial countries at the Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) in Paris, and work
with central-bank officials of Western Hemisphere countries at
meetings such as that of the Governors of Central Banks of the
American Continent. The dubious policies of the IMF around the world
as an international lender of last resort to the world's troubled
central banks in deep financial crisis have been essentially
dictated by the United States.
The Fed has conducted
foreign-currency operations, the buying and selling of dollars in
exchange for foreign currency, for customers since the 1950s and for
its own account since 1962. These operations are directed by the
FOMC, acting in close cooperation with the US Treasury, which has
overall responsibility for US international financial policy. The
manager of the System Open Market Account at the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York acts as the agent for both the FOMC and the
Treasury in carrying out foreign-currency operations.
The
purpose of Federal Reserve foreign-currency operations has evolved
in response to changes in the international monetary system. The
most important of these changes was the transition in the 1970s from
the Bretton Woods system of fixed exchange rates to a system of
flexible exchange rates for the dollar in terms of other countries'
currencies. Under the latter system, while the main aim of Fed
foreign-currency operations has been to counter disorderly
conditions in exchange markets through the purchase or sale of
foreign currencies (called intervention operations), primarily in
the New York market, the net effect has often been high market
volatility. During some episodes of downward pressure on the
foreign-exchange value of the dollar, the Fed has purchased dollars
(sold foreign currency) and has thereby absorbed some of the selling
pressure on the dollar. Similarly, the Fed may sell dollars
(purchase foreign currency) to counter upward pressure on the
dollar's foreign-exchange value. The Federal Reserve Bank of New
York also carries out transactions in the US foreign-exchange market
as an agent for foreign monetary authorities.
Intervention
operations involving dollars could affect the supply of reserves in
the US depository system. A purchase of foreign currency by the Fed
with newly created dollars, for instance, would increase the supply
of reserves. In practice, however, such operations are not allowed
to alter the supply of monetary reserves available to US depository
institutions. That is, interventions are "sterilized"
through open market operations so that they do not lead to a change
in the market for domestic monetary reserves different from that
which would have occurred in the absence of intervention.
The
New Deal did not become fully Keynesian until after the 1937
recession, which most economists have since laid blame on Eccles'
Fed policy of doubling the reserve requirement for commercial banks
from 12.5 percent to 25 percent at the same time as the executive
branch was tightening its fiscal policy. Gaining confidence from the
recovery of 1935, Eccles permitted the Fed's institutional penchant
to be activist in monetary policy. It was an error late in his
career that would tarnish his earlier reputation as a New Dealer.
The 1937 recession would re-establish monetary-policy passivity for
the Fed for decades to come, until the chairmanship of Paul Volcker
and now of Alan Greenspan. The focus on interest rates instead of
stable money supply to stimulate aggregate demand became the Fed's
operational mode for decades after.
The liberal economists
of the Kennedy "New Economics" of the 1960s were in tune
with the political wind of their time, that fiscal-policy-engineered
government deficits were considered therapeutic to a slowing
economy. Expansionist budgetary shortfalls can be compensated by
increased economic activities that enlarge the revenue base. The pie
gets bigger faster than the shrinking slice of tax take. At its
peak, the New Economics managed to bring unemployment down to 3.5
percent, from 7 percent when president John F Kennedy took office,
and sustained an uninterrupted economic expansion for 106
consecutive months.
However, this focus by the Fed on
interest rates and credit conditions to accommodate the fiscal
policies of the New Economics of Kennedy, instead of a focus on
stable value of money and gradually expanding money supply, was
attacked by Milton Friedman and his monetarist colleagues of the
Chicago School. Besides attacking Keynesian fiscal policies as
producing only ephemeral results, Friedman asserted that the only
effective government influence over the private sector of the
economy was its control of money. The Fed's short-term manipulation
of the money supply was criticized as consistently destabilizing and
damaging. Yet not until mid-1960s was Friedman taken seriously, when
president Lyndon Johnson's Vietnam War spending was sinking the New
Economics. The unraveling of the New Economics that began in 1968
was caused by the political system's unwillingness to follow
Keynesian rules in good times.
Galbraith concluded that
"Keynesian policy is unavailable for dampening demand if taxes
cannot be increased except under the force majeur of war and
public expenditure cannot be decreased for any reason". The
failure of fiscal policy to slow an overheated economy left it to
monetary policy to do its nasty chore.
Friedman emerged as
the intellectual leader to challenge three decades of Keynesian
supremacy. Wall Street analysts, following Friedman's theory, find
the weekly fluctuation of M1 a more reliable indicator of economic
swings than the slow-changing federal budget. Friedman's 1976 Nobel
Price firmly enthroned the rise of monetarism as a mainstream
concept, validated temporarily by recent events.
In 1966,
the consumer price index (CPI) increased by more than 3 percent, the
steepest in 15 years. By 1969, the annual price increase was above 6
percent. Even president Richard Nixon's brief wage-price controls
failed to bring inflation below 3 percent, despite price-induced
shortages in many industries, including toilet seats for restrooms
in new office buildings. The Cold War was still going strong and
there was no globalized trade to supply low-price imports and the
Vietnam War was feeding inflation at home as well as exporting it to
the non-communist world. By 1973, the CPI rose 8.8 percent and the
Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) embargo and
price hikes pushed the 1974 CPI increase to 12.2 percent. The Fed
tightened money and promptly produced a recession that lasted five
months, with unemployment jumping to 9.1 percent and gross domestic
product (GDP) shrinking by 15 percent. But inflation kept roaring
toward double digits throughout the recession. A fundamental
disconnect now confronted Keynesian theory - inflation and
unemployment were moving in the same direction, which was not
supposed to happen. There was plenty of blame to go around for the
inflation, but none of it explained the high unemployment.
Friedman offered a simple and plausible alternative: he
blamed the Fed for the inflation when it eased monetary policy over
time and for the unemployment when the Fed tightened abruptly. A new
term, "stagflation", came into common use. Friedman's
slogans "money matters" and "inflation is everywhere
and anywhere a monetary phenomenon" became headlines in the
financial and even popular press. Friedman advocated a fixed
expansion of M1 at 3 percent long-term to moderate the runaway
business cycle overstimulated by Keynesian measures.
At its
base, Friedman is against government intervention not merely because
it may be ineffective, but because it is immoral. To him, the Fed
has forgotten its institutional role as a stabilizer of the value of
money, in a quest for power and influence. A strict-money rule, such
as the later Taylor rule, would restore sanity to the Fed. The rule
proposed by John Taylor, now Treasury undersecretary, is that if
inflation is 1 percentage point above the Fed's goal, rates should
rise by 1.5 percentage points, and if an economy's total output is 1
percentage point below its full capacity, rates should fall by half
a percentage point.
Friedman's criticism of the Fed as
protector of its constituent - the commercial banks - is populist
but his willingness to allow the market to impose high interest
rates and to allocate credit only to the creditworthy is biased
toward the rich. It is the syndrome of the banker who offers
umbrellas only when it is not raining. To carry Friedman's theory to
its logical conclusion, there would be no need for a central bank in
truly free financial markets, while the need for a national bank
might be argued on nationalist political grounds.
As
engineered by Eccles, the independence of the Fed is a peculiar,
uniquely American institution. The institutional conflict between
the Treasury and an "independent" Fed has yet to be
resolved. Nixon accused Fed chairman William McChesney Martin of
costing him the election loss to Kennedy, not without reason. As
president finally in 1968, Nixon was to consider himself a Keynesian
by proclaiming: "We are all Keynesians now."
The
Fed's political base is the commercial banks. As more banks resigned
from the Federal Reserve System, the system ran the risk of being
exposed to political attack. The Fed's control of monetary policy
technically requires membership of no more than the 400 largest
banks. Universal membership brought in thousands of small regional
and local banks that were crucial for the Fed's political
protection, not for monetary policy requirement. Since its beginning
in 1913, the Fed has been subjected to criticism that it is a
captive institution of the big banks.
Arthur Burns, the Fed
chairman appointed by Nixon, in trying to ensure the president's
re-election, laid the seed of hyperinflation that left
post-Watergate president Gerald Ford with having to fight inflation
with his ludicrous WIN (Whip Inflation Now) lapel buttons. In hoping
to get reappointed by Jimmy Carter, who defeated Ford as president
in 1976, Burns continued to pursue an easy-money monetary policy in
the first two years of the Carter administration. To Burns'
disappointment, G William Miller became chairman of the Fed in 1978
when Burns' term expired.
Miller, chief executive officer of
Textron, a high-tech defense contractor, true to the empire-building
tendency of a CEO, decided to halt the membership decline in the
Federal Reserve System. Commercial banks had been electing to
withdraw from the Federal Reserve System in protest of the Fed not
paying interest on reserve balances. Banks that withdrew could place
their lower reserves, required by state banking regulations, in
corresponding banks to earn income from securities.
During
the '70s, as hyperinflation pushed up interest rates, the
no-interest hidden "tax" on Federal Reserve member banks
became proportionately more burdensome. Miller decided to pay
interest to member banks for their reserves, over the opposition of
Congress, which considered it another giveaway to the big banks. Not
only were the big banks getting free safety-net protection through
emergency borrowing at the Fed's discount window, they also enjoyed
a free check clearing and payment system from the Fed. Congress
thought the banks were pigs for complaining about the no-interest
"tax" since the tax was lower than user fees for services
the banks received. The effective tax rate in the 1980s for
financial institutions was only 5.8 percent, compared with 34.1
percent for retail, 24.5 percent for electronics, 16.4 percent for
aerospace, and 10.9 percent for utilities.
Senator William
Proxmire, a Democrat from Wisconsin who chaired the Senate Banking
Committee, and Representative Henry Reuss, his counterpart in the
House, answered Fed interest payments with the Monetary Control Act
of 1980 (a misnomer, since its real effect was to decontrol, just as
the Full Employment and Balanced Growth Act of 1978 actually
legitimized structural unemployment), enacted just when the Fed
pushed interest rates to historical peaks, requiring all depository
institutions, members and non-members alike, to maintain reserves
with the Fed. Ostentatiously, since the Fed now paid interest on
deposited reserves, the small banks ought at least to get the
benefits of Fed services and protection and bypass the fee-paying
correspondence relations with big banks.
It was amazing that
the Fed was able to get a Congress increasingly hostile to
government regulation to consolidate the Fed's institutional base at
a time when the Fed was imposing intrusive conditions in the private
economy. The rationale was based only marginally on economics and
heavily on politics. Fed membership was a non-issue as far as
monetary control was concerned, and governor Henry Wallich, the
Fed's most scholarly economist, said as much publicly. The
legislation favored the Fed's main constituent in the private
sector, the large money center banks, forcing all other regional and
local financial institutions to fall in line and accept the terms
that are most operative for the big internationalist banks.
The
Fed's legislative victory was delivered on the back of a larger
issue - the deregulation of finance. In companion legislation,
Congress repealed virtually all of the remaining government limits
on interest rates and regulation on lending that had existed since
the New Deal, much as the enactment of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
(GLBA) in November 1999 in effect repealed the Glass-Steagall Act,
the long-standing prohibitions on the mixing of banking with
securities or insurance businesses, and thus permitting "broad
banking". The price of money was free at last to seek its
"natural" equilibrium in the market place.
The
prime rate rose above 15 percent in early 1980 when the deregulation
legislation reached its final stage. The Democratic Congress voted
overwhelmingly for a package that condemned borrowers to high cost
and favored lenders with high returns, by arguing that the benefit
of high interest on pension accounts justified the high cost of
mortgage payments. In other words, as Pogo the cartoon character
said: "The enemies, they are us." The populist Regulation
Q, which regulated for several decades limits and ceilings on bank
and savings-and-loan (S&L) interest, was phased out. Banks were
allowed to pay interest on checking account - the NOW accounts, to
lure depositors back from the money markets. S&Ls' traditional
interest-rate advantage was removed, to provide a "level
playing field", forcing them to take the same risk as
commercial banks to survive. Congress also lifted restrictions on
S&Ls' commercial lending, instead of the traditional home
mortgages, which promptly got the whole industry into trouble that
would soon required an unprecedented government bailout of
depositors with tax money. But the developers who made billions were
allowed to keep their profits. State usury laws were unilaterally
suspended by an act of Congress in a flagrant intrusion on state
rights.
The political coalition of converging powerful
interests was evident. Virulent high inflation had damaged the
holders of financial wealth, including small savers, created by a
period of benign low inflation earlier, so that even progressives
felt something has to be done to protect the middle class. The
solution was to export inflation to low-labor-cost areas around the
world, taming domestic inflation with the export of jobs and the
domestic inflation devil - US wages. Neo-liberalism was born with
the twin midwives of sound money and free financial markets,
disguising economic neo-imperialism as market fundamentalism.
There was even a devious argument that universal Fed
membership serves to dilute the institutional bias of the Fed toward
big banks. Commercial banks of course argued for free market
competition when they knew very well that predatory acquisition
rather than fair competition was what unregulated markets sustain.
Labor, small business and sma
Next:
Still more on the US experience
Henry C
K Liu is chairman of the New York-based Liu Investment
Group.
BANKING BUNKUM
Part
3c: Still more on the US experience
By
Henry C K Liu
Part
3b: More on the US experience
The selection of the
chairman of the US Federal Reserve Board of Governors, who serves
four-year terms, is a political process closely linked to
ideological preference, subject to Senate confirmation, much like
the appointment of the chief justice of the Supreme Court. White
House and Treasury support for the chairman is of critical
importance for the chairman's exercise of leadership over Board
members, who are known for their independence.
The late
Arthur Burns (Fed chairman 1970-78) abolished full transcripts of
the Fed Open Market Committee (FOMC) meetings after the Freedom of
Information Act was enacted by Congress in 1975. The transcripts
traditionally were kept secret for five years before public release,
but they provided a rich and reliable source for historians who
tried to decipher the decision-making process in monetary policy.
The interrupted practice was revived after Burns' second term
expired without reappointment by president Jimmy Carter. Under a
policy announced on January 19, 2000, the FOMC, shortly after each
of its meetings, issues a brief statement that includes its
assessment of the risks in the foreseeable future to the attainment
of its long-run goals of price stability and sustainable economic
growth. Nevertheless, the Fed continues to enjoy a level of secrecy
on its deliberation that is the envy of the Central Intelligence
Agency. Industrialist Henry Ford was reported to have said: "It
is well enough that the people of the nation do not understand our
banking and monetary system for, if they did, I believe there would
be a revolution before tomorrow morning."
Ford of
course was a paternalistic entrepreneur with latent socialist
leanings whose dislike of the "money trusts" was as
passionate as any diehard communist's, albeit from a different
angle. Ford understood that to sell his mass-produced products, high
wages were necessary, for which he professed a vested interest in
promoting (he doubled the market wage to US$5 a day, forcing the
rest of the auto industry to follow suit). And he viewed labor
unions as having long-term effects in holding wages down with their
insistence on short-term gains that hampered production efficiency.
Ford partisans believe to this day that the reason industrial
unions are tolerated by management is that management knows that the
long-term effect of unionism is to moderate the rise of labor costs.
Unionism has been institutionalized in industrial capitalism in the
role of the factory foreman, with the job of maximizing labor
productivity, which means increasingly lower labor cost per unit of
production. Union chiefs are often invited to sit on corporate
boards of directors, not to influence management but to deliver
management's message to the union rank and file that wage increases
can only come from company profits, and not from any restructuring
of the basic relationship between labor and capital. What Ford
opposed as fervently as he did industrial unionism was the type of
financial manipulation that created General Motors through predatory
mergers and acquisitions. This view has come to be known as Fordism,
which also influenced early Soviet industrialization strategy.
Burns, a conservative Austrian-born economist from Columbia
University, was appointed Fed chairman by president Richard Nixon in
1969. Between 1953 and 1956, he served as chairman of the Council of
Economic Advisors under president Dwight Eisenhower. He was known as
the "No 1 inflation fighter". Burns was reportedly not
well liked at the Fed by his colleagues nor by members of his
profession. Many accused him of being intellectually dishonest.
The Burns era was the most opportunistically political in
Fed history, with Burns' mistimed economic pump-priming designed
merely to ensure Nixon a second term, by engineering money growth of
a monthly average of 11 percent three months before the election
from a monthly average of 3.2 percent in the last quarter of 1971.
Nixon's second term was nevertheless aborted by political
complications arising from the Watergate scandal, leaving Gerald
Ford in the White House. The economy was left to pay for the
pre-election boom with runaway inflation that compelled the Fed to
tighten with a vengeance, which produced a long and painful
post-election recession that in turn contributed to Ford's defeat by
Carter. The Fed as an institution above politics has yet to recover
fully from the rotten smell of 1972. Burns' sordid catering to
Carter in hope of securing a reappointment for a third term was a
contributing factor to the Carter inflation. And Carter's defeat by
Ronald Reagan was in no small measure caused by his appointment of
Paul Volcker as Fed chairman. Some said it was the most politically
self-destructive move by Carter.
Volcker, having served four
years as president of the New York Federal Reserve Bank, replaced G
William Miller as Federal Reserve Board chairman on July 23, 1979.
Volcker, as assistant secretary under Treasury secretary John
Connally in the Nixon administration, played a key role in 1971 in
the dismantling of the Bretton Woods international monetary system
formulated by 44 nations that met at Bretton Woods, New Hampshire,
in July 1944. Under that system, as worked out by John Maynard
Keynes, representing Britain, and Harry Dexter White, an American
who later in the McCarthy era was accused unfairly of having been a
communist, each country agreed to set with the International
Monetary Fund (IMF) a value for its currency and to maintain the
exchange rate of its currency within a specified range. The United
States, as lead country, pegged its currency to gold, promising to
redeem dollars for gold on demand at an official price of $35 an
ounce. All other currencies were tied to the dollar and its
gold-redemption value. While the value of the dollar was tied
strictly to gold at $35 an ounce, other currencies, tied to the
dollar, were allowed to vary in a narrow band of 1 percent around
their official rates which were expected to change only gradually,
if ever. Foreign-exchange control between borders was strictly
enforced, the mainstream economics theory at the time being inclined
to consider free international flow of funds neither necessary nor
desirable for facilitating trade.
Nixon was forced to
abandon the Bretton Woods fixed exchange rate system in 1971 because
recurring lapses of fiscal discipline on the part of the United
States had made the dollar's peg to gold unsustainable. By 1971, US
gold stock decline by $10 billion, a 50 percent drop. At the same
time, foreign banks held $80 billion, eight times the amount of gold
remaining in US possession. Ironically, the problem was not so much
US fiscal spending as the unrealistic peg of the dollar to $35 gold.
The Smithsonian Agreement concluded in December 1971 between
the Group of Ten of the IMF at a meeting at the Smithsonian
Institute in Washington, DC, restored the major currencies to fixed
parities but with a wider margin, plus or minus 2.25 percent of
permitted fluctuation around their par values. The dollar was
effectively devalued by about 8 percent and the dollar price of gold
increased to $38 per ounce. Sterling was set at $2.6057. Improved
telecommunications and computerized fund-transfer techniques allowed
speculators to move funds quickly and efficiently around the world
in anticipation of foreign exchange fluctuation and intervention,
making it difficult to support even this widened band, which was
eventually suspended. Foreign-exchange control was largely abandoned
by most governments by the late 1970s, bringing forth the rapid
growth of a largely unregulated international exchange market, along
with a globalized capital and credit market. Foreign-exchange
fluctuation increasingly became subject to financial market
pressures not directly related to trade. It has now become a source
of high speculative profit for many institutions and hedge funds.
The huge size of the market has reduced the effectiveness of
central-bank intervention in maintaining the exchange value of
currencies.
Miller, after only 17 months at the Fed, had
been named Treasury secretary as part of Carter's desperate
wholesale cabinet shakeup in response to popular discontent and
declining presidential authority. After isolating himself for 10
days of introspective agonizing at Camp David, Carter emerged in
early summer to make his speech of "crisis of the soul and
confidence" to a restless nation. In response, the market
dropped like a rock in free fall. Miller was a fallback choice for
the Treasury, after numerous other potential appointees, including
David Rockefeller, declined personal telephone offers by Carter to
join a demoralized administration.
Carter felt that he
needed someone like Volcker, an intelligent if not intellectual
Republican, a term many liberal Democrats considered an oxymoron,
who was highly respected on Wall Street if not in academe, to be at
the Fed to regenerate needed bipartisan support in his time of
presidential leadership crisis. Bert Lance, Carter's chief of staff,
was reported to have told Carter that by appointing Volcker, the
president was mortgaging his own reelection to a less than
sympathetic Fed chairman.
Volcker won a Pyrrhic victory
against inflation by letting financial blood run all over the
country and most of the world. It was a toss-up whether the cure was
worse than the disease. What was worse was that the temporary
deregulation that had made limited sense under conditions of near
hyper-inflation was kept permanent under conditions of restored
normal inflation. Deregulation, particularly of interest-rate
ceilings and credit market restrictions, put an end to market
diversity by killing off small independent firms in the financial
sector since they could not compete with the larger institutions
without the protection of regulated financial markets. Small
operations had to offer increasingly higher interest rates to
attract funds while their localized lending could not compete with
the big volume, narrow rate spreads of the big institutions. Big
banks could take advantage of their access to lower-cost funds to
assume higher risk and therefore play in higher-interest-rate loan
markets nationally and internationally, quite the opposite of what
Keynes predicted, that the abundant supply of capital would lower
interest rates to bring about the "euthanasia of the rentier".
In the longer term, Keynes may still turn out to be
prescient, as the finance sector, not unlike the transportation
sectors such as railroads, trucking and airlines in earlier waves,
or the communication sector such as telecom companies, has been
plagued by predatory mergers of the big fish eating the smaller
fish, after which the big fish, having grown accustomed to a
unsustainably rich diet that has damaged their financial livers,
begin to die from self-generated starvation from a collapse of the
food chain.
High real interest rates ahead of inflation rate
moved wealth from borrowers to lenders in the economy and from
bottom to top in the wealth pyramid. Moreover, the impact of high
interest rates modifies economic behavior differently in different
income groups and even on different activities within the same
individual. When the prime rate for some banks exceeded 20 percent
in 1980, credit continued to expand explosively in sectors where
price appreciation occurred at a much higher rate, such as in real
estate. High rates only work to slow credit expansion if the rates
are ahead of inflation.
The Fed has traditionally never been
prepared to raise interest rates too abruptly, trying always to
prevent inflation without stalling the economy excessively, thus
resulting in interest rates often trailing rampant inflation. The
market demand for new loans, or the pace for new lending, obviously
would not be moderated by raising the price of money, as long as the
inflation/interest gap remain profitable. Yet bank deregulation
diluted the Fed's control of the supply of credit, leaving price as
the only lever. Price is not always an effective lever against
runaway demand, as Fed chairman Alan Greenspan was also to find out
in the 1990s. Raising the price of money to fight inflation is by
definition self-neutralizing because high interest cost is itself
inflationary. Deregulation also allows the price of money to
allocate credit, often directing credit to where the economy needs
it least, namely the speculative arena.
The Fed might have
had in its employ a staff of very sophisticated economists who
understood the complex multi-dimensional forces of the market, but
the tools available to the Fed for dealing with market instability
was by ideology and design single-dimensional. Interest-rate policy
was the only weapon available to the Fed to tame an aggressively
unruly market that increasingly viewed the Fed as a paper tiger.
In the early weeks of 1980, the Consumer Price Index (CPI)
was 17 percent, prime rate was 16 percent and rising, and gold hit
as high as $875 an ounce. Having told the House Banking Committee on
February 19 that credit controls do not deal with the "basic
causes of inflation", the Fed chairman Volcker announced on
March 14 a program of emergency credit controls not only on
commercial banks, but also on money-market mutual funds and retail
companies that issue credit cards. Banks would be limited to 9
percent credit growth instead of the 17 percent in February. Only a
week earlier, the FOMC, trailing inflation data, was forced to
raised the Federal Funds Rate (FFR) target to 18 percent.
The
economy crash-landed abruptly in response. The gross domestic
product (GDP) shrank 30 percent within three months. Consumer
credit, instead of growing by $2 billion a month, shrank by $2
billion a month. Money dried up suddenly, leaving many otherwise
healthy projects hanging in midstream. Construction loans could not
roll over into permanent mortgages. Asset prices fell below their
collateralized value, causing loans to be "underwater"
overnight, giving otherwise conscientious borrowers an incentive to
walk away from their debt obligations. Insolvency became widespread,
with financial dead bodies strewn on the sidewalks of every city.
For the first time in recent history, a Democrat in the White House
pushed the country into recession, and in an election year.
Senate
Democrat minority floor leader Robert Byrd of West Virginia
expressed concern but was rebuked by senator William Proxmire,
Senate Banking Committee ranking Democrat from Wisconsin, who gave a
technical lecture on the iron law governing inflation and interest
rates, a TINA (there is no alternative) argument. More unemployment
and bankruptcies, while painful, had to be accepted as needed
medicine.
Then the Hunt brothers' speculative silver bubble
burst, punctuated by the silver price dropping from $50 an ounce to
$10. The banks had lent the Hunts $800 million to corner
speculatively a silver cartel, 10 percent of all bank lending in the
past two months, at rising interest rates that inched toward 20
percent. By March 31, the Hunts defaulted on their future contracts
because they were unable to roll over the short-term loans, partly
due to credit control. To prevent systemic panic, Volcker engineered
a private bailout from the 11 banks with a new $1.1 billion loan,
similar to the Fed-engineered Long Term Capital Management (LTCM)
bailout in 1998. The Hunt brothers were wiped out of their
billion-dollar equity and had to file for bankruptcy, but their
banks were saved from the fate of having to raise more capital to
cover non-performing loans that magically became performing with the
wave of the Fed's unseen hand. The Fed waived credit-control rules
imposed only two weeks earlier. "Moral hazard" became a
loud murmur heard from shaking heads everywhere. The Fed had in the
past refused requests for bailouts for Chrysler, New York City,
Midwestern grain farmers, Lockheed, Pan Am Airways, etc, in the real
economy, but it seldom refuses to bail out the financial markets.
TINA, together with the "too big to fail syndrome", was
after all a selective doctrine applicable only to the Fed's
political constituents.
Volcker, as chairman of the Fed,
adopted a "new operating method" for the Fed in 1980 as a
therapeutic shock treatment for Wall Street, which seemed to have
been conditioned by Burns' brazen political opportunism to lose
faith in the Fed's political will to control inflation. The new
operating method, by concentrating on monetary aggregates, and
letting it dictate FFR swings within a range from 13-19 percent, to
be authorized by the FOMC, was an exercise in "creative
uncertainty" to shock the financial market out of its
complacency about interest-rate stability and gradualism. There had
been a traditional expectation that even if the Fed were to raise
rates, it would not permit the market to be volatile. The banks
could continue to lend as long as they could profitably manage the
gradual rise in rates. Under the new operating method, the banks
were exposed to risks that interest rates might suddenly and
drastically go against even their short-term credit positions. Also,
banks had been expanding new loans beyond the growth of deposits, by
borrowing shorter term funds at lower interest rates. This practice
was given the benign name of "managed liability", allowing
banks to profit from interest-rate spreads over the yield curve,
which had seldom if ever been allowed by the Fed to get inverted,
that is with short-term rates rising higher than longer-term rates.
This practice, known as "carry trade" in bank parlance,
when internationalized, eventually led to the Asian financial crisis
of 1997 when interest-rate and exchange-rate volatility became the
new paradigm.
The Fed's new operating method would greatly
increase the banks' risk exposure. On top of it all, Volcker also
set an additional 8 percent reserve on borrowed funds for lending.
The new operating method worked against the traditional mandate of
the Fed, which, as a central bank, was supposed to be responsible
for maintaining orderly markets, which meant smooth, gradual changes
in interest rates. The new operating method was a policy to induce
the threat of short-term pain to stabilize long-term inflation
expectations.
Every economist agrees that when money growth
slows, market interest rates go up. The trouble with the use of the
FFR target to control money supply was that it had to be set by
fiat, which exposed the Fed to political pressure. A case could be
made, and was frequently made, that the Fed's FFR target tended to
be self-fulfilling prophecy rather than a device to manage future
trends. High FFR targets deflate while low targets inflate, and
there is little argument about that relationship. But there is
plenty of argument about the Fed's projection ability on the
economy. History has shown that the Fed, more often than not, has
made wrong decisions based on faulty projection. The new operating
method would let the monetary aggregates set the FFR targets
scientifically and provide political cover for the FOMC members if
the FFR target needed to go to double digits. This was monetarism
through the back door, not by intellectual commitment, but by
political cowardice.
The FOMC, as formed by the Banking Act
of 1933, did not include voting rights for the Fed Board of
Governors. This was changed in the Banking Act of 1935 to include
the Board of Governors and amended again in 1942 to the current
voting structure, which consists of the seven members of the Board
of Governors, the president of the New York Fed and four other
district Fed presidents who serve on a rotating basis. These
legislative changes were an attempt to centralize the Fed's
policy-making while preserving input from Federal Reserve bank
presidents. While Federal Reserve bank presidents vote on a rotating
basis, they all attend each FOMC meeting and contribute to the
debate on monetary policy. The early FOMC at first met quarterly to
consider its business; today, the FOMC meets eight times a year, but
decisions regarding monetary policy are not limited to formal
meeting dates, as the chairman can call a teleconference of the FOMC
at any time.
This system for making monetary policy -
incorporating regional viewpoints in the making of national policy -
is one of the hallmarks of Fed structure. From the beginning of the
Fed, opinions differed on the need for, and the location of,
geographic representation on the Board, and the debate continued
with the formation of the FOMC. In 1964, congressional hearings were
held that considered abolition of the FOMC. The importance and
dominance of national policy over regional considerations are now
generally accepted. The FOMC would not alter monetary policy to
address an economic concern pertinent to just one district. Regional
input plays an increasingly peripheral role in the formulation of
that policy. By extension, as the Fed began to support the
Treasury's strong-dollar policy as a matter of national security
under Robert Rubin in the 1990s, dominance of US internationalist
policy over district concerns became institutionalized. The rust
belt and the agricultural exporting states would have to restructure
the local economy to survive.
Prior to 1970 and the arrival
of Arthur Burns as the chairman of the Federal Reserve Board, the
FOMC made comments in a set pattern, known as a "go-around".
Burns was not in sympathy with this formalized process, as he was
not a consensus builder when it came to making monetary policy, as
was his long-serving predecessor, William McChesney Martin, who
listened to everyone's input before making his decision. To save
himself the unpleasant prospect of having to ignore district views
face to face, Burns decided it would be a more efficient use of the
FOMC's time to have the reports on district conditions prepared in
advance and compiled for the Committee's edification. Burns'
directive formalized and broadened the information-gathering
process, and thus was born the Red Book, which was the predecessor
to the Beige Book.
Aside from the color of their covers, the
Red and Beige books differed in one important way: the Red Book was
prepared for policy makers only, and was not intended for public
consumption. The Red Book became public in 1983 after a request by
the longtime representative from the District of Columbia, Walter
Fauntroy, for public release of the Green Book, which contains the
Fed's closely held national models and economic forecasts. The Board
deemed this unwise and the Red Book was offered in its place. To
mark the change, the color red was dropped in favor of beige (it was
for a time also called the Tan Book). To detract from the implied
importance of the document in FOMC policy-making, the public release
of the Beige Book was timed for two weeks prior to an FOMC meeting,
so that the media and others would recognize that the information
was not timely and, therefore, did not have a major influence on
policy. So much for policy transparency in a democratic society.
The Fed protects itself from criticism of ideological bias
in its decision-making by depriving the public and its critics of
timely information paid for by tax money. The Fed remains above
criticism because its decisions are always based on more recent
information on the economy than that available to the market,
decisions that the market would understand only if it had the same
information, although the rationale for depriving the market of the
latest information in the age of instant communication has never
been made clear.
The Federal Advisory Council (FAC) of the
Fed is unique in that it is a big bank lobby that officially advises
the Fed, a government institution owned by the banks. It meets in
secrecy four times a year with Fed officials to give the banking
industry an inside track on influencing Fed deliberation, if not
decisions. The since-declassified minutes of the FAC show that four
weeks before the Fed announced its new operating method, the FAC had
recommended to the Fed a "review" of its traditional
operating method, before the president was even alerted of the Fed's
deliberation and final decision to adopt a new operating method.
Carter was totally in the dark about the impending
high-interest-rate policy with which the Fed was going to hit his
administration in an election year.
The Fed program of
Emergency Credit Controls announce on March 14, 1980, affected not
only commercial banks, but also money-market mutual funds and retail
companies that issue credit cards. Banks would be limited to 9
percent credit growth instead of the 17 percent in February. By
April, the Fed was shocked by data that money was disappearing from
the financial system at an alarmingly rapid rate. The last two weeks
in March saw more than $17 billion vanish, representing an
annualized shrinkage of 17 percent. Money was evaporating from the
banking system as credit dried up and borrowers paying off their
debts at Carter's urging: to save the nation from hyper-inflation
through personal restraint on consumption. Another cause was the
shift of bank deposits to three-month T-bills that were paying 15
percent.
Volcker's new operating method adopted six months
earlier now faced a critical test. According to monetarist theory,
the Fed now must pump up bank reserves to stimulate money growth.
But in practice, Volcker and the FOMC were to apply monetarism,
which by definition must be a long-term proposition, to short-term
turbulence, and in the process undermined their own earlier efforts
to fight hyper-inflation and, worse, destabilized the economy
unnecessarily. When mortals play god, other mortals die
unnecessarily.
On May 6, 1980, with the New York Fed's Open
Market Desk furiously trying to brake the money-supply shrinkage now
in raging progress, pumping more bank reserves by buying government
securities and creating new "high power" money by
increasing bank reserves, interest rates fell abruptly. The FFR
dropped 500 basis points in two weeks, from 18 to 13 percent, the
bottom of the FOMC range, and was actually trading below the FOMC
target.
The Fed was in danger of losing control of its FFR
target and jeopardizing its credibility. The New York Fed notified
the FOMC that it could continued to follow the new operating method
by injecting more reserves or to tighten up the supply of bank
reserves to get the FFR back up to 13 percent, but it could not do
both, any more than a train could go in opposite directions
simultaneously. Volcker opted for continuing the new operating
method and staged an emergency telephone conference of the FOMC to
authorize a new low FFR target of 10.5 percent, down from 13
percent.
Market conditions were such that the interest rate
falling below 10 percent would mean negative interest adjusted for
inflation, which would start another borrowing binge. The
fundamental fault of monetarism was being exposed by real life. The
claim that stabilizing the money supply would also stabilize
interest rates was inoperative. In reality, stabilizing one
destabilized the other in a fast-reacting dynamic market.
Desperate, the Fed, with concurrence from an even more
panic-stricken Carter White House, started to dismantle Emergency
Credit Controls as fast as administratively possible, so that demand
for credit would not be artificially hampered, in hope of making
market interest rates rise from more borrowing. Still it took until
July 1980 before the last of the controls were lifted. In April, the
New York Fed injected additional reserves into the banking system at
an annualized rate of 14 percent, and in May at 48 percent
annualized rate in non-borrowed reserves.
It was obvious
Volcker panicked, spooked by the sudden economic collapse touched
off by his own credit-control program. By the last week of July, the
FFR fell below the discount rate and hit 8.5 percent. For one
trading day, it dipped to 7.5 percent and for a time the Fed lost
control. The short-term rate that monetary policy regulates most
directly was free-floating on its own. With the FFR below the
discount rate, the FFR could fall to zero by banks responding to
market forces. So the pressure to lower the discount rate was
overwhelming. The financial markets had never seen anything like it.
The FFR dropped from 20 percent in April to 8.5 percent in 10 weeks.
In the autumn of 1979, the Fed had seized the initiative to push the
price of money up 100 percent to fight inflation. Now, barely seven
months later, the Fed allowed the price of money to fall even more
rapidly to reverse a money-supply shrinkage. The recession abruptly
ended by the Fed's overreaction and Volcker was facing a worse
inflation problem than when he first became chairman in July 1979.
Many businesses went under during this brief period of illiquidity,
but the banks were dancing in the streets with windfall profits.
The experience put the Fed back on its old path: focusing on
interest rates and not money-supply numbers and vowing again to
focus only on the long term. Yet for the long term, money supply was
the correct barometer, while for the short term, interest rate was
the appropriate tool. The Fed did not seem to have learned anything,
despite having made the nation pay a very costly tuition.
In
2000, when the Humphrey-Hawkins legislation requiring the Fed to set
target ranges for money-supply growth expired, the Fed announced
that it was no longer setting such targets, because money-supply
growth did not provide a useful benchmark for the conduct of
monetary policy. However, the Fed said, too, that "... the FOMC
believes that the behavior of money and credit will continue to have
value for gauging economic and financial conditions". Moreover,
M2, adjusted for changes in the price level, remains a component of
the Index of Leading Indicators, which many private-sector market
analysts use to forecast economic recessions and recoveries.
To
make the case that money supply, rather than interest rates, moves
the economy, one would have to assert that the money supply affects
the economy with zero lag. Such a claim can only be validated from
the long-term perspective. For the long term, six months may appear
as near zero, just as macro-economists may consider the bankruptcy
of a few hundred companies mere creative destruction, until they
find out some of their own relatives own now worthless shares in
some of the bankrupt companies. Targeting the money supply produces
large sudden swings in interest rates that produce unintended shifts
in the real economy that then feed back into demand for money. The
process has been described as the Fed acting as a monetarist dog
chasing its own tail.
By September 1980, data on August
money supply revealed that it had grown by 23 percent. Monetarists,
backed by the banks, clamored for interest-rate hikes dictated by
money-supply data. Having been burned a few months earlier, the Fed
was not again going to abandon its traditional interest-rate
gradualism focus and again let the money-supply tail wag the
interest-rate dog. Nevertheless, the Fed raised the discount rate
from 10 to 11 percent on September 25, still way behind both
monetary aggregate needs and the inflation rate.
Carter,
falling behind in the polls, attacked the Fed for its
high-interest-rate policy in the final weeks of his reelection
campaign in October. Reagan opportunistically and disingenuously
defended the Fed's unfair scapegoating by Carter. After the
election, the Fed continued its high-interest-rate policy while
Reaganites were preoccupied with transition matters. By Christmas,
prime rate for some banks reached 21.5 percent.
The monetary
disorder that elected Reagan followed him into office. Carter blamed
inflation on prodigal popular demand and promised government action
to halt hyper-inflation. Reagan reversed the blame for inflation and
put it on the government. Yet Reagan's economic agenda of tax cuts,
defense spending and supply-side economic growth was in conflict
with the Fed's anti-inflation tight-money policy. The monetarists in
the Reagan administration were all longtime right-wing critics of
the Fed, which they condemned as being infected with a Keynesian
virus. Yet the self-contradicting fiscal policies of the Reagan
administration (balanced budget despite massive tax cuts and
increased defense spending) overshadowed its fundamental
monetary-policy inconsistency. Economic growth with shrinking money
supply is simply not internally consistent, monetarism or no
monetarism.
The Reagan presidency marked the rehabilitation
of classical economic doctrines that had been in eclipse for half a
century. Economics students since World War II had been taught
classical economics as a historical relic, like creationism in
biology. They viewed its theories as negative examples of
intellectual underdevelopment attendant with a lower stage of
civilization. Three strands of classical economics theory were
evident in the Reagan program: monetarism, supply-side theory, and
phobia against deficit financing (but not deficit itself). Yet these
three strands are mutually contradictory if pursued equally with
vigor, what Volcker gently warned about in his esoteric speeches as
a "collision of purposes". Supply-side tax cuts and
investment-led economic growth conflict with monetarist money-supply
deceleration, while massive military spending with tax cuts means
budgetary deficits. Voodoo economics was in full swing, with the
politician who coined the term during the primary, George Bush, now
serving as the administration's vice president. Reagan, the shining
white knight of small-government conservatism, left the US economy
with the biggest national debt in history.
Volcker was a man
of far superior intellect to most at the Reagan White House except
Martin Feldstein, chairman of the Council of Economic Advisors,
whose incisive warnings against budget deficits were ignored by the
White House. Volcker began to gain control over the administration
on monetary policy through his rationality and adherence to reality,
which allowed him to dominate events over the White House's
doctrinaire "rational expectation": the theory that
rational market participants always anticipate government policy and
adjust their actions accordingly.
By March 1981, the FFR,
which reached a historic high of 20 percent in January, had been
pushed below 16 percent by the FOMC. The bond market refused to go
along. Long-term rates went up. Henry Kaufman, a highly respected
Wall Street guru, blamed it squarely on Reagan's expansionary tax
cuts. The money-supply component M1 started to expand rapidly in
April. Bond traders feared a Fed tightening with interest rate
hikes, thus depressing the price of outstanding bonds with lower
rates. Traders, many of whom have been exposed to simplified
summaries of Milton Friedman's monetary theory in the trade press,
began bidding up rates in anticipation. "Rational expectation"
was working against the Reagan economic plan instead of with it. The
Fed pleaded with market specialists not to jump to extreme
conclusions based on a two-week change in the supply of money, that
the Fed was no longer using the new operating method. But the bond
market, having simplistically embraced Friedman's monetarist views
to the point of conditional reflex, reacted nervously to M1 data and
the Fed reacted nervously to the bond market. Monetarism was made
real not by theoretical logic but by market herd instinct.
The
daily column "Credit Markets" in the Wall Street Journal
is a gossip page on the private world of bond traders that lets the
reader eavesdrop on a no-nonsense summary of Fed-watcher analysis.
Fed economists also read the column religiously just as Broadway
stars read opening-night reviews or socialites read society pages.
It is the trade's main source of information on market sentiment and
it legitimizes an arcane abstraction as reality to the participants.
To participate in this esoteric media dialogue, one must subscribe
to certain basic assumptions, lest the material sound
incomprehensible. The assumptions are that the Fed's first priority
is to maintain interest-rate stability, orderly markets and "hard
money", above economic growth or full employment or any such
socialist claptrap.
When bond prices fell in April 1981, the
Fed discreetly yielded to the judgment of the bond market, instead
of guiding it. Though economic recovery was nowhere in sight, the
Fed again changed direction in its interest-rate policy and moved
rates upward. The Fed was once more forced to follow the market
instead of leading it, thus merely reinforcing market trends instead
of preventing market excesses, as it has always done throughout its
history and continues to do today. As the Reagan program moved
through Congress, gathering popular enthusiasm and legislative
momentum, the bond market went into seizure. The Fed was faced with
the option of losing control of the FFR or cutting more drastically
the money supply and push up interest rates.
A tightening of
money supply alongside a budget deficit is a sure recipe for a
recession. Long-term high-grade corporate and government bonds were
seeing their market rates jump 100 basis points in one month. New
issues had difficulty selling at any price. The possibility of a
"double dip" recession was bandied about by commentators,
as it is now. The Fed was attacked from all sides, including the
commercial banks, which held substantial bond portfolios, and White
House supply-siders, despite the fact that everyone knew the trouble
originated with the Reagan economic agenda. The Democrats were
attacking the Fed for raising interest rates, which was at least
conceptually consistent.
The White House accused the Fed of
targeting interest rates again instead of focusing on controlling
monetary aggregates, and Volcker himself was accused of undermining
the president. Reagan publicly discussed "abolishing" the
Fed, notwithstanding his disingenuous defense of the Fed from
attacks by Carter during the election campaign. Earlier, back in
mid-April, Volcker had publicly committed himself to gradualism in
reining in the money supply and avoiding shock therapy, to give the
economy time to adjust. But he changed his promise by May, and
decided to tighten on an economy already weakened by high rates
imposed six months earlier, yielding to the White House and the bond
market. Gradualism was permanently discarded. Volcker's
justification was amazing, in fact farcical. He told a group of Wall
Street finance experts in a two-day invited seminar that since
policy mistakes in the past had been on the side of excessive ease,
in the future it made sense to err on the side of restraint. Feast
and famine was now not only a policy effect but a policy rationale
as well. Compound errors, like compound interest, were selected as
the magical cure for the nation's sick economy.
Financial
markets are not the real economy. They are shadows of the real
economy. The shape and fidelity of the shadows are affected by the
position and intensity of the light source that comes from market
sentiments on the future performance of the economy. The
institutional character of the Fed over the decades has since
developed more allegiance to the soundness of the financial market
system than to the health of the real economy, let alone the welfare
of all the people. Granted, conservative economists argue that a
sound financial market system ultimately serves the interest of all.
But the economy is not homogenous throughout. In reality, some
sectors of the economy and segments of the population, through no
fault of their own, may not, and often do not, survive the down
cycles to enjoy the long-term benefits, and even if they survive are
permanently put in the bottom heap of perpetual depression.
Periodically, the Fed has failed to distinguish a healthy growth in
the financial markets from a speculative debt bubble.
The
Reagan administration by its second term discovered an escape valve
from Volcker's independent domestic policy of stable-valued money.
In an era of growing international trade among Western allies, with
the mini-globalization to include the developing countries before
the final collapse of the Soviet Bloc, a booming market for foreign
exchange had been developing since Nixon's abandonment of the gold
standard and the Bretton Woods regime of fixed exchange rates in
1971. The exchange value of the dollar thus became a matter of
national security and as such fell within the authority of the
president that required the Fed's patriotic support.
Council
of Economic Advisors chairman Martin Feldstein, a highly respected
conservative economist from Harvard with a reputation for
intellectual honesty, had advocated a strong dollar in Reagan's
first term, arguing that the loss suffered by US manufacturing was a
fair cost for national financial strength. But such views were not
music to the Reagan White House's ears and the Treasury under Donald
Regan, former head of Merrill Lynch, whose roster of clients
included all major manufacturing giants. Feldstein, given the
brushoff by the White House, went back to Harvard to continue his
quest for truth in economics after serving two years in the Reagan
White House, where voodoo economics reigned. Feldstein went on to
train many influential economists who later would hold key positions
in government, including Lawrence Summers, Treasury secretary under
president Bill Clinton and now president of Harvard University, and
Lawrence Lindsey, presidential economic assistant to George W Bush
(just dismissed along with Treasury secretary Paul O'Neill in a Bush
shake-up of his economic team).
By Reagan's second term, it
became undeniable that the United States' policy of a strong dollar
was doing much damage to the manufacturing sector of the US economy
and threatening the Republicans with the loss of political support
from key industrial states, not to mention the unions, which the
Republican party was trying to woo with a theme of Cold War
patriotism. Treasury secretary James Baker and his deputy Richard
Darman, with the support of manufacturing corporate interest, then
adopted an interventionist exchange-rate policy to push the
overvalued dollar down. A truce was called between the Fed and the
Treasury, though each quietly worked toward opposite policy aims,
much like the situation in 2000 on interest rates, with the Fed
raising short-term FFR while the Treasury pushed down long-term
rates by buying back 30-year bonds, resulting in an inverted rate
curve, a classical signal for recession down the road.
Thus
a deal was struck to allow Volcker to continue his battle against
domestic inflation with high interest rates while the overvalued
dollar would be pushed down by the Treasury through the Plaza Accord
of 1985 with a global backing-off of high interest rates. Not
withstanding the Louvre Accord of 1987 to halt the continued decline
of the dollar started by the Plaza Accord two years earlier, the
cheap-dollar trend did not reverse until 1997, when the Asian
financial crisis brought about a rise of the dollar by default,
through the panic devaluation of Asian currencies. The paradox is
that in order to have a stable-valued dollar domestically, the Fed
had to permit a destabilizing appreciation of the foreign-exchange
value of the dollar internationally. For the first time since end of
World War II, foreign-exchange consideration dominated the Fed's
monetary-policy deliberations, as the Fed did under Benjamin Strong
after World War I. The net result was the dilution of the Fed's
power to dictate to the globalized domestic economy and a blurring
of monetary and fiscal policy distinctions. The high
foreign-exchange value of the dollar had to be maintained because
too many dollar-denominated assets were held by foreigners. A fall
in the dollar would trigger a selloff as it did after the Plaza
Accord of 1985, which contributed to the 1987 crash.
It was
not until Robert Rubin became special economic assistant to
president Clinton that the United States would figure out its
strategy of dollar hegemony through the promotion of unregulated
globalization of financial markets. Rubin, a consummate
international bond trader at Goldman Sachs who earned $60 million
the year he left to join the White House, figured out how the US was
able to have its cake and eat it too, by controlling domestic
inflation with cheap imports bought with a strong dollar, and having
its trade deficit financed by a capital account surplus made
possible by the same strong dollar. Thus dollar hegemony was born.
The US economy grew at an unprecedented rate with the
wholesale and permanent export of US manufacturing jobs from the
rust belt, with the added bonus of reining in the unruly domestic
labor unions. The Japanese and the German manufacturers, later
joined by their counterparts in the Asian tigers and Mexico, were
delirious about the United States' willingness to open its domestic
market for invasion by foreign products, not realizing until too
late that their national wealth was in fact being steadily
transferred to the US through their exports, for which they got only
dollars that the US could print at will but that foreigners could
not spend in their own countries. By then, the entire structure of
their economies was enslaved to export, condemning them to permanent
economic servitude to the dollar. The central banks of these
countries competed to keep the exchange values of their currencies
low in relation to the dollar and to each other so that they can
transfer more wealth to the United States, while the dollars they
earned from export had no choice but to go back to the US to finance
the restructuring of the US economy toward new modes of finance
capitalism and new generations of high-tech research and development
through US defense spending.
Constrained by residual
limitation on rearmament resulting from their defeat in World War
II, both Germany and Japan were unable to absorb significant
high-tech research funds in their own defense sectors and had to buy
weapon systems from the US. By continuing to provide a defense
umbrella over Japan and Germany after the Cold War, the US preserved
its leadership in science and technology, with financing coming
mostly from the exporting nations' trade surpluses. The more the
export economies earned in their trade surpluses, the poorer these
exporting nations became. Neo-liberal market fundamentalism is not
the same as 19th-century mercantilism in that trade surpluses in the
form of gold would flow back to the exporting economy - trade
surpluses denominated in dollars merely expand the US economy
globally. The sucking sound that Ross Perot warned of regarding the
North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) during his 1992
presidential campaign turned out not to be the sound of US jobs
migrating to Mexico, but the sound of foreign-held dollars rushing
into US equity and debt markets.
The Plaza Accord of 1985
produced an agreement among the Group of Five (United States,
Britain, France, Germany, and Japan) calling for coordinated and
concerted effort to lower the value of the dollar. In September
1985, the G-5 met at the Plaza Hotel in New York City to ratify an
initiative to use exchange rates and other macro policy adjustments
as the preferred and necessary means to bring about an orderly
decline in the value of the dollar. The agreement, intended to curb
increasing US trade imbalances and protectionist sentiment and
action, supported orderly appreciation of the main non-dollar
currencies against the dollar.
Two years after the Plaza
Accord, the Louvre Accord of 1987 reached by the G-7 (G-5 plus
Canada and Italy) called for a halt in the dollar's decline,
re-establishment of balanced trade, and non-inflationary growth by
introducing reference ranges among the G-7 currencies. In February
1987, the G-7 met at the Louvre in France and announced that the
dollar had reached a level consistent with the underlying economic
conditions, and that they would intervene only as needed to insure
stability. Under the Louvre Accord, nations would intervene on
behalf of their currencies as needed, unannounced.
These two
elaborate arrangements set up by the major industrial countries to
stabilize their exchange rates had a mixed record. Developments
since then have shown that it would be futile for governments to
waste scarce financial resources intervening in unregulated foreign
exchange markets, as the Bank of England discovered in 1992. Another
reason exchange-rate instability will continue to increase in the
near term is that the euro-dollar exchange rate will be of less
concern to the European Central Bank (ECB) than it was to the
national central banks of Europe because the economy of the euro
zone as a whole will be more closed and inward looking than the
individual members' economies. The euro zone's openness rate
(measured by the ratio of trade in goods and services to GDP) is
about 14 percent, compared with 25 percent for France and Germany
individually. Euroland has discovered the indispensability of
domestic development and the disadvantage of excessive reliance on
exports.
International commitment to the Louvre Accord
eventually waned. Germany raised interest rates in 1990 to combat
inflation after reunification, while the United States eased
monetary policy to counteract a decline in economic activity after
the 1987 crash. Although the interest-rate differentials between the
US and Europe caused several European currencies to appreciate, the
G-7 did not react. Nor did it try to halt depreciation of the yen in
1990. By 1993, the Louvre Accord was virtually dead, as domestic
policy objectives took priority over internationally agreed targets.
Political shocks (such as German reunification and the invasion of
Kuwait) and economic facts (such as the persistence of Japan's
current account surplus in spite of a strong yen) also weakened
commitment to the accord. The G-7's approach changed from
"high-frequency" to "low-frequency" activism,
with ad hoc interventions only in cases of extreme misalignment, and
the focus shifted from exchange rate levels to exchange rate
volatility.
Reagan replaced Volcker with Alan Greenspan as
Fed chairman in the summer of 1987, over the objection of
supply-side partisans, most vocally represented by Wall Street
Journal assistant editor Jude Wanniski, a close associate of former
football star and presidential potential Jack Kemp of New York.
Wanniski derived many of his economics ideas from Robert Mundell,
who was to be the recipient of the Nobel Prize for economics in 1999
on his theory on exchange rates. Wanniski accused Greenspan of
having caused the 1987 crash, with Greenspan, in his new role as Fed
chairman, telling Fortune magazine in the summer of 1987 that the
dollar was overvalued. Wanniski also maintained that there was no
liquidity problem in the banking system in the 1987 crash, and "all
the liquidity Greenspan provided after the crash simply piled up on
the bank ledgers and sat there for a few days until the Fed called
it back". Wanniski blamed the 1986 Tax Act, which while sharply
lowering marginal tax rates nevertheless raised the capital gains
tax to 28 percent from 20 percent and left capital gains without the
protection against inflated gains that indexing would have provided.
This caused investors to sell equities to avoid negative net
after-tax returns, according to Winniski.
On Monday, October
19, 1987, the value of stocks plummeted on markets around the world,
with the Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA, the main index
measuring market activity in the United States) falling 508.32
points to close at 1738.42, a 22.6 percent fall, the largest one-day
decline since 1914. The magnitude of the 1987 stock-market crash was
much more severe than the 1929 crash of 12.8 percent. The loss to
investors amounted to $500 billion. Over the four-day period leading
up to the October 19 crash the market fell by over 30 percent. By
peak value in January 2000, this would translate into the equivalent
of an almost 4,000-point drop in the Dow. However, while the 1929
crash is commonly believed to have led to the Great Depression, the
1987 crash only caused pain to the real economy but not its
collapse. It is widely accepted that Greenspan's timely and massive
injection of liquidity into the banking system saved the day. The
events launched the super-central banker cult of Greenspan,
notwithstanding Winniski's criticism.
The 1987 market
crested on August 25 with the DJIA at 2,747. It is hard to relate to
the fact that the same DJIA peaked in January 2000 near 12,000
without thinking of bubble inflation. The United States' 1987 GDP
was $4.7 trillion and 2000 GDP was $9.8 trillion. The GDP doubled in
this period while the DJIA quadrupled. After reaching the top in
1987, the market fell off to 2,500, rallied back to 2,640 then fell
back to a slightly lower level around 2,465. Another longer rally
started that took the Dow to around 2,660. Technical analysis shows
that in 55-day declines, the market's rallies tend to end around the
40th day. It was almost as if investors gave up hoping things would
turn back to the upside and decided to take some money off the
table. Some 50 percent or more of the total market decline was in
the last three or four days. In 1987, the market fell from 2,747 to
1,600, a total of 1,147 points. The last three days ranged from
2,400 to 1,600, a total of 800 points or 69.7 percent of the total
range of 1,147 points. Yet the 1988 GDP grew to $5.1 trillion, up
$360 billion over 1987, while it took until 1941 and a war economy
for the GDP to recover to the level before the 1929 crash.
Panic-driven trading on the New York Stock Exchange on
October 19, 1987, reached 604.3 million shares, nearly double the
prior record volume of 338.5 million shares set the previous Friday,
when the Dow lunged a then-record 108.35 points. Nowadays, a routine
daily volume would be 1.6 billion shares and the system is supposed
to handle 3 billion shares with ease. But the ability to handle
increased volume itself created a demand for high-volume trading. It
is not unlike the opening of new lanes of traffic in a crowded
expressway: the new lanes themselves attract more traffic until
overload occurs again.
The DJIA was down 36.7 percent on
October 19, 1987, from its closing high less than two months
earlier. The selling started right from the opening on the day of
the crash. Some 11 of the 30 stocks in the DJIA did not open for the
first hour because of order imbalances - there were so many sell
orders they could not be matched to buy orders. With many stocks on
the NYSE not trading, traders turned to the futures markets to cover
their positions. An eerie quiet settled over the normally teeming
stock-index futures pit at the Chicago Mercantile Exchange early on
October 19 as traders watched the beginning of the worst washout in
stock-market history. The Wall Street Journal reported the following
day, October 20, 1987: "With trading delayed in many major New
York Stock Exchange issues because of order imbalances, Chicago's
controversial 'shadow markets' - the highly leveraged, liquid
futures on the Standard & Poor's 500 stock index - were, for
just a few minutes, the leading indicator for the world's equity
markets. And the stock-index markets were leading the way down -
fast. In a nightmarish fulfillment of some traders' and
academicians' worst fears, the five-year-old index futures for the
first time plunged into a panicky unlimited free fall, fostering a
sense of crisis throughout the US capital markets."
The
Fed supplied liquidity through the open-market purchase of US
government securities, adding $2.2 billion in non-borrowed reserves
between the reserve periods ended on November 4, 1987. In addition,
the Federal Reserve provided help to commercial banks by making the
discount window available when they encountered heavy reserve needs.
Chairman Greenspan also reassured the public that the Federal
Reserve would serve as a source of liquidity to support the economic
and financial system. Interest rates on short- and long-term
instruments fell in order to provide liquidity. For example, the
rate on three-month Treasury bills dropped from 6.74 percent on
October 13 to 5.27 percent on October 30, while the FFR declined by
179 basis points over this interval, and the rate on 30-year
Treasury bonds fell from 9.92 percent to 9.03. Further, banks'
increasing lending to securities firms during October 19-23 enabled
firms to finance the inventories of securities accumulated by their
customers' sell orders. Partially because of the Federal Reserve's
and banks' assistance, the stock price recovery period was much
shorter than after the 1929 crash.
Initial blame for the
1987 crash centered on the interplay between stock markets and index
options and futures markets. In the former, people buy actual shares
of stock; in the latter they are only purchasing rights to buy or
sell stocks at particular prices. Thus options and futures are known
as derivatives, because their value derives from changes in stock
prices even though no actual shares are owned. The Brady Commission,
officially named the Presidential Task Force on Market Mechanisms,
concluded that the failure of stock markets and derivatives markets
to operate in sync was the major factor behind the crash. In part,
investors' concern about the US federal budget and international
trade deficits were found to be responsible. Comments made by the US
Treasury secretary, who criticized foreign economic policies and
hinted that the Reagan administration would let the US dollar's
value decline further, also contributed. The key factor was program
trading, a recent development on Wall Street in which computers were
programmed to order the buying or selling automatically of a large
volume of shares when certain circumstances occurred. The commission
also criticized "specialists" on the floor of the New York
Stock Exchange who neglected their duty by not becoming buyers of
last resort and by treating small investors "capriciously".
The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) joined in, faulting
computerized trading and exchange specialists as well as citing a
negative turn in investor psychology. Both the Brady Commission and
the SEC called for greater regulation to prevent a similar
occurrence in the future.
On February 4, 1988, the New York
Stock Exchange established safeguards forbidding the use of its
electronic order system for program trading whenever the DJIA
increases or drops 50 points in a single day. The NYSE implemented
on Tuesday, February 16, 1999, new trigger levels at which
restrictions on index arbitrage trading, or trading "collars",
would track the movement of the DJIA. The revisions to NYSE Rule 80A
were approved by the SEC. The NYSE implemented new circuit-breaker
and trading-collar trigger levels that changed with the level of the
DJIA. Circuit-breaker points represent the thresholds at which
trading is halted marketwide for single-day declines in the DJIA.
The 10, 20 and 30 percent decline levels, respectively, in the DJIA
at its peak around the first quarter of 2000 were as follows: A
1,050-point drop in the DJIA before 2pm would halt trading for one
hour; would halt trading for 30 minutes if between 2pm and 2:30pm;
and would have no effect if at 2:30pm or later. A 2,100-point drop
in the DJIA before 1pm would halt trading for two hours; for one
hour if between 1 and 2pm; and for the remainder of the day if at
2pm or later. A 3,150-point drop would halt trading for the
remainder of the day regardless of when the decline occurred.
Trading collars, which restrict index-arbitrage trading, would be
triggered when the DJIA moved 180 points or more above or below its
closing value on the previous trading day and removed when the DJIA
was above or below the prior day's close by 90 points.
Trading
collars were first implemented in July 1990 in response to concerns
that index arbitrage may have aggravated large market swings. When
implemented, the collars represented an approximate 2 percent move
in the DJIA. The amendment took into account the dramatic advances
in the DJIA over the previous few years. Widely credited with
helping reduce market volatility, trading collars were triggered 23
times on 22 days in 1990; 16 times in 1992; nine times in 1993; 30
times in 28 days in 1994; 29 times in 28 days in 1995; 119 times in
101 days in 1996; 303 times in 219 days in 1997; and 366 times in
227 days in 1998.
The stock market recovered from the 1987
crash and began another upward climb, with the DJIA topping 3,000 in
the early 1990s. While technical problems within markets may have
played a role in the magnitude of the market crash, they could not
have caused it. That would require some action outside the market
that caused traders dramatically to lower their estimates of
stock-market values. The main culprit had been legislation that
passed the House Ways and Means Committee on October 15, 1987,
eliminating the deductibility of interest on debt used for corporate
takeovers.
Two SEC economists, Mark Mitchell and Jeffry
Netter, published a study in 1989 concluding that the anti-takeover
legislation did trigger the crash. They note that as the legislation
began to move through Congress, the market reacted almost
instantaneously to news of its progress. Between Tuesday, October
13, 1987, when the legislation was first introduced, and Friday,
October 16, when the market closed for the weekend, stock prices
fell more than 10 percent - the largest three-day drop in almost 50
years. In addition, those stocks that led the market downward were
precisely those most affected by the legislation. Many pending
merger and acquisition (M&A) deals were abruptly aborted. The
entire industry that grew to support M&A activities - investment
banks, lenders, law firms, arbitrageurs, corporate raiders and
greenmailers - was faced with imminent idleness.
Another
important trigger for the market crash was the announcement of a
large US trade deficit (3.4 percent of GDP) on October 14, 1987,
which led Treasury secretary James Baker to suggest the need for a
fall in the dollar on foreign-exchange markets. Fears of a lower
dollar led foreigners to pull out of dollar-denominated assets,
causing a sharp rise in interest rates. The front page of the New
York Times Business Day section (June 10, 2000) ran an article
headlined "Economy may have a soft spot - swelling trade gap
worries some experts and policy makers". The US current account
deficit reached $338.9 billion in 1999, up 53.6 percent from 1998.
It amounted to 3.7 percent of GDP in 1999 and 4.2 percent of Q4. The
DJIA peaked in January 2000 at close to 12,000, and has since lost
more than 40 percent of its peak value.
What the 1987 crash
ultimately accomplished was to teach politicians that markets heed
their words and actions, reacting immediately when threatened. Thus
the crash initiated a new era of market discipline not so much on
bad economic policy, but on policy honesty.
Greenspan issued
a statement at 8:41am on Tuesday, October 20, 1987, before the
markets opened: "The Federal Reserve, consistent with its
responsibilities as the nation's central bank, affirmed today its
readiness to serve as a source of liquidity to support the economic
and financial system." This statement was widely credited as
limited the systemic damage of the 1987 crash by restoring market
confidence.
The forces behind the 1987 crash actually began
two years earlier. In January 1985, the value of the dollar peaked
and began to weaken. But its decline was nominal and nine months
later there was no discernible improvement in the trade deficit. In
fact, by September 1985, the US trade deficit had worsened
substantially, just as the J-curve theory predicts. The J-curve is
the illustration of the performance of a country's balance of
payments after its currency has been devalued. The immediate effect
of a devaluation is to raise the cost of imports and reduce the
value of exports, so that the current account deteriorates.
Gradually, however, the volume of exports increases because their
price is down and the volume of imports declines because they have
become more expensive. This should rectify the current account
balance, turning deficit to surplus. Like much in economics, this is
a persuasive theory that appears to straddle the line between
natural law and wishful thinking. The adjustment period, which was
expected to be six to 12 months (nine-month average), should have
been over. But in 1985, the dollar fell for nine months with no
discernible improvement in the trade deficit.
The Brady
Commission concluded that the failure of stock markets and
derivatives markets to operate in sync was the major factor behind
the crash. The crash is now part of a pantheon of financial market
"problems" that included Barings, Daiwa,
Metallgesellschaft, Orange County, Sumitomo, LTCM, Quantum Funds,
Tiger Funds, Enron, Global Crossing, WorldCom, etc. It was also a
forerunner of the 1997 financial crises that started in Thailand.
The investing public has bee
Next:
The Lesson of the US experience
Henry C K Liu
is chairman of the New York-based Liu Investment
Group.
(©2002 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights
reserved.
BANKING BUNKUM
Part
3d: The lessons of the US experience
By
Henry C K Liu
Part 1: Monetary theology
Part 2: The European experience
Part 3a: The US experience
Part 3b: More on the US experience
Part
3c: Still
more on the US experience
Hyper-inflation is destructive
to the economy generally but it hurts wage earners more because of
wage stickiness and inelasticity, causing wages to fall constantly
behind the hyper-inflation rate. Hyper-inflation keeps prices rising
so fast that it tends to reduce the volume of business transactions
and to restrain economic activities. Hyper-inflation has brought
down many government throughout history, and thus monetary-policy
makers have developed a special sensitivity toward it. For private
business, loss of sales under hyper-inflation can sometimes be
temporarily compensated by inventory appreciation if the interest
rate is below the inflation rate, but under such conditions credit
to finance inventory would soon dry up.
Moderate inflation
benefits both the rich and the poor, though not equally, because it
not only keeps asset prices rising, of which the rich own more, it
also equalizes wealth distribution, making the rich less privileged.
Moderate inflation enables the middle class to raise its standard of
living faster through borrowing that can be paid back with
depreciated dollars, as most homeowners in the United States have
done in recent decades. Lenders would continue to lend under
moderate inflation even if real interest rates yield a narrower or
even a slightly negative spread over the inflation rate, because
idle money would suffer more loss under moderate inflation and
because moderate inflation reduces the default rate, thus making
even a narrow spread between interest rate and inflation rate
profitable to lenders. Moderate inflation also stimulates growth,
which means a larger economic pie for all even if the slice of the
pie for lenders may be smaller. Moderate inflation negates the
fatalistic American folklore that the rich get richer and the poor
get poorer, and enables the American dream of social and economic
mobility.
Deflation increases the purchasing power of money,
but it puts upward pressure on unemployment and downward pressure on
aggregate income. Thus, given a choice between deflation and
hyper-inflation, owners of real assets tend to prefer
hyper-inflation, under which wage earners are forced to into lower
real wages after inflation. Policy makers always hope that
hyper-inflation can be brought back under control within a short
period of crisis management, before political damage sets in.
Central banks in desperate times would look to hyper-inflation to
"provide what essentially amounts to catastrophic financial
insurance coverage," as US Federal Reserve Board chairman Alan
Greenspan suggested in a November 19 address on International
Financial Risk Management to the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)
in Washington.
Over the past two and a half years, since
February 2000, the draining impact of a loss of US$8 trillion of
stock-market wealth (80 percent of gross domestic product, or GDP),
and of the financial losses associated with September 11, 2001, has
had a highly destabilizing effect on the aggregate debt-equity ratio
in the US financial system, and has pushed the ratio below levels
conventionally required for sound finance. Total debt in the US
economy now runs to $32 trillion, of which $22 trillion is
private-sector debt. This private debt now is backed by $8 trillion
less in equity, an amount in excess of one-third of the debt.
Greenspan attributed the system's ability to sustain such a sudden
rise of debt-to-equity ratio to debt securitization and the hedging
effect of financial derivatives, which transfer risk throughout the
entire system. "Obviously, this market is still too new to have
been tested in a widespread down-cycle for credit," Greenspan
allowed.
In recent years, the rapidly growing use of more
complex and less transparent instruments such as credit-default
swaps, collateralized debt obligations, and credit-linked notes has
had a net effect of transferring individual risks to systemic risk.
Greenspan acknowledged that derivatives, by construction, are highly
leveraged, a condition that is both a large benefit and an Achilles'
heel. It appears that the benefit has been reaped in the past
decade, leading to a wishful declaration of the end of the business
cycle. Now we are faced with the Achilles' heel: "the
possibility of a chain reaction, a cascading sequence of defaults
that will culminate in financial implosion if it proceeds unchecked.
Only a central bank, with its unlimited power to create money, can
with a high probability thwart such a process before it becomes
destructive. Hence, central banks have, of necessity, been drawn
into becoming lenders of last resort," explained Greenspan.
Greenspan asserted that such "catastrophic financial
insurance coverage" should be reserved for only the rarest of
occasions to avoid moral hazard. He observed correctly that in
competitive financial markets, the greater the leverage, the higher
must be the rate of return on the invested capital before adjustment
for higher risk. Yet there is no evidence that higher risk in
financial manipulation leads to higher return for investment in the
real economy, as recent defaults by Enron, Global Crossing,
WorldCom, Tyco, Conseco and sovereign Argentine credits have shown.
Higher risks in finance engineering merely provided higher returns
from speculation temporarily, until the day of reckoning, at which
point the high returns can suddenly turn in equally high losses.
The individual management of risk, however sophisticated,
does not eliminate risk in the system. It merely passes on the risk
to other parties for a fee. In any risk play, the winners must match
the losers by definition. The fact that a systemic payment-default
catastrophe has not yet surfaced only means that the probability of
its occurrence will increase with every passing day. It is an iron
law understood by every risk manager. By socializing their risks and
privatizing their speculative profits, risk speculators hold hostage
the general public, whose welfare the Fed now uses as a pretext to
justify printing money to perpetuate these speculators' joyride.
What kind of logic supports the Fed's acceptance of a natural rate
of unemployment to combat inflation while it prints money without
reserve to bail out private speculators to fight deflation created
by a speculative crash?
It has been forgotten by many that
before 1913, there was no central bank in the United States to bail
out troubled commercial or investment banks or to keep inflation in
check by trading employment for price stability. The House of Morgan
then held the power of deciding which banks should survive and which
ones should fail and, by extension, deciding which sector of the
economy should prosper and which should shrink. At least the House
of Morgan used private money for its predatory schemes of
controlling the money supply for its own narrow benefit. The issue
of centralized private banking was part of the Sectional Conflict of
the 1800s between America's industrial North and the agricultural
South that eventually led to the Civil War. The South opposed a
centralized private banking system that would be controlled by
Northeastern financial interests, protective tariffs to help
struggling Northeast industries and federal aid to transportation
development for opening up the Midwest and the West for investment
intermediated through Northeastern money trusts.
Money,
classical economics' view of it notwithstanding, is not neutral.
Money is a political issue. It is a matter of deliberate choice made
by the state. The supply of money and its cost, as well as the
allocation of credit, have direct social implications. Policies on
money reward or punish different segments of the population,
stimulate or restrain different economic sectors and activities.
They affect the distribution of political power. Democracy itself
depends on a populist money policy.
The concept of a Federal
Reserve System was first championed by Populists, who were ordinary
citizens, rather than sophisticated economists or captured
politicians or powerful bankers. In 1887, a group of desperate
farmers in Lampasas county, Texas, formed the Knights of Reliance to
resist impending ruin by "more speedily educating themselves"
about the day when "all the balance of labor's products become
concentrated into the hands of a few". It became the Farmers
Alliance, which by 1890 had flowered into the Populist Movement. The
Populist agenda was a major reform platform for more than five
decades, giving the nation a progressive income tax, federal
regulation of railroads, communications and other public utilities,
anti-trust regimes, price stabilization and credit programs for
farmers. Lyndon B Johnson was the last president with strong
populist roots but tragically his populist domestic vision of the
Great Society was torpedoed by the Vietnam quagmire.
The
core issue behind the Populist Movement was money. Populists
attacked the "money trusts", the gold standard, and the
private centralized banking system. The spirit of this brief
movement was captured by Lawrence Goodwyn in his book Democratic
Promise: The Populist Movement in America. Falling prices of
farm produce were the catalyst of protest. Falling prices were also
inevitably accompanied by usurious interest rates. Both flowed from
one condition: a scarcity of money. Most Americans today do not
remember what historians call the Great Deflation that lasted three
decades between 1866 and 1896. The Great Deflation worked in reverse
of inflation. Inflation puts the rich at a disadvantage and spreads
wealth more widely, allowing the middle class to grow and to enjoy
higher standards of living. Deflation reconcentrates wealth and
reduces the living standard of the middle and working classes.
Borrowers face ballooning nominal debts from falling prices and
wages.
Fernand Braudel (1902-1985) in his epic chronicle of
the rise of capitalism showed that cycles of price inflation and
deflation were recurring rhythms in the world's economies long
before the founding of the United States. The very discovery of
America was a great inflationary development by the increase of
money supply in Europe through the plundering of Inca gold mines.
Gold inflation lasted three centuries and was instrumental to the
rise of Europe.
The US Federal Reserve System was founded in
1913 presumably to represent the financial interest of all
Americans. In its obsessive phobia of inflation, the Fed has
betrayed its original mandate. The chairman of the Fed in a true
democracy should be a member of the common folks, supported by a
technically competent but ideologically neutral staff, not a Wall
Street economist who applauds "creative destruction" as a
preferred path for growth. Greenspan himself allowed the view of an
European leader in his November address: "What is the market?
It is the law of the jungle, the law of nature. And what is
civilization? It is the struggle against nature."
The
creation of the Federal Reserve System was the result of a
confluence of political pressures. Fundamental among these pressure
was the new awareness, as Braudel hinted, of a heretical proposition
that capitalism cannot sustain price stability through market
forces. That proposition may not be valid, but centuries of
experimentation and innovation have yet to devise a monetary system
that can provide permanent market price stability. It was
increasingly recognized that the process of capital accumulation
inherently produces periodic cycles of fluctuating money value:
inflationary "easy money" stimulating economic growth,
spreading wealth from the top down, followed by its depressant
opposite "tight money" slowing down growth,
reconcentrating wealth. Just as there is a business cycle in a
market economy, there is a monetary cycle in a capitalistic system.
This peculiar nature of capitalism was allowed to work
untamed until the arrival of political democracy. Any government
adopting any money system that makes stable money a permanent
feature would eventually confront political upheaval. There were no
golden means of money value where all economic participants could be
treated equally and justly. Technically, the rules of capitalism
decree that money that is fixed in perpetual equilibrium is a
formula for permanent stagnation.
The tight money in the
United States at the beginning of the 20th century was caused by the
restoration of the full gold standard (the Gold Standard Act of
1900) from the bimetallism that had been used in the US through much
of the 19th century. Bimetallism had the fault of "bad money
driving out good" as stated in Gresham's Law, named after Sir
Thomas Gresham (1619-79), although it was controversial as to
whether he in fact formulated the concept. The law states that the
metal that is commercially valued at less than its face value tends
to be used as money, and the metal that is commercially valued at
more than its face value tends to be used as metal, and thus is
withdrawn from circulation as money. It is an indirect confirmation
of the validity of fiat money, as all commodities with intrinsic
value would not be used as money given the option.
Permanent
tight money means permanent high interest rates. And the money
supply based on the gold standard after 1900 was inflexible for
meeting the fluctuating demands of the economy. The resultant
illiquidity rendered the financial system inoperative. The liquidity
squeeze typically started in the South and the West when farmers
brought their crops to market and traders and merchants needed
short-term loans to finance a seasonal ballooning of trade. Rural
banks were forced to turn to New York for additional funds. Country
bankers and their farm clients learned from experience that
life-or-death decisions over the economies of Kansas, Texas and
Tennessee resided in the Wall Street offices of the likes of J P
Morgan. Thus the term "money trusts" was no radical
sloganeering or activist hysteria. It was a very mainstream term
that everyone in the West and the South understood in the 1900s.
The Populists first proposed a solution to the money
question in August 1886 at Cleburne, Texas, where the Farmers
Alliance held a convention. The "Cleburne Demand" borrowed
from the Greenback Party, which in the previous decade had fought
against the gold standard and defended president Abraham Lincoln's
fiat money, known as greenbacks, backed not by gold but by
government credit, on which the North won the Civil War. Among the
"radical" demands were federal regulation of the private
banking system and a national fiat currency not retrained by gold.
The Populists distrusted both Wall Street and Washington and
wanted an independent institution to carry out this task. They were
openly inflationist, and advocated an expanding money supply to
serve the growing economy and a federal issue to replace all private
banknotes. Their slogan, "legal tender for all debts, public
and private", appears today on Federal Reserve notes. Orthodox
economists of the day scoffed at the proposals. A return to a
populist monetary policy today would be a very constructive
alternative to Greenspan's distortion of Schumpeterean creative
destructionism.
The Fed has always considered it its sacred
duty only to fight inflation. Still, there was a time it forced on
the economy the pains of fighting inflation only after inflation had
appeared, as then chairman Paul Volcker did in the early 1980s. But
the Greenspan Fed in the late 1990s was shadow-boxing phantom
inflation based on a theoretical anticipation of inflation from the
wealth effect of an equity-market bubble that was at least producing
a benefit of having unemployment trending below the so-called
natural rate. The Greenspan bubble was actually accompanied by
pockets of deflation, most visibly in the manufacturing and
commodity sectors, mostly caused by excess investment that led to
global overcapacity that fed low-priced imports to the US economy.
Deflation has practically destroyed the farming and several other
commodity and basic-material sectors in the past decade, including
steel. It has eliminated much of US manufacturing. The deflation
that faced selected sectors of the US economy in the past decade had
not been market-induced as much as it was policy-determined. The
Fed's fixation on driving inflation lower, regardless of economic
consequences, has caused untold damage to the economy and forced its
restructuring toward an unsustainable debt bubble.
It is an
economic truism that low inflation for a large, complex economy can
only be achieved by driving certain sectors into deflationary
levels. Businesses in these unfortunate sectors are held in a state
of protracted if not perpetual loss to face bankruptcy and
liquidation. This detachment of profit from real production and the
dubious linkage of profit to financial speculation and manipulation
Greenspan accepts happily as Schumpeterean "creative
destruction" (from economist Joseph A Schumpeter, 1883-1950).
Pockets of deflation and bankruptcy are integral parts of systemwide
disinflation that inevitably produces losers who allegedly made
wrong business bets. It turned out that these wrong bets were not
against market forces as much as they were against Fed policy bias.
The stable value of money is to be maintained at all cost, except
for speculative growth, which is translated to mean ever-rising
share prices. Rising share prices, unlike rising wages, are not
viewed by the Fed as inflation, a rationale hard to understand.
But the negatives of selective deflation are considered by
the Fed as secondary and acceptable systemwide. These losses at
various deflationary phases have included the farmer belt, the oil
patch, the timber industry, the mining sector, steel, the
manufacturing sector, transportation, communication, high technology
and even defense. In 1984-85, deflation had became a fundamental
disorder in the economy. Income loss and shrinking collateral
squeezed debtors in deflationary sectors facing fixed nominal levels
of debt that required appreciated dollars to repay. Raw-material
prices fell by 40 percent from their peaks in 1980. It was a repeat
of the 1920s' selective economic damage. Overall prices throughout
the 1980s as reflected by the Consumer Price Index (CPI) remained
around 3 percent and the economy expanded moderately and
continuously. What actually happened was a structural shift of
wealth distribution toward polarization of rich and poor. A
split-level economy was instituted by government policy, between the
favored and the dispensable. In the 1880s and again the 1890s,
similar developments produced political agrarian revolts that
historians call American Populism.
In 1830, there were only
32 miles (51 kilometers) of railroads in the United States. By 1860,
at the start of the Civil War, there were more than 30,000 miles.
The three decades after the Civil War was called the Railroad Age by
historians, a period that saw a fivefold increase in rail mileage.
The rail sector dominated the investment market and was the chief
source of new wealth and baronial fortunes. The Age of Robber
Barons, represented by the likes of Cornelius Vanderbilt
(railroads), Andrew Carnegie (steel), John D Rockefeller (oil) and
Morgan (finance), with the birth of big monopolistic corporations
and interlocking holding companies, was inseparable from railroad
expansion.
The private railroads received free public land
in amounts larger than the size of Texas. The scandalous Credit
Mobilier, which built the Union Pacific, paid a dividend of 348
percent in one year to watered-down shares given to corrupt members
of Congress and state officials, a hundred times that of convention,
even after having billed the company double for runaway construction
cost. The price-fixing and selective price-gouging, government
corruption, stock and business fraud, cost-padding, stock-watering
and manipulation such as insider trading and sweetheart loans of the
Railroad Age made the so-called crony capitalism of which the United
States now accuses a developing Asia looks like child's play.
Notwithstanding the disingenuous neo-liberal claim that the
Asian financial crises of 1997 that devastated the economies in the
region were the inevitable result of Asian crony capitalism, and not
of unregulated market fundamentalism, the scandalous railroad boom
of the 1860s in the United States did not hurt the US economy. Far
from it, it heralded in the age of finance capitalism. The
difference was that in the 1860s, the US opposed free trade and
adopted high protective tariffs, government support of industrial
policy and infrastructure development and national banking. But most
important of all, the US of the 1860s was not victimized by the
tyranny of a foreign-currency hegemony, as Asia is today by dollar
hegemony. Just as pimples are the symptoms of hormone imbalance and
not the cause, corruption is often the symptom of fast growth.
The
point here is not to apologize for corruption but to point out that
corruption is part and partial of finance capitalism, as the savings
and loan (S&L) crisis, the Milken junk-bond scandal and
Enrontitis of recent times continue to show clearly. The real
culprit was not corruption but deregulation. The Telecommunications
Act of 1996, for example, which aimed to create competitive markets
for voice, data and broadband services, unleashed a flood of
investment in wireless licenses, fiber-optic cable networks,
satellites, computer switches and Internet sites, and accounted for
much of the new capital that poured into the economy through Wall
Street's equity and credit markets. The same was true in the energy
sector. But the biggest culprit was financial deregulation.
The
deregulation program under the administration of president Ronald
Reagan phased out federal requirements that set maximum interest
rates on savings accounts. This eliminated the advantage previously
held by savings banks in financing home ownership. Checking accounts
that paid interest could now be offered by savings banks. All
depository institutions could now borrow from the Fed in time of
need, a privilege that had been reserved for commercial banks. In
return, all banks had to place a certain percentage of their
deposits at the Fed. This gave the Fed more control over state
chartered banks, but diluted the Fed's control of the credit market.
The Garn-St Germain Act of 1982 allowed savings banks to issue
credit cards, make non-residential real-estate loans and commercial
loans - actions previously only allowed to commercial banks.
Deregulation practically eliminated the distinction between
commercial and savings banks. It caused a rapid growth of savings
banks and S&Ls that now made all types of non-homeowner-related
loans. S&Ls could then tap into the huge profit centers of
commercial-real-estate investments and credit-card issuing and
unsavory entrepreneurs looked to the loosely regulated S&Ls as a
no-holds-barred profit center.
As the 1980s wore on, the US
economy appeared to grow. Interest rates continued to go up as well
as real-estate speculation. The real-estate market was in a bubble
boom. Many S&Ls took advantage of the lack of supervision and
regulations to make highly speculative investments, in many cases
lending more money then the value of the projects, in anticipation
of still-rising prices. When the real-estate market crashed
dramatically, the S&Ls were crushed. They now owned properties
that they had paid enormous amounts of money for but weren't worth a
fraction of what they paid. Many went bankrupt, losing their
depositors' money. In 1980, the US had 4,600 thrifts; by 1988,
mergers and bankruptcies left 3,000. By the mid-1990s, fewer than
2,000 survived. The S&L crisis cost US taxpayers $600 billion in
"bailouts". The indirect cost was estimated to be $1.4
trillion.
Money supply is a complex issue and at this moment
in history it is a term of considerable chaotic meaning. The
official definition by the Federal Reserve of M1, 2 and 3 is clear
(see note 1), but its usefulness even to the Fed is as limited as it
is clear. Greenspan, at the 15th Anniversary Conference of the
Center for Economic Policy Research at Stanford University on
September 5, 1997, with Milton Friedman in the audience, in defense
of the accusation that Fed policy failed to anticipate the emerging
inflation of the 1970s and, by fostering excessive monetary
creation, contributed to the inflationary upsurge, and the claim
that some monetary-policy rules, such as the Taylor rule, however
imperfect, would have delivered far superior performance, admitted
that the Fed's (indeed economics') knowledge of the full workings of
the system is quite limited, so that attempts to improve on the
results of policy rules will, on average, only make matters worse.
Greenspan observed that the monetary policy of the Fed has involved
varying degrees of rule-based and discretionary-based modes of
operation over time. Very often historical regularities have been
disrupted by unanticipated change, especially in technologies, both
hard and soft. The evolving patterns mean that the performance of
the economy under any rule, were it to be rigorously followed, would
deviate from expectations. Such changes mean that we can never
construct a completely general model of the economy, invariant
through time, on which to base our policy, Greenspan asserted. It
was an apology for muddling through.
Greenspan admitted that
in the late 1970s, the Fed's actions to deal with developing
inflationary instabilities were shaped in part by the reality
portrayed by Friedman's analysis that ever-rising inflation rate
peaks, as well as ever-rising inflation rate troughs, followed on
the heels of similar patterns of average money growth. The Fed, in
response to such evaluations, acted aggressively under the then
newly installed chairman Paul Volcker. A considerable tightening of
the average stance of policy, based on intermediate M1 targets tied
to reserve operating objectives, eventually reversed the surge in
inflation. Greenspan was careful not to draw attention to the high
cost of the reversal.
The 15 years before the Asian
financial crises that began in 1997 had been a period of
consolidating the gains of the early 1980s and extending them to
their logical end, ie, the achievement of price stability. Although
the ultimate goals of monetary policy have remained the same over
the past 15 years, the techniques used by the Fed in formulating and
implementing policy have changed considerably as a consequence of
vast changes in technology and regulation. The early Volcker years
focused on M1, and following operating procedures that imparted a
considerable degree of automaticity to short-term interest-rate
movements, resulting in wide interest-rate volatility.
But
after nationwide NOW (negotiable order of withdrawal)
interest-bearing checking accounts were introduced, the demand for
M1, in the judgment of the Federal Open Markets Committee (FOMC),
became too interest-sensitive for that aggregate to be useful in
implementing policy. Because the velocity of such an aggregate
varies substantially in response to small changes in interest rates,
target ranges for M1 growth, in the FOMC's judgment, no longer were
reliable guides for outcomes in nominal spending and inflation. In
response to an unanticipated movement in spending and hence the
quantity of money demanded, a small variation in interest rates
would be sufficient to bring money back to path but not to correct
the deviation in spending.
As a consequence, by late 1982,
M1 was de-emphasized and policy decisions per force became more
discretionary. However, in recognition of the longer-run
relationship of prices and M2, especially its stable long-term
velocity, this broader aggregate was accorded more weight, along
with a variety of other indicators, in setting the Fed policy
stance.
By the early 1990s, the usefulness of M2 was
undercut by the increased attractiveness and availability of
alternative outlets for saving, such as bond and stock mutual funds,
and by mounting financial difficulties for depositories and
depositors that led to a restructuring of business and household
balance sheets. The apparent result was a significant rise in the
velocity of M2, which was especially unusual given continuing
declines in short-term market interest rates. By 1993, this
extraordinary velocity behavior had become so pronounced that the
Fed was forced to begin disregarding the signals M2 was sending.
Greenspan recognized that, in fixing on the short-term rate,
the Fed lost much of the information on the balance of money supply
and demand that changing market rates afforded, but for the moment
the Fed saw no alternative. In the current state of knowledge, money
demand has become too difficult to predict. In the United States,
evaluating the effects on the economy of shifts in balance sheets
and variations in asset prices have been an integral part of the
development of monetary policy.
In recent years, for
example, the Fed expended considerable effort to understand the
implications of changes in household balance sheets in the form of
high and rising consumer debt burdens and increases in market wealth
from the run-up in the stock market. And the equity market itself
has been the subject of analysis as the Fed attempted to assess the
implications for financial and economic stability of the
extraordinary rise in equity prices, a rise based apparently on
continuing upward revisions in estimates of US corporations' already
robust long-term earning prospects. But, unless they are moving
together, prices of assets and of goods and services could not both
be an objective of a particular monetary policy, which, after all,
has one effective instrument: the short-term interest rate. The Fed
chose product prices as its primary focus on the grounds that
stability in the average level of these prices was likely to be
consistent with financial stability as well as maximum sustainable
growth. History, however, is somewhat ambiguous on the issue of
whether central banks can safely ignore asset markets, except as
they affect product prices. Greenspan discovered that he had been
very wrong about the "robust" long-term earning prospects
of US corporations by 2000.
Greenspan also admitted that
over the coming decades, moreover, what constitutes product price
and, hence, price stability will itself become harder to measure. In
the years 1997 through 2000, M3 increased by about 460, 600, 500 and
600 billions per year, respectively. In 2001 M3 expanded much more
rapidly - by about $1.1 trillion - to a total of about $8 trillion.
The surge in the money supply since the attacks on September 11,
2001, was equal to about $300 billion, which significantly
represents about 3.0 percent of GDP, this after the Fed injected $1
trillion into the banking system in the days following the terrorist
attacks in New York and on the Pentagon. Since the beginning of
2000, $8 trillion of stock market wealth has vanished, that is 80
percent of annual GDP, or the entire M3 in 2001. Another way to look
at these figures is that the entire face value of the US money
supply has vanished through market correction.
Market
participants look at money supply differently. To M1, 2 and 3, they
add L, which is M3 plus all other liquid assets, such as Treasury
bills, saving bonds, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances,
non-bank eurodollar holdings of non-US residents and, since the
1990s, derivatives and swaps, generally coming under the heading of
structured finance instruments. The term MZM (money with zero
maturity) came into general use. The Fed has poor, if any,
information on L and it does not seem to want to know as it
persistently declines to support its regulation or reporting on it.
Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives now are estimated to involve
notional values of more than $150 trillion. No one knows the precise
amount.
The Office of Controller of Currency (OCC) quarterly
report on bank derivatives activities and trading revenues is based
on call-report information provided by US commercial banks. The
notional amount of derivatives in insured commercial bank portfolios
increased by $3.1 trillion in the third quarter of 2002, to $53.2
trillion. Generally, changes in notional volumes are reasonable
reflections of business activity but do not provide useful measures
of risk. During the third quarter, the notional amount of
interest-rate contracts increased by $3 trillion, to $45.7 trillion.
Foreign-exchange contracts increased by $27 billion to $5.8
trillion. The number of commercial banks holding derivatives
increased by 17, to 408. Eighty-six percent of the notional amount
of derivative positions was composed of interest-rate contracts,
with foreign exchange accounting for an additional 11 percent.
Equity, commodity and credit derivatives accounted for only 3
percent of the total notional amount.
Holdings of
derivatives continue to be concentrated in the largest banks. Seven
commercial banks account for almost 96 percent of the total notional
amount of derivatives in the commercial banking system, with more
than 99 percent held by the top 25 banks. OTC and exchange-traded
contracts comprised 87.9 percent and 12.1 percent, respectively, of
the notional holdings as of the third quarter of 2002.
The
notional amount is a reference amount from which contractual
payments will be derived, but it is generally not an amount at risk.
The risk in a derivative contract is a function of a number of
variables, such as whether counterparties exchange notional
principal, the volatility of the currencies or interest rates used
as the basis for determining contract payments, the maturity and
liquidity of contracts, and the creditworthiness of the
counterparties in the transaction. Further, the degree of increase
or decrease in risk-taking must be considered in the context of a
bank's aggregate trading positions as well as its asset and
liability structure. Data describing fair values and credit risk
exposures are more useful for analyzing point-in-time risk exposure,
while data on trading revenues and contractual maturities provide
more meaningful information on trends in risk exposure.
Monetary
economists have no idea if notional values are part of the money
supply and with what discount ratio. As we now know, creative
accounting has legally transformed debt proceeds as revenue. With
the telecoms, the Indefeasible Right of Use (IRU) contracts, or
capacity swaps, were perfectly legal means to inflate revenue. The
now disgraced and defunct Andersen White Paper in 2000, well known
in telecom financial circles, defined IRU swaps between telecom
carriers by accounting each sale as revenue and each purchase of a
capital expense which is exempted from operating results emphasized
by Wall Street analysts and investors. While common sense would see
this as inflation of revenue by hiding underlying true cost,
Andersen argued that these capacity exchanges are not barter
agreements, but are sales of operating leases and purchases of
capital leases. Thus by creative accounting logic, swaps are not
acquisition of "equivalent interests" because risks and
rewards of buying a capital lease are greater than those of an
operating lease. Since operating leases are not similar assets as
capital leases, there is logic in booking revenues over the life of
a contract when they are fully paid at closing. It can also be
argued that such accounting logic on the operating leases
misleadingly strengthens the value of the capital assets. Which was
exactly what happened.
GE Capital on March 13, 2002,
launched a multi-tranche dollar bond deal that was almost doubled in
size from $6 billion to $11 billion, making it the largest-ever
dollar-denominated corporate bond issue. Officially the bond sale
was explained as following the current trend of companies with large
borrowing needs, such as GE Capital, locking in favorable funding
costs while interest rates are low. On March 18, Bloomberg reported
that GE Capital was bowing to demands from Moody's Investors Service
that the biggest seller of commercial paper should reduce its
reliance on short-term debt securities. The financing arm of General
Electric, then the world's largest company, sought bigger lending
commitments from banks and replacing some of its $100 billion in
debt that would mature in less than nine months with bonds. GE
Capital asked its banks to raise its borrowing capacity to $50
billion from $33 billion.
Moody's, one of two credit-rating
companies that have assigned GE Capital the highest "AAA"
grade, has been increasing pressure on even top-rated firms to
reduce short-term liabilities since Enron filed the biggest US
bankruptcy to that date in December. Moody's released reports
analyzing the ability of 300 companies to raise money should they be
shut out of the commercial paper market. GE Capital and H J Heinz Co
said they responded to inquiries by Moody's by reducing their
short-term debt, unsecured obligations used for day-to-day
financing. Concerns about the availability of such funds have grown
this year after Qwest Communications International Inc, Sprint Corp
and Tyco International Ltd were suddenly unable to sell commercial
paper.
Moody's lowered a record 93 commercial paper ratings
last year as the economy slowed, causing corporate defaults to
increase to their highest in a decade. One area of concern for the
analysts is the amount of bank credit available to repay commercial
paper. While many companies have credit lines equivalent to the
amount of commercial paper they sell, some of the biggest issuers do
not. GE Capital, for example, has loan commitments backing 33
percent of its short-term debt. American Express has commitments
that cover 56 percent of its commercial paper. Coca-Cola supports
about 85 percent of its debt with bank agreements, according to
Standard & Poor's, the largest credit-rating company, which said
it is also focusing more attention on risks posed by short-term
liabilities, though it hasn't yet decided whether to issue separate
reports.
Companies have sold $107 billion of
investment-grade bonds in the first half of this year, up from $88
billion during the same period in 2001. The amount of unsecured
commercial paper outstanding has fallen by a third to $672 billion
during the past 12 months. GE Capital, which has reduced its
commercial paper outstanding from $117 billion at the beginning of
the year, plans to continue to reduce short-term debt. It took one
step in that direction last week when it sold $11 billion of
long-term bonds, some of which will be used to reduce its
outstanding commercial paper. As part of the sale, GE Capital sold
30-year bonds with a coupon of 6.75 percent. The company usually
swaps some or all of those fixed-rate payments for floating-rate
obligations. Last year, GE Capital paid on average 3.23 percent for
its floating-rate, long-term debt, 70 basis points more than on its
commercial paper, according to a company filing.
The bottom
line of all this is that the funding cost of GE Capital will go up,
which will hit GE Capital profit, which constitutes 60 percent of
its parent's profit. This in turn will hit GE share prices, which in
turn will force rating agencies to pressure GE further to shift from
low-cost commercial papers to bonds or bank loans, which will
further reduce profit, which will further increase rating pressure,
and so on. PIMCO (Pacific Investment Management Co), the world's
largest bond fund, having dumped $1 billion in GE commercial paper
from its holdings, publicly criticized GE for carrying too much debt
and not dealing honestly with investors. GE announced it might sell
as much as $50 billion in bonds only days after investors bought $11
billion of new bonds in the biggest US sale in history. PIMCO
director Bill Gross disputed GE's contention that the new bond sales
were designed not to capture low rates, but because of troubles in
its commercial paper market. If the GE short-term rate rises because
of a poor credit rating, the engine that drives GE earnings will
stall. Gross dismissed GE earning growth as not being from brilliant
management, former GE chairman Jack Welch's self-aggrandizing books
not withstanding, but from financial manipulation, selling debt at
cheap rates and using inflated GE stocks for acquisition. GE had
$127 billion in commercial paper as of March 11, 2002, according to
Moody's. This amounts to 49 percent of its total debt. Banks' credit
line only covers one-third of the short-term exposure.
The
erosion of market capitalization value does impact money supply.
Asset valuation is the collateral for debt. As asset value falls,
credit ratings fall, which affect interest costs, which affect
profits, which affect asset value. Moreover, a major counterparty
default in structured finance will render the Fed helpless in
keeping the money supply from sudden contraction, unless the Fed is
prepared to depart from its traditional practice of relying solely
on interest-rate policy to effectuate monetary ease, a move
Greenspan apparently has served notice he is prepared to make.
The
logic of fighting inflation by raising interest rates is mere
conventional wisdom. Furthermore, interest-rate policy is merely a
single instrument that cannot possibly be relied upon to play the
complexity of a symphony like the economy. The debate on whether a
high interest rate is inflationary or deflationary seems to be a
puzzling controversy in economics. Within the current international
financial architecture, interest rates cannot be fully understood
without taking into account their impact on exchange rates and
credit markets. Nor can inflation be understood in isolation.
In
a globalized financial market, if the exchange rate is artificially
sustained by high interest rates, there is little doubt that the
impact would be deflationary on the local economy. This logic is
also supported by empirical data in recent years. Yet many astute
economists insist that a high interest rate causes inflation, at
least in the long run. Perhaps this can be true in closed economies,
but it is no longer necessarily true in open economies in a
globalized financial market.
Interest rates are the prices
for the use of money over time. These prices do not always track the
purchasing power of money, which is the monetized expression of the
market value of commodities (the transaction price) at a specific
time. The purchasing power of money fluctuates over time, expressed
by the prices of futures and options, which are functions of the
uncertain elasticity between interest rates and inflation rates.
As the price for the use of money over time rises, the
general effect will be deflationary if money is viewed as a constant
store of value. Otherwise, money will forfeit its function as a
constant store of value. On the other hand, if money is viewed as a
medium of exchange, the ultimate liquidity agent, then rising price
for its use over time is inflationary as a cost.
Now, in any
economy, money tends to play both roles, though not equally and not
consistently over time. For market participants, depending on their
positions (borrower or lender) at specific points of the economic
cycle (expanding or contracting liquidity), they will find different
views of money (exchange medium or value storer) to be to their
financial advantage. Thus borrowers generally consider a high
interest rate as leading to cost inflation (bad), and lenders
consider a high interest rate as leading to asset deflation (good up
to a point). Asset deflation offers good buying opportunities for
those who have money or have access to credit, but bad for those who
hold assets but need money, and the pain is proportional to asset
illiquidity. Since most holders of ready cash also hold assets,
deflation has only a limited and short-term advantage for them. For
inflation to be advantageous, continued expansion of credit is
required to keep asset appreciation ahead of cost inflation.
The
problem is further complicated by the fact that inflation is defined
mostly by mainstream economics only as the rising price of wages and
commodities, and not by asset appreciation. When it costs 10 percent
more to buy the same share of a company than it did yesterday, that
is considered growth - good economic news. When wages rise 5 percent
a year, that is viewed as inflation - bad economic news by the Fed,
despite the fact that the aggregate purchasing power is increased by
5 percent. Therein lies the fundamental cause of a bubble economy -
growth and profit are generated by asset inflation rather than by
increased aggregate demand stimulating aggregate supply.
Thus
the relationship of interest rate to inflation is dependent on the
definition of money, which raises questions about the Fed
preoccupation with interest-rate policy as a tool to achieve price
stability. But that is not the end of the story. Under finance
capitalism, inflation is not merely too much money chasing too few
goods, as under industrial capitalism. Under financial capitalism,
two elements - credit availability and credit markets - have
overshadowed the traditional goods and equity markets of industrial
capitalism. This makes it necessary to re-examine the traditional
relationship of interest rate and inflation.
In a bull
market, the buyer has the advantage because the buyer has the final
upside. In a bear market, the seller has the advantage because the
buyer is left holding the downside bag. Of course one must avoid
buying at the peak and selling at the bottom. And such strategies
have self-fulfilling effects, as technical analysts can readily
testify. These effects are magnified in long-run bull or bear
markets, which are represented by a rising or falling sine curve.
However, the buyer's advantage in a bull market may be neutralized
by the inflation that usually accompanies bull markets. Thus a true
bull market must yield net capital gain after inflation and real
interest cost, ie, interest cost after inflation. And in a
deflationary bear market, the seller's advantage is reinforced by
deflation, for he can repurchase at a later date with only a
fraction of his realized cash from what he sold previously. Not only
would the seller avoid additional loss of holding the unsold asset
in a falling market, the cash from the sale appreciates in
purchasing power with every passing day in a bear market.
Thus
money plays a passive role as a medium of exchange and an active
role as a store of value on the movement of prices. The conventional
view that inflation is caused by, or is a result of (the two are
connected but not identical), too much money chasing too few goods
then is not always operative. This is because the availability of
credit and the operational rules of credit markets can distort the
traditional relationship. Credit markets, which have expanded way
beyond traditional credit intermediated by the banking system,
operate on the theory that money generally must earn interest,
whether it is actually put to use or not.
There are of
course abnormal times when money actually earns negative interest
because of government policy or foreign exchange constraints, as in
Hong Kong in the early 1990s and Japan since 2000. When idle money
earns no interest, credit reserve dries up, because it creates
greater incentive to put money to work, ie, investing it in
productive enterprises. For money to remain idly waiting for better
opportunity, the interest rate must equal or exceed the opportunity
cost of idle cash. Interest then acts as a penalty for idle money.
When idle money earns interest, the interest payment comes
ultimately from the central bank, which alone can create more money
with no penalty to itself, though the economy it lords over is not
immune. Since late 1999, the Japanese monetary authorities have
repeatedly reaffirmed their commitment to maintaining their
zero-interest-rate policy until deflationary forces have been
dispelled. The result is a great deal of idle money in Japanese
banks with no creditworthy borrowers, for no one is interested in
borrowing money to buy one widget that needs to be paid back with
appreciated money that could buy two widgets in the future. Japanese
savers are forgoing interest income for the increasing purchasing
power of their idle money in an unending deflationary spiral.
Efficiency in the credit markets pushes money toward the
highest use and willingness to pay the highest interest. Thus when
the central bank tightens money supply, the market will drive up
interest rates and vice versa. Thus interest rate is a credit market
index. When central banks such as the Fed use interest-rate policy
to manage the money supply, they are in fact using a narrow market
index to manipulate the broader market. It is not different from the
Fed fixing the Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA) by buying or
selling blue-chip shares to influence the broad S&P.
When
prices fall, one reason may be that consumers do not have money to
buy with, as in most recessions with high unemployment. Or it may be
the result of potential consumers withholding their money for still
lower prices, as in Japan now and in some degree in China in
1998-2000. So deflation is caused by too many goods trying to
attract too little money entering the market, but not necessarily
too little money in the economy.
But if every seller can
realize a cash surplus in a subsequent repurchase in a bear market,
where does all the surplus money go? Obviously it goes to pay
interest on the idle money waiting for a cheaper price, reducing the
central bank's need to issue more money to carry the interest cost
on idle money. The net effect is a removal of money from the market
and an increase in the amount of idle money in the economy. So
deflation actually pushes up interest rates without necessarily
altering the aggregate money supply. The effect is that until prices
fall at a lesser rate than the interest rate on idle money, there is
no incentive to buy. Thus a deflation-driven rising interest rate
creates more deflationary pressure in a bear market. High interest
rates move more wealth from borrowers to lenders and from bottom to
top in the wealth pyramid. Moreover, the impact of a high interest
rate modifies economic behavior differently in different groups and
even on different activities within the same individual. When the
prime rate at leading banks exceeded 20 percent in 1980, credit
continued to expand explosively. The opposite happened when the Bank
of Japan reduced the interest rate to zero. High rates only work to
slow credit expansion if the rates are ahead of inflation. And zero
rate only works to stimulate credit expansion if there is no
deflation. So raising interest rates to combat inflation or lowering
rates to combat deflation can be self-defeating under certain
conditions.
Now if two economies are linked by floating
exchange rates, free trade and free investment flows, the one with a
high rate of inflation will see the exchange rate of its currency
fall. But a fall in its currency will increase the cost of its
imports, thus adding to its inflation rate, and the further rise in
the inflation rate will push up interest rates further. But a rise
in domestic interest rates will stop or slow the fall of its
currency and attract more fund inflows to buy its goods and assets.
It also increases its exports, which reduces the supply of goods and
assets in the domestic market, thus pushing up domestic prices,
while pushing down the price of imports. The net inflation/deflation
balance will then depend on the trade balance between exports and
imports. This had been given by the European Central Bank (ECB) as
the logic of raising euro interest rates to fight inflation. But
this effect does not work for the United States because of dollar
hegemony, which enables the US to run a recurring trade deficit with
moderating inflation impacts. That is why the policies of the ECB
and the Fed are constantly out of sync.
The availability of
financial derivatives further complicates the picture, because both
interest rates and foreign-exchange rates can be hedged, obscuring
and distorting the fundamental relations among interest rates,
exchange rates and inflation. The recurring global financial crises
in the past decade were manifestations of this distortion.
The
theory of market equilibrium asserts that a market tends to reach
"natural" equilibrium as it approaches efficiency, which
is defined as the speed and ease with which equilibrium is reached.
Equilibrium is an abstract concept like infinity. It is a
self-extending conceptual end state that has no definitive form or
reality. Yet the market is complex not only because the relationship
of market elements is poorly defined or even undefinable, but also
the very instruments designed to enhance market efficiency tend to
create wide volatility and instability. Thus a "natural"
equilibrium state can in fact be defined as the actual state of the
fluctuating market at any moment in time.
With 24-hour
trading, the notion of a milestone moment of equilibrium is
problematic. Further, the very financial instruments created to
enhance market efficiency toward its "natural" equilibrium
state make the equilibrium elusive. Such instruments are mainly
designed to manage risk generated by both broad market movements and
momentary disequilibrium. Structured finance mainly involves
unbundling financial risks in global markets for buyers who will pay
the highest price for specific protection. Because users of these
instruments look for special payoffs through unbundling of risk, the
cost of managing such risk is maximized. The disaggregating renders
the notion of market equilibrium not unifiable. The unbundled risks
are marketed to those with the biggest appetite for such risks, in
return for compensatory returns.
Thus market equilibrium is
not any more merely a large pool of turbulent transactions with a
level surface. It is in fact a pool of transactions with many
different levels of interconnected surfaces, each serving highly
disaggregated specialty markets. Equilibrium in this case becomes a
highly complex notion making the impact and prospect of
externalities highly uncertain. That uncertainty caused the demise
of Long Term Capital Management (LTCM), for a while the world's most
successful hedge fund based on immaculate quantitative logic.
Interest swaps, for example, are not single-purpose transactions for
managing interest-rate risks. They can be structured as inflation
risk hedges, or foreign-exchange risk hedges, or any number of other
financial needs or protection. And the impact is not limited to the
two contracting counterparties, since each party usually hedges
again with a third counterparty who in turn hedges with another
counterparty. That is what makes hedging systemic. A further irony
is that the very objective of insuring against volatility risk by
covering the market broadly increases risks of illiquidity.
Monetary-policy decision makers in the past decade have
tended to be fixated on preventing inflation. Some questions come to
mind over this fact. Is inflation the worst of all economic evils;
and specifically, is current US monetary policy consistent with
maintaining a low rate of inflation, assuming a low inflation rate
is desirable? Or, to put it another way, is there any empirical
evidence that inflation can be controlled by the central bank at a
cost less than that exacted by inflation itself? Would the
establishment of price stability as the Fed's sole objective hinder
long-run growth prospects for the US and the global economy? The
answers to these questions are critical for the assessment of
monetary policy.
Two Nobel laureates from the Chicago
School, Milton Friedman and Robert Lucas, have influenced mainstream
economics on these issues. Friedman, the 1976 Nobel economist,
emphasized the role of monetary policy as a factor in shaping the
course of inflation and business cycles. In the popular press, he
also was known for his advocacy of deregulated markets and free
trade as the best option for economic development. Lucas, the 1995
Nobel economist, also made fundamental contributions to the study of
money, inflation, and business cycles, through the application of
modern mathematics. Lucas formed what came to be called a theory of
"rational expectations". In essence, the "rational
expectations" theory shows how expectations about the future
influence the economic decisions made by individuals, households and
companies. Using complex mathematical models, Lucas showed
statistically that the average individual would anticipate - and
thus could easily undermine - the impact of a government's economic
policy. Rational expectation theory was embraced by the Reagan White
House during its first term, but the doctrine worked against the
Reagan voodoo economic plan instead of with it.
In 1976, the
long-run relationship between inflation and unemployment was still
under debate in mainstream economics. During the 1960s, mainstream
economics leaned toward the belief that a lower average unemployment
rate could be sustained at the cost of a permanently higher (but
stable) rate of inflation.
Friedman used his Nobel lecture
to make two arguments about this inflation-unemployment tradeoff.
First, he advanced the logic of why short-run tradeoff would
dissolve in the long run. Expanding nominal demand to lower
unemployment would lead to increases in money wages as firms
attempted to attract additional workers. Firms would be willing to
pay higher money wages if they expected prices for output to be
higher in the future due to expansion and inflation. Workers would
initially perceive the rise in money wages to be a rise in real
wages because their "perception of prices in general"
adjusts only with a time lag, so nominal wages would be perceived to
be rising faster than prices. In response, the supply of labor would
increase, and employment and output would expand. Eventually,
workers would recognize that the general level of prices had risen
and that their real wages had not actually increased, leading to
adjustments that would return the economy to its natural rate of
unemployment.
Yet Friedman only described a partial picture
of the employment/inflation interaction. Events since 1976 have
shown the relationship to be much more complex. Friedman neglected
the possibility of increased productivity and quantum technological
innovation resulting from more research and development (R&D) in
an expanding economy in containing price increases. Higher wages do
not necessarily cause inflation in an economy with expanding
production or overcapacity. He also did not foresee the effects of
globalization, ie, the shift of production to low-wage regions, on
holding down domestic inflation in the core economies.
Friedman's
second argument was that the Phillips Curve slope might actually be
positive - higher inflation would be associated with higher average
unemployment. He argued that only low inflation would lead to a
natural rate of unemployment. This for policy makers was the
equivalent of "when unemployment is unavoidable, relax and
enjoy it".
At the core of modern macroeconomics is some
version of the famous Phillips Curve relationship between inflation
and unemployment. The curve serves two purposes for economists and
policy makers: 1) In theoretical models of inflation, it provides
the "missing equation" to explain how changes in nominal
income divide into price and quantity components; and 2) on the
policy front, it specifies conditions contributing to the
effectiveness of expansionary/disinflationary policies.
The
idea of an inflation/unemployment tradeoff is not new. It was a key
component of the monetary doctrines of David Hume (1752) and Henry
Thornton (1802), and identified in 1926 by Irving Fisher, who saw
causation as running from inflation to unemployment (but not low
unemployment causing inflation, as most modern central bankers do).
It was stated in the form of an econometric equation by Jan
Tinbergen in 1936 and again by Lawrence Klein and Arthur Goldberger
in 1955. It was not until 1958 that modern Phillips Curve analysis
began when A W Phillips published his famous article in which he
fitted a statistical equation w = f(U) to annual data on percentage
rates of change of money wages (w) and the unemployment rate (U) in
the United Kingdom during 1861-1913, showing the response of wages
to the excess demand for labor as proxied by the inverse of the
unemployment rate. Zero wage inflation occurred at 4.5 percent of
unemployment historically.
In the pre-globalized 1970s, many
economies were experiencing rising inflation and unemployment
simultaneously. Friedman attempted to provide a tentative hypothesis
for this phenomenon. In his view, higher inflation tends to be
associated with more inflation volatility and greater inflation
uncertainty. This uncertainty reduces economic efficiency as
contracting arrangements must adjust, imperfections in indexation
systems become more prominent, and price movements provide confused
signals about the types of relative price changes that indicate the
need for resources to shift.
Three reasons contributed to
the wide acceptance of Phillips' curve, despite critics' attack that
it was a mere empirical correlation masquerading as a tradeoff.
First, the curve shows remarkably temporal stability of the
relationship, fitting both the pre-World War I period of 1861-1913
and the post-World War II period of 1948-57. Second, the curve can
accommodate a wide variety of inflation theories. While the curve
explains inflation as resulting from excess demand that bids up
wages and prices, it remains neutral about the cause of that
phenomenon. Both demand-pull and cost-push theorists can accept the
curve as offering insights into the nature of the inflationary
process while disagreeing on the causes of and therefore the
appropriate remedies for inflation. Finally, policy makers like it
because it provides a convenient and convincing rationale for the
failure to achieve full employment with price stability, twin goals
that were thought to be compatible before the advent of Phillips
Curve analysis. Also, the curve, by offering a menu of alternative
inflation/unemployment combination from which the authorities could
choose, provided a ready-made justification for discretionary
central bank intervention and activist fine-tuning, not to mention
the self-interest of the economic advisors who supply the
cost-benefit analysis underlying the central bank's choices.
Yet
the Phillips Curve is now widely viewed as offering no tradeoff,
thus it supports the notion of policy futility. Unemployment then is
considered a natural phenomenon with no long-term cure. It is an
amazing posture for the economic profession given that even as
conservative a profession as medicine has not accepted the existence
of any incurable diseases. All the "scientific"
pronouncements on the natural rate and inevitability of unemployment
fall into the same category of insight as that by US president
Calvin Coolidge: "When large numbers of people are unable to
find work, unemployment will result."
The parallel
correlation between inflation and unemployment that Friedman noted
was subsequently replaced by an opposite correlation as the early
1980s saw disinflations accompanied by recessions. After that, many
economists would view inflation and unemployment movements as
reflecting both aggregate supply and aggregate demand disturbances
as well as the dynamic adjustments the economy follows in response
to these disturbances. When demand disturbances dominate, inflation
and unemployment will tend to be opposingly correlated initially as,
for example, an expansion lowers unemployment and raises inflation.
As the economy adjusts, prices continue to increase as unemployment
begins to rise again and return to its natural rate. When supply
disturbances dominate (as in the 1970s), inflation and unemployment
will tend to move initially in the same direction.
In the
1990s, a new phenomenon known as the wealth effect came into play in
extending the business cycle. As credit became liberalized and risk
socialized, asset prices began to outstrip both earnings and wages.
Consumption became driven by capital gain rather than rising income
from wages. Inflation, which mainstream economics never defined as
including capital gain, remained unrealistically low as wages fell
behind asset appreciation. Yet the Fed was unable to prevent the
bubble expansion by a monetary tightening because inflation was
mysteriously low while both share and real-estate prices doubled
yearly. When the Fed finally launched in 1999 its preemptive fight
against potential inflation, the result was a drastic deflation of
the equity markets and a hard landing for the bubble economy.
A
sizable number of economists have followed Friedman in accepting
that there is no long-run tradeoff that would allow permanently
lower unemployment to be traded for higher inflation. And a part of
the reason for this acceptance is the contributions of Lucas.
In
his Nobel lecture, Lucas noted that s
Next:
The Asian Experience
BANKING BUNKUM
Part
4a: The Asian experience
By Henry C K Liu
Part
3d: The lessons of the US experience
Since the beginning
of the new millennium, the world's three leading economies, the
United States, the European Union and Japan, have experienced a rare
synchronous slowdown while much of the developing world, including
Asia, remained mired in economic and financial difficulties that
started in Asia in 1997.
This development has rendered
inoperative the strategy of having the global economic engine
stabilized by sequential boosts from the synchronized phasing of
domestic business cycles in connected yet independent economies,
like the well-timed sequential firing of a multi-cylinder internal
combustion engine. The current global economic stagnation is not an
accidental breakdown. It is the visible result of the coordinated
operation of global central banking, burning out the economic spark
plugs with super-rich gas in the form of universal and reflexive
tight monetary measures, which have produced overlapping long-term
imbalances in the global economy's major regional dynamos.
The
decade-long post-bubble deflation in Japan was linked to financial
globalization that challenged the efficacy of the traditional
Japanese financial system. The Tokyo Big Bang (financial
deregulation) on April 1, 1998, crowned with a Central Bank Law on
the same day, was designed to boost the value of the Japanese stock
market, aiming to re-establish Tokyo's position as one of the top
three global financial centers. Once the largest stock market in the
world, Tokyo by 1998 had fallen steadily to less than half the size
of New York in contrast with the latter's astronomical expansion.
Although the Japanese had savings of about US$9 trillion in 1998, a
third of the world total, most savings were held in low-interest
bank and postal accounts on which the Japanese government
traditionally relied for low-cost capital to fund its national
economic plans. The population was aging rapidly and the government
was worried there would not be enough money in the economy to
support future pensioners because of the low return on savings.
Neo-liberal market fundamentalists pushed through a series
of radical reforms designed to change the way money traditionally
flowed around the Japanese economy, recycling more savings into the
stock market to boost yield. The government hoped to bring Tokyo
back in line with the high trading levels of London and New York,
pulling the value of the recycled savings up with it by increasing
their rate of return. The reforms were called the Big Bang after a
similar exercise in Britain 12 years earlier on October 27, 1986,
which in turn was inspired by May Day in the US in 1975, which ended
fixed minimum brokerage commissions that marked the beginning of
diversification into electronic trading.
Instead of bringing
new prosperity and high returns to fund exploding pension
obligations, the Tokyo Big Bang reduced Japanese banks, which
earlier had been operating with spectacular success in a national
banking regime in support of Japanese industrial policy, to
near-terminal cases in a global central banking environment.
Subsidized policy loans that had served postwar national purposes
for half a century suddenly became non-performing loans (NPLs) as
defined by new international standards set by the Bank of
International Settlement (BIS), as corporate borrowers were forced
by dollar hegemony to sacrifice profit margin to expand market
share, while financial deregulation put downward pressure on the
traditional norm of high price-earning ratios of Japanese equity.
The banks' traditional holding of significant equity position in
their corporate borrowers and the tradition of a controlled domestic
market caused structural problems for the Japanese financial system
in the new globalized competitive environment. The banks were
squeezed by falling cash flow from loan service payments by their
distressed debtors and by the falling market value of loan
collateral and capital held in the shares of their borrowers.
The
Tokyo stock market's key Nikkei index tumbled from an all-time high
of 21,552.81 recorded on June 13, 1994, to below the psychologically
crucial 15,000 level in July 1995 when the yen's sharp appreciation
hit manufacturers and exporters. The Nikkei is now around 8,500 and
Japanese officials would kill to get it back to 15,000, but it seems
to be an impossible dream because global central banking has forced
deregulated markets to discount the market value of the Japanese
system that had worked so miraculously for the previous
half-century. The government tried to solve the problem with
Keynesian deficit financing, only to be hit with international
credit-rating downgrades on government bonds, despite the fact that
Japan remains the world's biggest credit nation.
Concurrently
in Europe, persistently high levels of unemployment and anemic
growth plagued the euro zone, whose European Central Bank (ECB) came
into being on June 1, 1998, two months after Japan's. And in the
United States, by the beginning of 2000, a steady collapse of the
debt bubble began, generated by unsustainably high consumer,
business and external debt levels that had been first engineered by
the Federal Reserve (Fed) through regulatory indulgence and then
later deflated through sharp rises in interest rates.
Since
then, the global economic engine has been stalled in all three
cylinders by the efforts of the world's three dominant central banks
to impose on the global economy destructively inoperative monetary
policies.
After allowing regulatory indulgence on the part
of the US Security and Exchange Commission (SEC) to feed a historic
bubble in US asset prices inflated by accounting fantasies,
fraudulent analyses, and financial manipulation, the Fed, reversing
its loose monetary policy since 1997, conducted a pre-election
monetary tightening, repeatedly raising interest rates in quick
succession during the second half of 1999 and the first half of 2000
to slow down the real economy. The Fed also spurred the ECB to
follow suit, despite already slow growth and high unemployment in EU
member economies.
The Fed had discovered that for the United
States, domestic consumer price stability in an expanding economy
could be achieved through a strong-currency policy that would
generate a capital account surplus to finance a current-account
deficit that produced a low inflation reading through low-cost
imports, as long as key commodities, such as oil, were denominated
in US currency. For a whole decade, wealth has been created
primarily through financial acrobatics, not real economic expansion
either within the US or around the world. Conspicuous consumption
along chic shopping boulevards, cruised by gas-guzzling
sport-utility vehicles, to fill homes that rose in price by 60
percent annually, supported by the wealth effect of a stock-market
bubble that made office clerical workers millionaires, buoyant by a
trade regime that enabled a massive transfer of wealth from the poor
to the super rich, is mistaken for economic growth. Fed chairman
Alan Greenspan proudly called this US financial hegemony and told
Congress that the financial crises that hit Asia in 1997 would have
"salutary" effect on the US economy.
During the
past decade, central banks worldwide have achieved unprecedented
heights of policy dominance through their function as chief
guardians of strong national currencies in globalized, unregulated
financial markets. Simultaneously, monetary authorities the world
over have been promoting the doctrine of central-bank independence
from duly constituted national governments and their national
economic policies, as if populist government and people-oriented
policies are financial evils that must be resisted. Poverty and
unemployment are hailed as the foundation of sound money that should
not be jeopardized by political pressure. This elitist doctrine is
fundamentally incompatible with a political world order of
independent nation states and the principle of consent of the
governed. Any nation that forfeits its monetary prerogative also
forfeits its political independence.
The ECB's institutional
structure represents the ultimate real-world application of this
doctrine on a regional scale. In the name of central-bank autonomy,
the Maastricht Treaty explicitly prohibits the ECB from seeking or
taking instruction from constituent national governments, or
European Community institutions such as the European Parliament, or
"any other body", and bars constituent national
governments from attempting to influence the decisions of the ECB.
Critics have pointed out that those same rules place no reciprocal
restrictions on the ECB's policy advocacy. ECB president Wim
Duisenberg has unreservedly pushed euro zone economies to refashion
their labor, product, services, capital and credit markets along
neo-liberal market-fundamentalist lines, even in economies under
social democratic governments. This has contributed to the EU's slow
growth and high unemployment. Germany, the dominant economy in the
EU, has persistently suffered high unemployment, which hit 9.7
percent in November, rising above the politically sensitive 4
million level; in eastern Germany, the unemployment rate was 17.6
percent.
Article 105 of the Maastricht Treaty states
clearly: "The primary objective of the European System of
Central Banks shall be to maintain price stability." The
wording of the Maastricht Treaty was not so much influenced by
economic insights as it was written in a very specific political
context: to persuade an inflation-averse Germany to exchange the
deutschmark for the euro, by guaranteeing the stability of the new
currency. This explains the focus on price stability and the fact
that other objectives were mentioned separately and secondarily. The
statutes of other central banks, such as the Fed, can be changed by
action of a single legislature. The ECB would require all 15 member
states and their parliaments to change the treaty that defines the
structure and institutional mandate of the ECB. This makes the ECB
one of the most independent central banks in the world. The treaty
did not define "price stability", leaving a vacuum quickly
filled by the new and independent ECB by defining price stability as
"an inflation rate that does not exceed 2 percent over the
medium term", a very tight definition by any standard.
Interest-rate policy alone is an inadequate tool because a single
instrument cannot hit multiple targets. Furthermore, using interest
rates to control asset markets risks inflicting significant
collateral damage on the rest of the economy, which was exactly what
happened in the past few years.
The BIS harbors latent
ambitions to turn itself into a de facto World Central Bank (WCB)
with the ECB as a model, while the argument for the need for a WCB
is floated around in the upper reaches of internationalist monetary
circles.
Asia is home to 58 percent of the world's 6.25
billion people, with 43 percent of Asians living in East Asia and 37
percent in China alone. According to US Central Intelligence Agency
(CIA) data, the US economy accounts for 21 percent of gross world
product (GWP - $47 trillion in 2001), the EU accounts for 20 percent
and Japan accounts for 7.3 percent. The three leading economies
together account for $22 trillion - 47.3 percent of GWP.
China,
the second-largest economy in the world based on purchasing power
parity (PPP; 12 percent of GWP), and seventh on a nominal basis
($1.3 trillion in 2001, 2.8 percent of GWP) is an exception to
global trends of slow growth, continuing its rapid annual growth,
officially announced as 7.3 percent in 2001 and 8 percent in 2002.
Yet lest we should get carried away by statistics, the Chinese per
capita gross domestic product (GDP) of about $900 in 2001 remains
solidly in the less-developed-countries (LDC) category, way below
Japan's $32,500. Of the 129 countries covered by the World
Development Report, China ranked 76th in per capita GDP on a nominal
basis and 68th on a PPP basis, a modest climb. China's economic
strength rests purely on its size. China also adopted a Central Bank
Law in 1995 and gave the People's Bank of China central-bank status,
but the Chinese economy has remained a growth economy mostly because
its currency is not freely convertible and its financial market is
not open, and its central bank not fully independent.
There
is increasing evidence that the crisis in the Japanese banking
system is not the cause but merely the symptom of that nation's
economic malaise. This malaise can largely be traced to the Japanese
economy's over-dependence on export for dollars, which in turn has
resulted from the disadvantaged structural financial position Japan
has allowed itself to fall into in the global financial system. BIS
regulations, which force traditional Japanese national banking in
support of a strong economy to shift toward central banking in
support of a strong national currency, are a big part of that
structural disadvantage. This is the reason Japan has been resistant
to US demands for bank reform. The NPL problem in Japanese banks
traces directly to BIS regulations. This is also true for all of
Asia, particularly South Korea, and increasingly China. No doubt
Japan needs to reform its banking system, but it is highly debatable
that the reform needs to go along the line proposed by US
neo-liberals, or that bank reform alone will lift the Japanese
economy out of its decade-long doldrums (see The
BIS vs national banks, May 14, 2002).
All
these problems contributed to and in turn were magnified by
structural flaws and disorders in the international financial
architecture and global trade, notably misaligned currency values
and interest rate disparities. This has led to escalating mismatches
between productive capacity and effective demand, which has been
exacerbated by a "free trade" regime that has degenerated
into a mad scramble for dollars that the United States can print at
will. The whole world lives on an over-reliance on export to a US
consumer market fueled by debt sustained by dollar hegemony. The ABC
of the global economy is now expressed as America prints
dollars to Buy the world's products on Credit provided
by the world's producers. The US is exempt from a day of reckoning,
since the US only has to print more dollars, as Fed Board member Ben
Bernanke pronounced recently. Foreign creditors will only devalue
their massive dollar holdings if they try to collect from the US
economy. It is the ultimate demonstration of debtor power, with the
debtor holding the power to print currency in which the debt is
denominated. Asia, because of its largest population of low-wage
workers, is holding the shortest end of the biggest global trade
stick.
The Asian financial crisis that began in 1997 had its
genesis in Mexico, incubated by a decade of globalization of
financial markets. The currency crisis that started in Mexico in
1982, in Britain in 1992, again in Mexico in 1994, in Asia in 1997,
spreading to Russia and Latin America since and finally hitting both
the EU and the US in 2000, and the deeper structural financial
challenges facing the entire global economy, have been the
inevitable result of the Fed, the ECB and the Bank of Japan applying
their unified institutional mandates of domestic price stability
through domestic interest-rate policies that have destabilized the
post-Bretton Woods international finance architecture.
The
Mexican financial crisis of 1982 set the pattern for subsequent
financial crises around the world. To recycle petrodollars beginning
in 1973, US banks had sought out select LDCs, such as Brazil,
Mexico, Argentina, South Korea, Taiwan, the Philippines, Indonesia,
etc, for predatory lending. By 1980, LDCs had accumulated $400
billion in foreign debt, more than their combined GDP. In 1982,
impacted by the Fed under Paul Volcker raising dollar interest rates
sharply in 1979 to fight inflation in the United States, Mexico was
put in a position of not being able to meet its obligations to
service $80 billion in dollar-denominated short-term debt
obligations to foreign, mostly US, banks out of a GDP of $106
billion. Debt service payments reached 62.8 percent of export value
in 1979. Exports accounted for 12 percent of GDP while government
expenditures accounted for 11 percent, which included
public-education expenditure of 5.2 percent. Mexico was paying more
in interest to foreign banks than it did to educate its young.
Mexican foreign reserves had fallen to less than $200 million and
capital was leaving the country at the rate of $100 million a day.
Against this background, neo-liberal economists were claiming that
poverty was being eradicated in Mexico by "free" trade, a
claim they made the world over.
A Mexican default would have
threatened the survival of the largest commercial banks in the
United States, namely Citibank, Chase, Chemical, Bank of America,
Bankers Trust, Manufacturer Hanover, etc. To negotiate new loans for
Mexico, all creditors would have to agree and participate, so that
the new loans would not just go pay off some holdout creditors at
the expense of the others. Many other creditor banks were smaller US
regional banks that had only limited exposure to Mexico, and they
did not want to "throw good money after bad" merely to
bail out the major money center banks. The big banks had to lobby
the Fed to step in as crisis manager to keep the smaller banks in
line for the good of the system, notwithstanding that the crisis had
been caused largely by the Fed's failure to impose prudent limits on
the money center banks' frenzied lending to the Third World in the
previous decade and Volcker's sudden high-interest-rate shock
treatment in 1979, instead of traditional Fed gradualism that would
have given the banks time to adjust their loan portfolios. Third
World economies were falling likes flies from the weight of debts
that suddenly became prohibitive to service, not much different from
private businesses in the United States, except that countries could
not go bankrupt to wipe out debt the way private business could in
the US. Volcker's triumph over domestic inflation was bought with
the destabilization of the international financial system, whose
banks had acted like loan sharks in the Third World with Fed
approval. The International Monetary Fund then came in to take over
the impaired bank loans with austerity "conditionalities"
forced on the debtor economies, while the foreign banks went home
whole with the IMF new money.
As a result, Third World
economies, including those in Asia, fell into a debt spiral, having
to borrow new money from the IMF to service the old debts, being
forced by new loan "conditionalities" to forgo any hope of
future prosperity. Living standards kept declining while foreign
debts kept piling higher, leading to even higher unemployment and
more bankruptcies.
US banks, while continuing to advocate
free markets and financial deregulation, were at the same time
falling into total dependence on government bailouts, both
domestically and internationally. US taxpayers were footing the bill
the Fed incurred in bailing out its constituent banks, through
higher government budget deficits, which contributed to higher
inflation, which led to higher interest rates, which in turn
intensified the Third World debt spiral, in one huge vicious circle.
By the late 1980s, Mexico had temporarily resolved its debt
crisis, though not its debt spiral, and was able to resume a
Ponzi-scheme economic growth, relying to a great extent on rising
foreign investment. To attract more foreign capital, the Mexican
government, coached by neo-liberal market-fundamentalist economists,
undertook major economic reforms in the early 1990s designed to make
its economy more open to foreign investment, more "efficient",
and more "competitive", neo-liberal code words for
disguised neo-imperialism. These reforms included privatizing
state-owned enterprises, removing trade barriers that protected
domestic producers, eliminating restrictions on foreign investment,
and reducing inflation by tolerating higher unemployment and pushing
down already low wages and limiting government spending on social
programs by marketizing them. Most important, it suspended exchange
control within a fixed-foreign-exchange-rate regime.
This
was in essence a Washington Consensus solution and much copied all
over Asia in the early 1990s. In effect, it was a suicidal policy
masked by the giddy expansion typical of the early phase of a Ponzi
scheme. The new foreign investment was used to provide spectacular
returns on earlier foreign investment with the help of central-bank
support of overvalued fixed exchange rates, while neo-liberal
economists were falling over one another congratulating themselves
on their brilliant theoretical insight and giving one another awards
at insider dinners, while collecting fat consultant fees from banks
and governments. Star academics at Harvard, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology (MIT), Chicago and Stanford, multiple snake heads of
the academic Medusa, as well as those in prestigious policy-analysis
institutions with unabashed ideological preferences that served as
waiting lounges for policy specialists of the loyal opposition,
busily turned out star disciples from the Third World elite who,
armed with awe-inspiring foreign certificates and diplomas, would
return to their home countries to form influential policy-making
establishments, particularly in central banks, to promote this
scandalous game of snake-oil economics. Every year, sponsored by the
IMF and the World Bank, central bankers gathered in Washington,
housed in luxurious hotel suites served by fleets of limousines to
reassure one another of their monetary magic, communicating through
opaque press releases couched in cryptic jargon.
Mexico's
devaluation of the peso in December 1994 precipitated another crisis
in the country's financial institutions and markets that caused an
abrupt collapse of a "booming" economy that had not
benefited Mexico as much as foreign capital. Within Mexico, most of
the benefit went to the elite comprador class at the expense of the
general population, particularly the poor but even the middle class.
International and domestic investors, reacting to falling confidence
in the peso, sold Mexican equity and debt securities.
Foreign-currency reserves at the Bank of Mexico, the nation's
central bank, were insufficient to meet the massive demand of
disillusioned investors seeking to convert pesos to dollars. In
response to the crisis, the United States organized a financial
rescue package of up to $50 billion in funds from the US, Canada,
the IMF and the BIS. The multilateral rescue package was intended to
enable Mexico to avoid defaulting on its debt obligations, and
thereby overcome its short-term liquidity crisis, and to prevent the
crisis from spreading to other emerging markets through contagion.
It was not to help a Mexican economy hemorrhaging from a bankrupt
monetary policy, one that allowed international investors to collect
their phantom Ponzi peso profits in real dollars. The Mexican rescue
package in 1995 created moral hazard on a global scale.
In
the weekend before Mexico's pending default, the US government took
the lead in developing a rescue package. The package put together by
the Fed under Alan Greenspan and the Treasury under Robert Rubin, a
former co-chairman of Goldman Sachs and a consummate bond trader,
included short-term currency swaps from the Fed and the Exchange
Stabilization Fund (ESF), a commitment from Mexico to an IMF-imposed
economic austerity program for $4 billion in IMF loans, and a
moratorium on Mexico's principal payments to foreign commercial
banks, mostly US, with Fed regulatory forbearance on bank capital
adjustments that affected bank profits. It also included $5 billion
in additional commercial bank loans, additional liquidity support
from central banks in Europe and Japan, and prepayment by the US to
Mexico for $1 billion in oil, and a $1 billion line of credit from
the US Department of Agriculture.
The ESF was established by
Section 20 of the Gold Reserve Act of January 1934, with a
$2-billion initial appropriation. Its resources has been
subsequently augmented by special drawing rights (SDR) allocations
by the IMF and through its income over the years from interest on
short-term investments and loans, and net gains on foreign
currencies. The ESF engages in monetary transactions in which one
asset is exchanged for another, such as foreign currencies for
dollars, and can also be used to provide direct loans and guarantees
to other countries. ESF operations are under the control of the
Secretary of the Treasury, subject to the approval of the president.
ESF operations include providing resources for exchange-market
intervention. The ESF has also been used to provide short-term swaps
and guarantees to foreign countries needing financial assistance for
short-term currency stabilization. The short-term nature of these
transactions has been emphasized by amendments to the ESF statute
requiring the president to notify Congress if a loan or credit
guarantee is made to a country for more than six months in any
12-month period.
It was Bear Stearns chief economist Wayne
Angell, a former Fed governor and advisor to then Senate majority
leader Bob Dole, who first came up with the idea of using the ESF to
prop up the collapsing Mexican peso. Bear Stearns had significant
exposure to peso debts. Senator Robert Bennett, a freshman
Republican from Utah, took Angell's proposal to Greenspan and Rubin,
who both rejected the idea at first, shocked at the blatant
circumvention of constitutional procedures that this strategy
represented, which would invite certain reprisal from Congress.
Congress had implicitly rejected a rescue package that January when
the initial proposal of extending Mexico $40 billion in loan
guarantees could not get enough favorable votes. The chairman of the
Fed advised Bennett that the idea would only work if Congress's
silence could be guaranteed. Bennett went to Dole and convinced him
that the whole scam would work if the majority leader would simply
block all efforts to bring this use of taxpayers' money to a vote.
It would all happen by executive fiat. The next step was to persuade
Dole and his counterpart in the House, Speaker Newt Gingrich. They
consulted several state governors, notably then Texas governor
George W Bush, who enthusiastically endorsed the idea of a bailout
to subsidize the border region in his state. Greenspan, who
historically opposed bailouts of the private sector for fear of
incurring moral hazard, was clearly in a position to stop this one.
Instead, he used his considerable power and influence to help the
process along when key players balked.
The peso bailout
would lead to a series of similar situations in which private
investors got themselves into trouble, vindicating the moral-hazard
principle that predicts such people will take undue risks in the
presence of bailout guarantees. As Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia,
South Korea, and Russia stumbled into crisis, culminating in the
collapse of hedge-fund giant Long-Term Capital Management (LTCM),
which played key roles in precipitating the crisis to begin with,
Greenspan moved to increase liquidity to support the distressed bond
markets. At the helm of LTCM was yet another former member of the
Fed board, ex-vice chairman David Mullins. Mullins was there to
plead for help from his former colleagues. When New York Fed
president William McDonough helped coordinate a bailout of LTCM at
his offices, Greenspan defended McDonough before a congressional
oversight committee. Reflecting on all the corporate welfare being
doled out to prop up bad private-sector investments worldwide, Bill
Clinton appointee Alice Rivlin, the able former congressional budget
director, observed that "the Fed was in a sense acting as the
central banker of the world". During Clinton's first term,
Greenspan had handed the president a "pro-incumbent-type
economy" and was rewarded with a seat next to the First Lady in
Clinton's televised State of the Union address and a third-term
appointment as Fed chairman. Crony capitalism was in full swing.
Short-term currency swaps are repurchase-type agreements
through which currencies are exchanged. Mexico purchased dollars in
exchange for pesos and simultaneously agreed to sell dollars against
pesos three months hence. The US earned interest on its Mexican
pesos at a specified rate.
Historically, the US and Mexican
economies have always been closely integrated in a semi-colonial
relationship. In 1994, the United States supplied 69 percent of
Mexico's high-value-added imports and absorbed about 85 percent of
its low-cost labor-intensive exports. US investors have provided a
substantial share of foreign investment in Mexico and have
established numerous manufacturing facilities there to take
advantage of low wages and unregulated labor and environmental
regimes. Also, the US has served as a large market for illegal
Mexican immigrant labor in its underground economy and farm sector,
which has grown to be a sizable foreign-currency earner for Mexico.
Mexico has long been the third-largest trading partner of the United
States, accounting for 10 percent of US exports and about 8 percent
of US imports in 1994. The maquiladora assembly industry
concentrated on the Mexican side of the US-Mexico border was hailed
by neo-liberals as a model of successful free trade, instead of the
sweatshop zone it actually was.
In 1994, under newly
installed president Ernesto Zedillo, a Yale-educated economist,
Mexico entered the North American Free Trade Agreement with the
United States and Canada. NAFTA, conceived as a regional economic
counterweight to the EU, further opened Mexico to foreign investment
and bolstered investor interest on the hope that with NAFTA,
Mexico's long-term prospects for stable economic development were
likely to improve, at least for the benefit of foreign investors.
NAFTA, as negotiated and signed in December 1992 by the
administrations of Mexican president Carlos Salinas de Gortari and
US president George Bush Sr, and as amended and implemented by the
Salinas and Clinton administrations in 1993, did not offer Mexico
any significant increase in access to the US market. Rather, Mexico
was blackmailed into signing NAFTA to prevent Mexican businesses
from being bankrupted wholesale by sudden waves of pending US
protectionism.
Mexico was also advised by neo-liberals to
adopt an exchange-rate system intended to protect foreign investors
who could exchange their peso earnings for dollars at the Mexican
central bank at an overvalued rate. In 1988, the nominal exchange
rate of the peso had been fixed temporarily in relation to the US
dollar. However, because the inflation rate in Mexico was greater
than that in the United States, a peso nominal depreciation against
the dollar was needed to keep the real exchange rate of the peso
from increasing. With the nominal exchange rate of the peso fixed,
the real exchange rate of the peso appreciated during this period.
In 1989, this fixed-exchange-rate system was replaced by a "crawling
peg" system, under which the peso-dollar exchange rate was
adjusted daily to allow a slow rate of nominal depreciation of the
peso to occur over time. In 1991, the crawling peg was replaced with
a band within which the peso was allowed to fluctuate. The ceiling
of the band was adjusted daily to permit some appreciation of the
dollar (depreciation of the peso) to occur. The Mexican government
used the exchange-rate system as an anchor for an unsustainable
economic policy, ie, as a way to reduce inflation through shrinking
the economy, to force a politically destabilizing fiscal policy, and
thus to provide a comfortable climate for foreign investors, who
managed to carry home the same dollars they brought in via a short
circuit, while leaving only their peso holdings behind that the
Mexican central banks had promised to guarantee as fully convertible
at an over-valued fixed exchange rate despite predictable
unsustainability.
Before 1994, Mexico's strategy of adopting
sound monetary and austere fiscal policies appeared to be having its
intended effects of making foreign capital feel secure while the
Mexican economy was steadily being hollowed out. Inflation had been
steadily reduced by the inflated peso, government social spending
was down to reduce the budget deficit, and foreign capital
investment was increasing. Moreover, unlike in the years before
1982, most foreign capital was flowing to Mexico's private sector
that yielded higher returns rather than as low-interest loans to the
Mexican government to finance budget deficits. Although Mexico was
experiencing a very large current-account deficit, both in absolute
terms and in relation to the size of its economy, neo-liberal policy
makers did not consider it an immediate problem. They pointed to
Mexico's large foreign-currency reserves, its rising exports, and
its seemingly endless ability to attract and retain foreign
investment. This attitude ignored the fact that true wealth was
leaving Mexico through the turning of peso assets into dollar
assets, masked by a Mexican stock-market bubble fueled by an
over-valued peso.
Reality finally unmasked the faulty
neo-liberal theory by late 1994. Mexico's financial crisis was the
inevitable outcome of the growing inconsistency between its monetary
and fiscal policies, its over-dependence on export for growth, and
its exchange-rate system pegged to the dollar. Partly because of an
upcoming presidential election, Mexican authorities were reluctant
to take actions in the spring and summer of 1994, such as raising
interest rates or devaluing the peso, that could have reduced this
inconsistency. This structural policy inconsistency was exacerbated
by the government's response to several economic and political
events that created investor concerns about the likelihood of a
currency devaluation. In response to investor concerns, the
government issued large amounts of short-term, dollar-indexed notes
called tesobonos. By the beginning of December 1994, Mexico
had become particularly vulnerable to a financial crisis because its
foreign-exchange reserves had fallen to $12.5 billion while it had
tesobono obligations of $30 billion maturing in 1995.
A
country can respond to a current-account deficit in four ways:
1.
Attract more foreign capital denominated in dollars. The US does not
need to do this because of dollar hegemony, but Mexico, which could
not print dollars, thus was forced to attract more foreign capital
denominated in dollars with a Ponzi scheme of paying old capital
with new capital.
2. Use foreign-exchange reserves to cover the
deficit. The US can do this by printing dollars, the reserve
currency of choice, but Mexico could not print dollars, only pesos,
which put more pressure on the peso-dollar exchange rate.
3.
Allow its currency to depreciate, thus making imports more expensive
and exports cheaper. But for deeply indebted Mexico, a depreciated
peso would make servicing existing foreign loans more expensive in
peso terms.
4. Tighten monetary and/or fiscal policy to reduce
the demand for all goods, including imports, shrinking the economy.
A country such as Mexico can only use (3) and (4), as most
Asian countries also found out in 1997.
It was obvious that
Mexico was experiencing a large current-account deficit financed
mostly by short-term portfolio capital that was vulnerable to a
sudden reversal of investor confidence. Nevertheless, neo liberal
policy makers in both Mexico and Washington, while acknowledging
that the peso was overvalued and the existing exchange rate was
unsustainable, were undecided about the extent to which the peso was
overvalued and if and when financial markets might force Mexico to
take action. Estimates of the overvaluation ranged between 5 and 20
percent. Moreover, Fed and Treasury officials under Alan Greenspan
and Robert Rubin respectively did not foresee the magnitude of the
crisis that eventually unfolded. The IMF was oblivious to the
seriousness of the situation that was developing in Mexico and, for
most of 1994, did not see a compelling case for a change in Mexico's
exchange-rate policy. In the period prior to July 1997, when the
Asian financial crises broke out first in Thailand, the IMF was
praising South Korea and most other Asian economies for its
continuing growth and sound exchange-rate policies. Even after
financial contagion was in full force, the IMF kept releasing
complacent prognoses of the temporary nature of the crisis as a
passing liquidity crunch, while denying its structural causes.
The
objectives of the US and IMF rescue packages for Mexico, after the
December 1994 devaluation and the subsequent loss of market
confidence in the peso, were (1) to help Mexico overcome its
allegedly short-term liquidity crisis and (2) to limit the adverse
effects of Mexico's crisis spreading to the economies of other
emerging market nations and beyond. No effort was directed at
restructuring fundamental neo-liberal policy faults, nor to admit
that localized isolation is empty hope in a globalized system.
Many observers opposed any US financial rescue to Mexico.
They argued that tesobono investors should not be shielded
from financial losses on moral-hazard grounds, and that neither the
danger posed by the spread of Mexico's crisis to other nations nor
the risk to US trade, employment, and immigration was sufficient to
justify such bailout.
The Bank of Mexico, the central bank,
increased the interest rate from 9 percent to 18 percent on
short-term, peso-denominated Mexican government notes, called cetes,
in an attempt to stem the outflow of capital. However, despite
higher interest rates, investor demand for cetes continued to
lag. Investors were demanding even higher interest rates on newly
issued cetes because of their perception that the peso would
be subject to progressively larger devaluation by rising interest
rates. It was a classic vicious circle. Options available to the
Mexican government at this time included (1) offering even higher
interest rates on cetes; (2) reducing government expenditures
to reduce domestic demand, decrease imports, and relieve pressure on
the peso; or (3) devaluing the peso. All three options would lead to
increased downward pressure on the peso and the economy. The only
workable option, exchange control in the form of restrictive capital
flow, was not considered by the Harvard-Yale-trained Mexican central
bankers, nor encouraged by US advisors. It was not until 1998, when
Malaysia successfully adopted exchange control, that some born-again
market-failure fundamentalists, led by MIT economist Paul Krugman,
grudging acknowledged it as a legitimate option.
From the
perspective of the Mexican authorities, the first two choices were
unattractive in a presidential-election year because they could have
led to a significant downturn in economic activity and could have
further weakened Mexico's banking system. The third choice,
devaluation, was also unattractive, since Mexico's success in
attracting substantial new foreign investment to feed its Ponzi
scheme depended on its commitment to maintain a stable exchange
rate. In addition, a stable exchange rate had been an essential
ingredient of long-standing policy agreements among government,
labor, and business, and these agreements were perceived as ensuring
economic and social stability. Also, the stable exchange rate was
considered a key to continued reductions in the inflation rate by
orthodox neo-classical economics. Ironically, typical of all Ponzi
schemes, success was fatal because it accelerated unsustainability.
Rather than adopting any of these options, the government
chose, in the spring of 1994, to increase its issuance of tesobonos.
Because tesobonos were dollar-indexed, holders could avoid
losses that would otherwise result if Mexico subsequently chose to
devalue its currency. The government promised to repay investors an
amount, in pesos, sufficient to protect the dollar value of their
investment. Tesobono financing in effect dollarized Mexican
sovereign debt and transferred foreign-exchange risk from investors
to the Mexican central bank and government and to provide a
short-term liquidity solution that would exacerbate long-term
structural problems. Tesobonos proved attractive to domestic
and foreign investors. However, as sales of tesobonos rose,
Mexico became vulnerable to a financial market crisis because many
tesobono purchasers were portfolio investors who were very
sensitive to changes in interest rates and related risks.
Furthermore, tesobonos had short maturities, which meant that
their holders might not roll them over if investors perceived (1) an
increased risk of a government default or (2) higher returns
elsewhere. Market discipline operated like a pool of circling hungry
sharks.
Nevertheless, Mexican authorities viewed tesobono
financing as the best way to stabilize foreign-exchange reserves
over the short term and to avoid the immediate costs implicit in the
other alternatives. In fact, Mexico's foreign-exchange reserves did
stabilize at a level of about $17 billion from the end of April
through August 1994, when the presidential elections came to a
conclusion. Mexican authorities expected that investor confidence
would be restored after the August presidential election and that
investment flows would return in sufficient amounts to preclude any
need for continued, large-scale tesobono financing.
After
the election, however, foreign-investment flows did not recover to
the extent expected by Mexican authorities, in part because peso
interest rates were allowed to decline in August and were maintained
at that level until December. During the autumn of 1994, it became
increasingly clear that Mexico's mix of monetary, fiscal, and
exchange-rate policies needed to be adjusted. The current-account
deficit had worsened during the year, partly as a result of the
strengthening of the economy related to a moderate pre-election
loosening of fiscal policy, including a step up in development
lending, which was considered by market fundamentalists as a big
no-no. Imports had also surged as the peso became further
overvalued. Mexico had become heavily exposed to a run on its
foreign-exchange reserves as a result of substantial tesobono
financing. Outstanding tesobono obligations increased from
$3.1 billion at the end of March to $29.2 billion in December. Also,
between January and November 1994, US three-month Treasury bill
yields had risen from 3.04 percent to 5.45 percent, substantially
increasing the attractiveness of US government securities. In the
middle of November 1994, Mexican authorities had to draw down
foreign-currency reserves to meet the demand for dollars.
On
November 15, 1994, in response to US domestic economic conditions,
the Fed raised the federal funds rate by three-quarters of a
percentage point to 5.5 percent, raising the general level of dollar
interest rates and further increasing the attractiveness of US bonds
to investors. By late November and early December, poor economic
performance spilled over to political incidents that caused
apprehension among investors regarding Mexico's political stability.
These concerns were compounded on December 9, when the new Mexican
administration revealed that it expected an even higher
current-account deficit in 1995 but planned no change in its
exchange-rate policy. This decision led to a further loss in
confidence by investors, increased redemptions of Mexican
securities, and a significant drop in foreign-exchange reserves to
$10 billion. Meanwhile, Mexico's outstanding tesobono
obligations reached $30 billion, all coming due in 1995. However,
Mexican government officials continued to assure investors that the
peso would not be devalued.
On December 20, Mexican
authorities sought to relieve pressure on the exchange rate by
announcing a widening of the peso-dollar exchange-rate band. The
widening of the band in effect devalued the peso by about 15
percent. However, the government did not announce any new fiscal or
monetary measures to accompany the devaluation - such as raising
interest rates. This inaction was accompanied by more than $4
billion in losses in foreign reserves on December 21 and, on
December 22, Mexico was forced to float its currency freely. The
discrepancy between the stated exchange-rate policy of the Mexican
government throughout most of 1994 and its devaluation of the peso
on December 20, along with a failure to announce appropriate
accompanying economic-policy measures, contributed to a significant
loss of investor confidence in the newly elected government and
growing fear that default was imminent.
Consequently,
downward pressure on the peso continued. By early January 1995,
investors realized that tesobono redemptions could soon
exhaust Mexico's reserves and, in the absence of external
assistance, that Mexico might default on its dollar-indexed and
dollar-denominated debt.
As 1994 began, signs were visible
that Mexico was vulnerable to speculative attacks on the peso and
that its large and growing current-account deficit and its
exchange-rate policy might not be sustainable. However, neo-liberal
economists generally thought that Mexico's economy was characterized
by "sound economic fundamentals" and that, with the major
economic reforms of the past decade along Washington Consensus
lines, Mexico had laid an adequate foundation for economic growth in
the long term. In reality, Mexico was exporting real wealth and
importing hot money with the help of a flawed central-bank policy
that was attracting large capital inflows and held substantial
foreign-exchange reserves derived from foreign debt. Concerns about
the viability of Mexico's exchange-rate system increased after the
assassination of presidential candidate Luis Donaldo Colosio in the
latter part of March and the subsequent drawdown of about $10
billion in foreign-exchange reserves by the end of April. Just after
the assassination, US Treasury and Fed officials temporarily
enlarged long-standing currency-swap facilities with Mexico from $1
billion to $6 billion. These enlarged facilities were made permanent
with the establishment of the North American Financial Group in
April. The initiative to enlarge the swap facilities permanently
preceded the Colosio assassination. Mexican foreign-exchange
reserves stabilized at about $17 billion by the end of April 1994.
At the end of June 1994, a new run on the peso was under
way. Between June 21 and July 22, foreign-exchange reserves were
drawn down by nearly $3 billion, to about $14 billion. In early
July, Mexico asked the Fed and Treasury to explore with the central
banks of certain European countries the establishment of a
contingency, short-term swap facility. That facility could be used
in conjunction with the US-Mexican swap facility to help Mexico cope
with possible exchange-rate volatility in the period leading up to
the August election. By July, staff in the Fed had concluded that
Mexico's exchange rate probably was overvalued and that some sort of
adjustment eventually would be needed. However, US officials thought
that Mexican officials might be correct in hoping that foreign
capital inflows could resume after the August elections. In August,
the US and the BIS established the requested swap facility, but not
until US officials had secured an oral understanding with Mexico
that it would adjust its exchange-rate system if pressure on the
peso continued after the election. The temporary facility
incorporated the US-Mexican $6 billion swap arrangement established
in April. At the end of July, pressure on the peso abated, and
Mexican foreign-exchange reserves increased to more than $16
billion. Significant new pressure on the peso did not develop
immediately after the August election, but at the same time, capital
inflows did not return to their former levels.
The Fed and
Treasury did not foresee the serious consequences that an abrupt
devaluation would have on investor confidence in Mexico. These
included a possible wholesale flight of capital that could bring
Mexico to the point of default and, in the judgment of US and IMF
officials, require a major financial assistance package. IMF
officials thought that Mexico's sizable exports meant there was not
a need to adjust the foreign-exchange policy. They did not foresee
the exchange-rate crisis and, for most of 1994, did not see a
compelling case for a change in Mexico's exchange-rate policy. The
IMF completed an annual review of Mexico's foreign-exchange and
economic policies in February 1994. The review did not identify
problems with Mexico's exchange-rate policy. This pattern of IMF
complacency was repeated in Asia and Latin America throughout the
rest of the decade.
Whereas the 1982 rescue package would
turn out to be just the beginning of a protracted process of
managing Mexico's excessive indebtedness, including several
concerted debt-rescheduling exercises, a debt buy-back, and the 1990
debt-reduction agreement negotiated under the terms of the Brady
Plan, the 1995 rescue package worked better. After the 1982 rescue
package, Mexico received support from the Fed and the Treasury on
three other occasions, but always in the form of interim financing
while other workouts were concluded. The difference between the 1982
and 1995 packages is that while the former was followed by a decade
of living in "exile" from the international capital
markets, the latter was successful in quickly restoring market
access. The difference in outcomes must be related to the size of
the financial package and its medium-term quality. In 1995 the
financial rescue package was designed to be large enough plausibly
to solve Mexico's liquidity crisis; in 1982, the package was large
enough to avoid a Mexican default but for the next six years the
country had to go from one rescheduling exercise to another, with
the uncertainty of whether the country would be able to meet its
obligations always lurking on the horizon. Success in the 1995
package was not applicable to correcting Mexico's fundamental debt
problem.
In 1995, after the Federal Reserve started to hike
interest rates in 1994 and sharply curtailed its own purchase of
Treasury bills, triggering the Mexico peso crisis and a subsequent
US slowdown, the Bank of Japan initiated a program to buy $100
billion of US treasuries. China bought $80 billion. Hong Kong and
Singapore bought $22 billion each. South Korea, Malaysia, Thailand,
Indonesia and the Philippines bought $30 billion. The Asian purchase
totaled $260 billion from 1994-97, the entire increase in
foreign-held US dollar reserves. These recycled dollars pushed up
stock prices in the United States.
Like the rest of the
world, Asia is heavily dependent on export to the United States.
Japan, by far the largest Asian economy, is paralyzed by an export
addiction for dollars that are useless in Japan. This paralysis is
made worse by an institutionally based policy dispute between the
Ministry of Finance and the Bank of Japan, its newly installed
central bank, in dealing with its economic woes. The dispute centers
on the nature of the Japanese banking system and its traditional
national banking role in supporting the export-based national
economic policy. Central banking, as espoused by BIS regulations,
challenges the very root of Japanese political-economy culture,
which has never viewed reform as a license to weaken Japanese
nationalism that saved Japan from Western imperialism in the 19th
century. The Japanese model, until it became captured by Japanese
militarism, provided inspiration for nationalist movements all over
Asia against Western imperialism. After 1979, central banking has
been viewed increasingly as the monetary institution of financial
neo-liberalism, which has become synonymous with economic
neo-imperialism.
In the US and EU, fiscal policy was
significantly diminished as a macroeconomic policy tool in the
1990s, releasing the Fed and the ECB to assume the role of
meta-political economic manager for their societies. Money, instead
of an engine of commerce for the benefit of people, has become an
economic icon whose sanctity must be defended with human casualties
for the good of the increasingly internationalized financial system.
Unregulated global financial markets operating within the context of
international monetary anarchy allows these two key central banks to
impact economic growth adversely, first in the rest of the world,
now even in their home countries. When the Fed moved to tighten
monetary policy in 1999-2000, after a panic ease in 1997-99, it in
effect suppressed global economic growth by forcing the ECB and
other central banks into a series of parallel rate hikes designed to
support the value of their currencies against the dominant dollar.
With joblessness rising and growth restrained around the world,
pressure mounted on the United States to expand its already
unsustainable current-account deficit, to the inevitable detriment
of many US households and businesses, particular in the
manufacturing sector but increasingly in the information and
data-processing sectors as well. The so-called New Economy died. The
Fed, the ECB and most other central banks have remained uniquely
opaque entities. In fact, the Fed takes pride in playing
cat-and-mouse games with the market over the prospect of its
interest-rate policy and allows the financial market to operate like
a lottery, with the winner being the lucky one who correctly guessed
its interest-rate decisions. Most Asian central banks follow
reactively Fed policy and action.
Bill Gross, manager
director of Pimco, the largest bond-investment fund in the United
States, may not have a monopoly on truth, but he controls vast
investment power over the credit market and makes decisions based on
his views. He wrote recently that 13 percent of the US stock market,
35 percent of the US Treasury market, 23 percent of the US corporate
bond market, and 14 percent direct ownership in US companies are now
in the hands of non-US investors. And with the trade deficit at 6
percent of GDP and the US need to attract nearly 80 percent of all
the world's ongoing savings just to keep the dollar at current
levels, "an end to the party is clearly in sight". Gross
said that former Treasury secretary Robert Rubin's policy of a
strong dollar succeeded so famously that US bonds and stocks now
have lower yields and much higher price-to-earnings ratios (P/Es)
than most alternative markets. This strong-dollar policy,
implemented through the Fed under Alan Greenspan, has painted the US
into a corner from which either a falling dollar, depreciating
financial markets, or both are "nearly inevitable".
The
net foreign debt in the US economy is now 22 percent of GDP.
Assuming an economic recovery, the US economy is on a trajectory
toward a debt burden of 40 percent of GDP within five years, roughly
the debt-to-GDP ratio of Argentina in 2000. What keeps the US afloat
is dollar hegemony. The US cannot forever borrow in order to buy
more from the rest of the world than it sells. The interest burden
will eventually be so heavy that foreign investors will be unwilling
or unable to keep financing this rising debt. When that happens, the
dollar will drop and dollar interest rates will spike upward. The
United States will then be forced to run a trade surplus with a
drastic devaluation of the dollar and/or a draconian deflation in
real incomes in order to reduce demand for imports and make US goods
cheap enough to run a surplus in world markets. Yet this will
directly shrink world trade, making it difficult for the US to
reduce its cumulated debt.
The costs of balancing trade
through deflation would be near fatal. According to one calculation
(Godley 1995), bringing a current-account deficit of 2 percent GDP
into balance would require a 10 percent drop in GDP and a jump of 5
percent in the unemployment rate. With today's trade deficit of 4
percent and rising, the required contraction in GDP would be 20
percent or greater and an unemployment rate of an additional 10
percent to the current 7 percent. Attempting to regain balance
through currency devaluation could be catastrophic. Goldman-Sachs
recently estimated that it would take a more than 40 percent drop in
the dollar just to halve the US current-account deficit. Getting to
a trade balance will be even more difficult because US manufacturing
capacity may well have shrunk below the level needed to eliminate
the trade deficit through expanding exports. Given relentless import
competition, investors are reluctant to make long-term capital
available to small and medium manufacturing firms, and some large
ones as well. The grim outlook for manufacturing also reduces the
incentive for young people to invest in becoming skilled
manufacturing workers.
The low savings rate in the United
States also contributes to the current-account problem but it is now
a function of a deficiency in private rather than public savings.
This is a much harder problem to solve. In fact, the US does not
seem to know how to raise its private savings rate without putting a
damper on its relentless push on expanding consumer finance. Under
current conditions, increasing the savings rate would reduce
consumer demand, upon which the US economy and the world depend.
Japan's economic problem is rooted in the geopolitical shift
resulting from the end of the Cold War. The Japanese economy has
outgrown its postwar role as an export engine. With the end of the
Cold War, Japan no longer enjoys geopolitically induced special
trade concessions from the United States. The continuing trade
surplus with the US is now contingent on its being recycled into
dollar assets. Not only will the continued expansion of export to
the US not be sustainable at a rate that will help the doomed
Japanese domestic economy, but even effective stimulation of
domestic consumption cannot solve the Japanese dilemma because the
domestic economy is too small to sustain the enormous and growing
overcapacity of its export engine. The Japanese economy cannot be
revived by domestic restructuring unless it is prepared to shrink
drastically to the size of the United Kingdom. No monetary or fiscal
measures can overcome this structural problem, which is the legacy
of policies of General Douglas MacArthur's occupation after World
War II. The Japanese problem is not a purely economic problem. It is
a political-economy problem. What Japan needs is to restructure its
international economic relationships away from its unnatural
partner, the United States, toward its natural partner, China, and
to shift from an export economy to a regional-developmental economy.
The anchor of US policy in Asia is the United States'
"special relationship" to Japan. The intensity and
bitterness of the historical conflict between Japan and the US for
their separate interests in Asia have not been eliminated by the
post-World War II facade of "special relationship" or by
the Mutual Defense Treaty. Before World War II, Japan, not China,
was seen by most US leaders as America's chief rival in Asia. They
squeezed Japan's access to vital raw materials, particularly oil,
and so obstructed Japan's plan of becoming a great regional power
through its conquest of a fragmented China weakened by a century of
Western imperialism. While the targets of Japanese expansion in
World War II were primarily the colonies of the British and French
empires, the sole exception being the Philippines, the objective
made it necessary for Japan to disable the US Pacific Fleet. The
Pacific theater against Japan in World War II was won mainly by US
efforts, unlike the European theater, where Britain and the Soviet
Union also played major roles. It was the Japanese attack on Pearl
Harbor that forced Adolf Hitler to declare war on a formally neutral
United States, thus saving Britain from imminent defeat. It was one
of the two strategic errors Germany made, the other being the
invasion of the Soviet Union. Without a two-front war that
eventually destroyed the German 6th Army on Russian soil in February
1943 and the relentless Soviet counteroffensive afterward that tied
up half of German military assets, it would be doubtful whether the
US landing in Normandy in 1944 would have been as successful as it
was.
Britain, in winning a Pyrrhic victory against Germany
with US and Soviet help, lost both empire and greatness. Together
with Britain, supposedly the winner, Japan and Germany, the
vanquished, were thrown by World War II into the arms of the United
States as suppliants, in a subordination masked by the euphemism of
"special relationships". Postwar Germany, divided into
socialist East and capitalist West, benefited economically from the
Cold War by the need of the US to subsidize West Germany to keep it
safely in the Western camp. Outside of imposed anti-Sovietism and
anti-communism, West Germany enjoyed enviable autonomy from US
policy domination. Japan enjoyed much less autonomy than West
Germany, a fact many Japanese resented as US racism. Further,
Germany had a real historical phobia against a powerful Russia
pushing westward, while Japan had less real reason to fear China, or
an Soviet Union that was fundamentally Europe-oriented. Japan had
already defeated Russia once.
After the Japanese surrender,
MacArthur at first aimed at restructuring Japanese politics and
economics to prevent a return to militarism. For that purpose,
MacArthur's occupation regime purged from Japanese politics all
wartime leaders, instituted land reform, and began breaking down
large corporate conglomerates (zaibatsu or keiretsu),
in favor of populist if not socialist forces. This strategy would
begin to change in the early months of 1948 with what would be
labeled in diplomatic history as "The Reverse Course".
As fears of Soviet expansion grew in Washington, concerns
also grew that MacArthur's reform program was making Japan
geopolitically unreliable, ideologically unstable, economically
weak, and geopolitically vulnerable to subversive infiltration or,
in the longer run, perhaps even military invasion with Fifth Column
help. As China liberated itself by establishing a socialist state in
1949, MacArthur was ordered to turn US occupation policy abruptly
into a strategy of keeping Japan from turning toward socialist
paths. Since Japan was viewed as a "strong point" by key
US grand strategists George Kennan, George Marshall, and Dean
Acheson, a more politically regressive and economically conservative
program was put into place. It was a program designed to stabilize
the Japanese political economy and to set the stage for revived
limited Japanese military strength in the future that would assist
US efforts in countering international communism in Japan and the
rest of East Asia.
To support this controlled military
power, a US trade subsidy/preference regime for Japan was
instituted. MacArthur, who had all but set himself up as the new
emperor of Japan and who had built a postwar popularity within US
domestic politics, criticizing the State Department for shortcomings
ranging from Eurocentrism to excessive meddling in the Pacific to
lack of political will to use nuclear weapons on China, would argue
not only against reversing the anti-zaibatsu program, but
also against strengthening the Japanese military from whom he had
suffered well-publicized defeat with deep personal embarrassment.
Ironically, it was left to the Supreme Military Commander/Occupier
to argue that economic growth and a stable political order were the
most important weapons in the struggle for containment of the
communist threat for Japan, not the creation of military might.
Nobody doubted the general's argument about the importance
of economic strength and political stability, but many at the US
Defense Department and some even at the State Department
subsequently insisted that they wanted a major portion of the fruits
of US supplied economic revival to be channeled into Japanese
military strengthening. In their minds, Japan should accept a
significant share of the burden of defending itself and containing
communism in the region. This position would win the debate in
Washington and would be presented to Japanese authorities in 1950-51
by president Harry Truman's special envoy, John Foster Dulles. In
the 1950s, the administrations of Truman and Dwight D Eisenhower
both believed that open tolerance of Japanese resistance to US
imports, systematic undervaluation of the yen, and total reliance on
US military protection were necessary to strengthen Japan
domestically and legitimize it internationally as a solid
anti-communist ally. After persistent persuasion by premier Yoshida
Shigeru, US leaders also decided that pushing the Japanese
government too soon and too hard to build up its military
significantly merely to reduce the US defense burden could lead to a
popular backlash in Japan that might threaten the budding alliance
and, by association, the maintenance of US military bases in Japan.
Japan, a recent and very bitter
Next: More on the Asian experience
BANKING
BUNKUM
Part
4b: The Japanese experience
By Henry C K Liu
The domestic problems in Japan are caused by its
economy's tilt toward export, compounded by export trade being
denominated mostly in dollars, not yen. Japanese policymakers are
quite aware of this unhappy situation and have been trying to propose
a tri-currency (dollar-euro-yen) global financial architecture since
1997. This proposal has been turned down repeatedly by the United
States. Japan could not open its domestic market to foreign imports
because its does not have a domestic market to open. In place of a
domestic market, Japan has a vertically integrated distribution
system controlled by a few big commercial combines (keiretsu).
Its entire postwar economy is structured for export.
Prior to
World War II, the entire Japanese economy was structured for war
production. After that war, the Japanese economic infrastructure was
kept intact by US occupation policy but diverted from war production
toward export. The relationship of Japanese banks to their clients is
structurally different than what the New Deal set up for US banks,
with an arm's-length relationship between lenders and borrowers.
Japanese banks own substantial shares of their corporate borrowers,
thus there is little financial advantage in corporate debt
foreclosure.
This credit relationship is natural for a
national banking regime and has evolved to achieve maximum efficiency
for financing export production. Mitsubishi never has to compete for
capital or credit the way General Motors does. It can always get
credit at a rate that will ensure its price competitiveness in the
export market. This is also why Japan is not well equipped to finance
new entrepreneur ventures. Sony and Honda are maverick outsiders in
the "Japan Inc" system, as is Softbank, the new financial
giant for the information technology sector.
The reason
dollar assets yield higher returns than yen assets is that yen assets
are not structured for highest returns but for effective support of
the Japanese export regime. Japanese banks are not profit centers.
They are service institutions in support of a national purpose. In
the past decade, however, major US corporations such as GE, General
Motors and Ford have taken on the role of non-bank financial entities
to provide low-cost loans as a key competitive pricing strategy,
bypassing their traditional dependence on banks. Henry Ford was
famously critical of banks as financial predators.
This trend
of subordinating finance to enhance market competitiveness, not for
national purpose but for corporate profit, is the Achilles' heel of
the US economy. While Japan is being put through the wringer by the
adoption of a central banking regime, the US non-bank financial
sector is bypassing the regulatory limits of central banking. This
more than any other factor gives validity to the anticipation that
the US economy will follow the Japanese economy into a decade of
deflation and stagnation, even though the US banks are relatively
healthy by Bank for International Settlements (BIS) standards -
unless of course the Federal Reserve adopts a monetary policy of
aggressive inflation targeting beyond the banking system, with the
bailout of LTCM as an obvious precedent. Fed chairman Alan Greenspan
said in a speech before the Council on Foreign Relations in
Washington, DC, last November 19: "Thus central banks are led to
provide what essentially amounts to catastrophic financial insurance
coverage."
Japanese culture, fundamentally influenced by
Chinese culture, views the individual as an integral part of
community and as such, while there is no equality in Japanese society
in the Western liberal sense, the Japanese elite assumes an innate
responsibility for the welfare of the people it leads. Thus a
Japanese corporate leader feels personal shame in the corporation's
misfortune and he is expected to punish himself before he allows the
employees to suffer. US values celebrate individualism as the basic
unit of society and thus put the responsibility of individual welfare
on each person even though the US system has evolved in a way that
the individual is increasingly powerless to control his/her own
destiny. Thus US management would proudly lay off 10,000 employees to
achieve short-term profitability with which to reward executives with
fancy "performance" bonuses. The Fed would righteously use
unemployment to defend the value of money (to fight inflation). It
would declare the ease and immunity with which US business can shed
unneeded workers on short notice as systemic strength. Greenspan has
repeatedly criticized both Japanese and German companies for being
"inefficient" because of the high cost and inflexibility
their management faces in shrinking their workforce on demand.
Acting as postwar resident emperor, General Douglas MacArthur
imposed "democracy" on Japan. And the Japanese adopted its
form without its essence. From its founding in 1955 and for the next
38 years, Japan's conservative Liberal Democratic Party (LDP) won all
national elections and selected every prime minister and nearly every
cabinet member. From 1955 until 1993, the LDP held power without
interruption, while the Japan Socialist Party (now the Social
Democratic Party) acted as a token opposition force. This political
landscape was known as "the 1955 setup". It allowed voters
to see an obvious, ongoing struggle between the LDP and the Japan
Socialist Party, notwithstanding under-the-table agreements. Other
democracies have had similarly dominant parties, but few approach the
LDP for longevity in power and complete dominance of the political
scene. In fact, many political scientists have suggested that the LDP
is very similar to the ruling communist parties in socialist
countries.
Then, in 1993, a political earthquake transformed
Japan from a system of stable one-party rule into one of mercurial
political coalitions. For the decade since 1993, the LDP struggled to
regain its position of dominance and for the most part succeeded. At
the start of the new millennium, the LDP lacked a majority in the
House of Councilors, the upper house of the Japanese Diet, but it is
nevertheless strong and confident once again while the opposition is
in disarray.
Politically, Japan by 1985 found itself needing
new national goals, since it had caught up with the Western
industrial powers in production if not in innovation. Unfortunately,
Japanese political leaders failed to formulate a new national vision.
The lack of leadership allowed the bureaucracy to continue to steer
the nation along a traditional but obsolete path of export
dependency, hiding the transfer of national wealth overseas with a
speculative bubble of the 1980s. It was inevitable that this bubble
would burst, as the economic benefits of this export "success"
could not be repatriated back to Japan because of dollar hegemony.
The bubble's burst fueled a distrust of the bureaucracy that had
clung to denial, which continues today.
While it is valid to
fault business and industrial leaders for management myopia, it
should be recognized that they had no choice beyond playing according
to the rules of the game set up by dysfunctional national policies.
The political leadership must bear the responsibility for failing to
set visionary goals for the nation. The current sentiment in Japan of
being at a structural impasse and not knowing how to move forward in
new directions is the direct result of the lack of focus on national
goals for the past two decades.
The Plaza Accord of 1985 on
exchange rates forced the yen's climb - from 242 yen to the dollar
before the agreement to as high as 79 yen in slightly more than a
decade. The structural damage of the rise of the yen had been
undeniable. The United States reversed the notion of the need for
stable exchange rates as envisaged by the Bretton Woods regime, and
openly used exchange-rate policy as a way of addressing its trade
imbalance. Instead of addressing its own fiscal irresponsibility, the
US decided to solve its problem by forcing Japan to change its
economic system through an exchange-rate policy. This approach of
achieving a balance of trade through exchange-rate management
triggered unwanted changes not only in the Japanese economy but also
in Japanese society as a whole. Japan is still in the throes of this
unwanted change, and the resulting anxiety has fostered a national
sense of being in a blind fix.
The essence of this change for
the Japanese is their inability to develop a heightened consciousness
of themselves as consumers of the fruits of their efforts, instead of
exporters. The Japanese political system and administrative apparatus
has been heavily weighted in favor of export production since the end
of World War II, while suppressing a consumer culture. It is a civic
pride to produce but not to consume. The war of export was won by a
denial of domestic consumption that fitted cerebrally the Japanese
culture of self-restraint. To overcome this export fixation, the
political system and administrative apparatus have to change. But
culture changes only slowly. Further, the stagnation of the export
economy reinforces the conventional wisdom that consumption in hard
times would be foolhardy and only lead to financial ruin for the
imprudent individual.
Deregulation requires that consumers
take responsibility for their own decisions. Thus as Japan takes
steps to deregulate its economy, the government dilutes its power of
persuasion to stimulate consumer spending. Neo-liberals argue that
since the government can no longer protect the individual, Japan
needs improved transparency, as embodied in the principle of
disclosure, as an essential condition of a consumer-oriented society.
Yet culture does not change as easily as government policies or
corporate strategies. The flip side is for government to preserve its
tradition of elitist opacity by insulating the public from economic
pain, which was essentially what had happened.
The past
decade in Japan has been one in which the public has been insulated
from the pains of an economic decay that has been largely confined to
the corporate level. It is the opposite of what happened in the
United States, where the pain is felt directly and immediately by the
defenseless public while companies consolidate through downsizing and
merging.
Both the Meiji Restoration of 1868 and the
socio-economic restructure imposed by MacArthur after World War II
were carried out under pressure from foreign powers. This latest
opening of Japan has been triggered again by foreign pressure in the
form of US-led globalization.
In April 1999, the Japanese
government deregulated foreign-exchange transactions. After Japan's
Big Bang, the country ended up with an open financial market where
foreign banks and brokerages were the dominant players. If Japanese
banks cannot serve the Japanese consumer because of their structural
link to Japan Inc, US banks will.
Globalization in Asia means
new players entering from outside the region. But resistance is still
strong in Japan. Many there, along with others in Asia, interpret
this development as another neo-imperialist assault by Western
economic power as well as Western culture and values. And they are
beginning to oppose it with a revival of nationalism. In Japan, it
takes the form of a revival of the nationalism of the final years of
the Tokugawa shogunate in the 19th century. Prime Minister Junichiro
Koizumi may be Japan's first internationalist leader who came to
power in the name of chauvinism.
Neo-liberals believe that
Japan, along with the rest of Asia, will have no choice but to make
major changes in response to the globalization process. The trend
toward transparency challenges the belief that keeping certain things
concealed is one key to social harmony. The Western notion of the
rule of law is often touted as an indispensable component of
modernization.
Yet Japan is based on a deep-rooted Confucius
culture. In The Analects of Confucius, the sage is described
as responding to the selfless rule of law by saying: "In our
part of the country, those who are upright act differently. The
father conceals the misconduct of the son, and the son conceals the
misconduct of the father." This embodies the conflict between
legalism and the hierarchical order of Confucianism in ancient China,
a conflict still very much alive in contemporary China. Although this
episode in The Analects concerns the relationship between
parents and children, the application is much broader to include
issues of governance.
Traditionally, Asian, including
Japanese, law-enforcement officers often let offenders off with a
stern warning if circumstances warrant it. In the Kabuki drama
Kanjincho (The Subscription List), the official in charge of
the Ataka Barrier Station is charged with capturing the fugitive
Yoshimune. He is so impressed by the efforts of Benkei, Yoshimune's
retainer, to shield his lord that he turns a blind eye and allows the
disguised hero and his retinue to pass. Japan also has heroes who
flout the law, such the chivalrous robber Kunisada Chuji (1810-50),
the Japanese Robin Hood.
Countries vary considerably as to
how rigidly they apply the law. William Blake said that one law for
the lion and the sheep is oppression. The West has often observed
critically that China lacks the rule of law. In reality, the West
merely is not happy with China's concept of rule of law. Americans
also do not think that Japan meets their standards for genuine rule
of law. Asians often describe the US way as the rule by law
rather than of law. There's nothing in nature that says an
advanced modern nation has to be a rigid constitutional state, and
the United States' adherence to that principle may not be the reason
it achieved its measure of power and influence in the world, among
many other factors. Yet, as globalism proceeds, the rest of the world
is compelled to measure its daily actions against US standards,
merely because the US is the sole superpower.
Exchange-rate
volatility since 1985 has had a huge impact on Japan. Stock prices
have in fact been driven by exchange rates because of global capital
flow and international banking standards. If a two-party system ever
emerges in Japan, it will be based on two political ideologies: one
that believes in free markets and small government, and another that
believes there are flaws in a free-market economy and that government
exists to minimize the resulting disparities in wealth and help
society's weaker members, and that for this Japan needs high taxes.
But Japan is some distance from reaching that point. For the
foreseeable future, a one-party system with two opposing factions is
likely to continue. Nor is the notion that the weak are the
responsibility of the strong, at least within Japanese society,
likely to disappear from Japanese culture.
After World War
II, Japan developed into a country with small disparities in income,
perhaps the smallest of any major economy in the non-communist world.
That helped create a stable society, and it also took the steam out
of calls for a redistribution of wealth or progressive income-tax
regime. Japan has a de facto national socialist system in the
descriptive, non-pejorative sense of the term. There has always been
a voting minority of about 20 percent who are dissatisfied with the
government, but that group does not constitute an identifiable
economic or social class.
Since the end of the Bretton Woods
regime, the relentless Japanese quest for trade surplus in dollars
and not in yen has been a big mistake. Dollars can no longer be
converted to gold and dollars cannot be spent in Japan. Dollars can
only buy dollar assets such as the Rockefeller Center in New York.
The Germans have been making an even bigger mistake with their quest
for trade surplus in dollars. Everyone accepted deutschmarks before
the birth of the euro. Japan and Germany should have incurred as
large a trade deficit in their own currencies as their trading
partners would accept. Trade yields currency. When export yields
another country's currency, it is hard to benefit the domestic
economy with it. It is hard for Americans to understand this because
world trade yields dollars that are usable in the United States. It
is also hard for the rest of the world to understand this because
they did not catch on to the meaning of the dollar being no longer
backed by gold.
Suggestions that Japan's bad bank loans may
now equal almost half of the country's gross domestic product (GDP)
have been greeted with official denial in Japan but have shaken the
markets for more than a decade. Market estimates of non-performing
loans (NPLs) now amount to 237 trillion yen (US$2 trillion),
dramatically larger than published government data indicate. The
Financial Services Agency (FSA), the main regulator, claims that bad
loans at the banks total only 18 trillion yen, or 3 percent of GDP.
The discrepancy is not from the bank data, but from different
rules for measuring bad loans. In particular, the FSA ignores the
effect of deflation when classifying problem loans. The FSA sorts
loans into "good", "risky" and "bad"
categories based on whether a company is able to pay interest. This
classification system, useful in an inflationary environment, where
nominal interest rates are high, is not useful in Japan's
low-interest-rate regime where most companies could make interest
payments - even if their business prospect is so hopeless that they
would never be able to repay their loans. Such companies are
corporate versions of the walking dead.
Bank economists have
suggested that the risk level of a loan should be judged on whether a
company's operating margins are good enough to repay the loan within
term. On this basis, corporate data on listed companies suggests that
more than a third of all bank loans are bad risks, even though most
are not classified as risky by the government. Japanese banks have
already written off bad loans to the equivalent of 13 percent of
Japan's GDP in the past decade. There may be another 50 percent of
GDP equivalent to go.
Other analysts dispute this method of
loan classification, saying that Japanese banks have never extended
loans on the basis of cash-flow analysis, but on assets such as real
estate. Yet even on this basis, deflation has eroded asset value.
Government officials also argue that no country in the world
calculated bad loans from the ratio of operating margin to bank
lending. The Bank of Japan (BOJ), the central bank, is uneasy with
the fact that the "real" bad-loan problem is greater than
FSA numbers show, given the weak economy and the impact of deflation.
As a central bank, BOJ allegiance is to the value of its currency,
rather than the health of the economy. Central banks take this view
because they believe that the health of the economy depends on the
soundness of money. They reject the notion that the health of the
economy is the basis of a sound currency. Central bankers are not
above arguing that the operation is a success, though the patient
died.
Japan's institutional and economic history has been
front and center mercantilist. Japan does not export to live. It
lives to export. Yet since the Bretton Woods fixed-exchange-rate
regime based on a gold-backed dollar ended in 1971, Japan has been
exporting not for gold, nor for gold-backed dollars. It has been
exporting for a fiat currency called the dollar that the United
States can print at will and at no cost. Japan has been shipping its
goods overseas in exchange for paper that cannot buy anything in
Japan. The trade surplus in dollars is merely pieces of paper than
can buy other pieces of paper called US Treasuries, or share
certificates of US companies that compete with Japanese companies. Or
certificates of ownership of dollar assets outside of Japan that pay
dividends in pieces of paper that cannot be spent in Japan. The
conventional wisdom is that Japan must earn dollars to buy needed
imports such as oil and other commodities that Japan does not
produce. But Japan exports way in excess of its import needs.
Notwithstanding the fact that if Japan exports less, it will also
need to import less oil and iron ore, there is no reason Japan needs
to have a trade surplus, or that a trade surplus is of benefit to
Japan.
Economist Hyman P Minsky asserts that an understanding
of a country's institutional and economic history is essential for a
clear understanding of its financial processes. Institutional and
historical realities mean that a country cannot easily escape its
relatively rigid past to join a global system without serious
penalty. Japan's trade surplus in dollars is the serious penalty for
its fixation with export in a trade regime based of another country's
fiat currency. The United States, whose influence on financial
globalization is paramount, enjoys the least upheaval to its national
system in the transition to neo-liberal globalization because the
global system is in essence an extension of the US system. And
dollars, the scorekeeping instrument for world trade, can only be
spent in the US on US assets. So no matter who owns dollars, the
economic benefits of the dollar are firmly focused on the US economy.
Because of the BIS requirement on capital and loan
classification, Japanese banks continue to suffer from the supportive
loans made to Japanese corporations during the "bubble" era
more than a decade earlier. Such loan policies were not a problem
when Japan operated under a national banking regime. But under a
central banking regime, Japanese banks have become by definition
distressed institutions in deep crisis. Despite the fact that a large
proportion of these loans have turned into NPLs by BIS standards,
many Japanese banks have delayed the recognition of such NPLs until
recently. Unlike US banks, which quickly wrote off their NPLs in the
early 1980s to meet domestic regulatory requirements, though not
without great pain to the US economy and the general public, none of
the Japanese banks wrote off their NPLs until Sumitomo Bank took the
lead in March 1995. Since then, top Japanese banks have begun to
write off NPLs, voluntarily following Sumitomo, albeit only with
strong pressure from the global investor community acting on bank
share prices. The reason for this is that the US central bank can
print dollars without directly affecting the exchange value of the
dollars, a phenomenon known as "dollar hegemony", and the
BOJ cannot.
Under a national banking regime, Japanese banks
attracted investors not because they produce high returns, but
because they were part of the national enterprise that strengthened
the Japanese economy. Under a central banking regime, global
investors are interested primarily in the profit margin of the banks,
often to be achieved at the expense of the economy. When a liquidity
trap immobilizes interest-rate policy as an economic stimulant, there
is still an exchange-rate channel by means of which monetary policy
can exert stabilizing effects. This is why Japan has been trying to
push the yen down, not to increase exports, but to stabilize
deflation at home.
The main reasons for the hesitance of
Japanese banks to write off NPLs can be attributed to the policy
indecisiveness of the Ministry of Finance (MOF), which still holds a
view on the function of banks along national-banking lines. The MOF
is reluctant to recognize and address the NPL problem as defined by a
central banking regime, for it sees no useful purpose in such an
exercise. Also, the Japanese tax system does not permit tax
deductions for loan writeoffs. Banks also were deluded by
anticipation of pending economic recovery from counter-cyclical
government fiscal measures. The dual role of banks as shareholders
and creditors of the borrowing entities also presents a disincentive.
There is also the problem of insufficient capital for banks to write
off the loans to satisfy BIS requirements.
The BOJ addressed
the insufficient-capital issue in 1995 by increasing the nation's
money supply to lower interest rates, a move that increased the net
interest income of Japanese banks because of larger spreads on loans
over cost of funds. In this new monetary-policy environment, many
banks were supposed to be able to generate sufficient profits to
write off NPLs. Japan's equity and real-estate bubbles collapsed
within a short time of each other, with equity prices dropping more
than 50 percent in early 1990 and land prices beginning a long slide
downward in 1991. After raising official interest rates to counteract
overheating financial markets, the BOJ began lowering interest rates
from more than 6 percent in March 1991 to 0.5 percent by October
1995.
Despite this favorable operating environment for banks,
the quality of Japanese banks' assets continued to deteriorate
because of what John Maynard Keynes identified as a liquidity trap. A
liquidity trap is created when further increases in money supply by
the central bank (monetary base) cannot further affect output,
prices, interest rates or other variables. Increases in the money
stock are entirely neutralized by increases in liquidity preference
to hold money.
The idea of a liquidity trap originated with
Keynes during the Great Depression. Keynes postulated that once the
interest rate fell below 2 percent, its effect on monetary expansion
might be "push on a string". While rates might be low,
banks might still have difficulty lending because the low
interest-rate spread would reduce credit risk tolerance. Soon the
banks would only lend to those who did not need to borrow.
Under
current circumstance, the BOJ can stop interest-rate and price
decline by purchasing foreign currencies to push the foreign-exchange
values of the yen down, or by purchasing corporate bonds and stocks,
or other assets. But the BOJ as a central bank is committed to
preserve the market, not to eliminate it. So it sticks with the
traditional central-bank instrument of interest-rate policy. It seeks
to control the price of money rather than prices in general in the
economy, making the liquidity trap a reality.
International
capital markets started to charge a "Japan premium" on
inter-bank loans. In addition, Japanese banks faced difficulty in
complying with BIS capital-adequacy ratio as the depreciation of the
yen increased the value of their overseas assets and liabilities.
This also increased the banks' reluctance to provide loans to less
creditworthy small and medium-sized companies that had no access to
credit markets beyond their main banks. To address the banking and
credit crunch problems, public funds totaling 60 trillion yen (12
percent of GDP) finally were set aside in 1998-99 to recapitalize
banks. Also, the low short-term rates created problem for non-bank
long-term financial institutions, such as insurance companies.
The
increasing number of bankruptcies, as well as the collapse of
Hokkaido Takushoku Bank in November 1997, illustrated the seriousness
of the NPL problem, which is currently estimated to be near $2
trillion. Over the past 18 months, the Japanese government has
enacted laws to use public funds to purchase preferred stock of
Japanese banks in order to provide the banks with the much-needed
capital to write off additional NPLs. The Resolution and Collection
Corp (RCC), an agent established to purchase loan assets and to
collect the debt, has been expanded to purchase NPLs from Japanese
banks.
On July 7, 2001, commenting on the bad-loan problem,
Prime Minister Koizumi was realistic: "I do understand that it
is impossible to get rid of all existing bad loans within two to
three years but we are working on reducing that," he said. "I
think it is a bit premature to say that the government does not have
total grip on bad loans. What we are working on is the bigger issue
of the economy." The bigger issue, of course, is economic
growth.
In a government package released three months
earlier, in April 2001, Japan set a deadline for top banks to
eliminate loans to borrowers in, or at risk of, bankruptcy - worth
11.7 trillion yen - in two years, or three years for new NPLs. Some
estimates valued the problem loans at banks at as much as 150
trillion yen. The worries about banks have been a key factor in a
prolonged stock market slump. Koizumi warned that Tokyo stock prices
were poised to remain depressed for the time being. It is worthwhile
to note that no serious analyst expected Japan to resolve its NPLs
within two years from 2001.
Japan's government is in an
inescapable debt-death spiral by virtue of the fact that nominal GDP
is falling at an annual rate of about 5 percent. Stabilizing the
Japanese government's debt-to-GDP ratio would require that nominal
GDP rises at a rate equal to the interest rate on its outstanding
debt, or about 1 percent. The fact that nominal GDP is falling at a 5
percent rate means that Japan's debt-to-GDP ratio will rise at least
6 percent a year, even without a sudden need to recapitalize
insolvent banks. That debt-GDP ratio is now 130 percent, and at 6
percent a year it will double in just over a decade. That fact will
itself accelerate the collapse of Japanese government bonds unless
deflation is reversed.
Actually, the debt burden of Japan's
government is worse than the 130 percent debt-to-GDP ratio widely
reported in the press. First, accelerating deflation will cause that
ratio to rise even more rapidly as government revenue collapses.
Further, the contingent liabilities of the government, including its
responsibilities to protect bank depositors, will jump abruptly once
the increasingly likely crisis in the banking system emerges.
The
Japanese government possesses assets that could be sold to improve
its ability to deal with large losses in the banking system. The
problem with such sales, for example the sale of government-owned
shares in Japan Tobacco or NTT (Japan's telephone company), is that
they further depress the value of these shares on the stock market.
This is just another example of the dangers of a deflationary
environment in which assets that had been viewed as reserves can no
longer function as liquid reserves because attempts to realize
liquidity further depress their value.
Japanese deflation
gathered pace in the first quarter of 2003 as year-on-year prices
fell 3.5 percent - their fastest drop on record. The fall may fuel
fears that Japan, which has managed to co-exist with relatively mild
deflation since the mid-1990s, could be sliding into an accelerating
deflationary spiral. Japanese prices - as measured by the gross
domestic product deflator, considered a more accurate measure than
the consumer price index, have been falling continuously since 1995.
Annual price falls have averaged between 1 and 2 percent for most of
that time. Recent figures showed deflation accelerating in fiscal
2002, a year in which Japan was technically growing out of recession,
to minus 2.2 percent, a record for a full year. The figures were
released along with GDP data showing that growth in the first quarter
2003 fell to almost zero, leading some economists to conclude that
the economy was on the brink of yet another recession. Nominal growth
fell 0.6 percent in the March quarter, or minus 2.5 percent on an
annualized basis.
The issue of deflation has split government
officials with disputes over its causes and disagreement over its
effects. Heizo Takenaka, the new minister of state for economic and
fiscal policy and head of FSA, has acknowledged that falling prices
pose a threat but takes the position that banking reform is need to
cure it. He said: "Deflation remains severe. While pursuing
structural reform we must also press on with efforts to end
deflation." On the other hand, Eisuke Sakakibara, former vice
finance minister, also known as Mr Yen, said Japan could live with
mild deflation so long as it prevented the economy tipping into a
destructive spiral of falling prices. He said deflation was the
structural result of global productivity gains and would likely
spread from Japan to the United States and Europe.
Takenaka
drew some comfort from the fact that real growth for fiscal 2002 was
1.6 percent, above the 0.9 percent the government had predicted. Much
of that was based on exports, which have predictably begun to slow
again, and on surprisingly robust consumer spending. In the first
quarter of 2003, consumer spending, which accounts for 60 percent of
GDP, rose 0.3 percent quarter on quarter. Real growth of about 1
percent a year over the past decade meant that the economy was
shrinking in nominal terms. Nominal GDP for fiscal 2002 fell to 499
trillion yen, the first time it has dipped below 500 trillion yen in
eight years. Political pressure had been building against Koizumi to
slow the pace of bank reform to relieve the pain of the corporate
sector, which may lead to the removal of Takenaka.
The yen
has been testing two-year highs against the dollar recently as
investors continued to push the US currency lower on signals from the
new US Treasury Secretary, challenging Japanese resolve to stem yen
strength in the process. The BOJ has not confirmed any action in the
market recently. Following a policy of covert intervention in the
first quarter of 2003, strategists expect the first concrete evidence
of any action in May will come in the bank's figures, published at
the end of the month. The BOJ, however, is believed to have been
active in the market to smooth if not stop the yen's fall.
The
longer the yen's rise goes on, the greater the prospect that Japanese
investors will sell dollars forward, exacerbating the yen's upward
move. It is difficult to stop Japanese funds from hedging their US
exposure. A further risk is that a strong currency could tempt
investors to repatriate funds back to Japan. Japanese investors have
been pouring money abroad on the perception the MOF will continue to
draw a line in the sand on yen strength and if such perceptions are
damaged, an accelerated wave of yen purchases will occur. Thus the
perception that the MOF will let the yen rise will cause the market
to push up the yen.
Japan's population is poised to decrease
at a rapid rate because of demographics. Aggregate production is also
declining because of changes in labor utilization. Since the main
sources of Japan's economic strength, namely high saving and high
investment, remain intact, Japan is still making heavy investment for
the future, but the major thrust is on upgrading the quality of life
and linkage with the Chinese economy. This linkage with China brings
mixed results for Japan. The positive side is to increase aggregate
production but the negative side is that it causes prolonged
deflation. Deflation dampens Japan's import capacity from the rest of
Asia except from China. The outcome is the rise of Northeast Asia and
the relative decline of Southeast Asia. The deepening economic
linkage and continuing political divergence between Japan and China
is also becoming difficult to sustain.
Population is one of
the most important factors in a nation's economy. When Japan incurs a
trade surplus with the United States, an economy with twice its
population, it means that Japanese are consuming at a lower level
than Americans. Since production is a function of the size of the
domestic working population, the decrease in working population means
fewer work-hours each year, which translates into less production
capacity. It will weaken the country's capacity to supply goods and
services both for home consumption and for export. The average number
of work-hours per worker is also decreasing in Japan. Only 13 years
ago in 1990, it was 2,053 hours per year per worker, the highest
among the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)
member countries. Three years ago in 2000, it shrank by 10 percent
from the 1990 level to 1,848 hours to the sixth-longest working hours
among the OECD members. The myth of Japan working hard and long hours
is now an anecdote of the past.
Japan's production capacity
at home peaked in 1997. Constraints in population growth force less
production at home and more imports. The share of imported
manufactured products in the total Japanese imports has risen from 50
percent in 1990 to 61 percent in 1999, rising by 11 percent. This
increase in manufactured imports helped alleviate the structural
labor shrinkage.
The strategy of the Japanese system of
moving production overseas, particularly to the rest of Asia, and
importing the final products seems to be a rational solution. The
basic trade pattern of Japan exporting capital, technology and
essential parts to Asia, building factories there, with the final
products imported back to Japan or re-exported to Europe and America,
enables Japan to concentrate on the high value added part of the
production chain. The Asia shift of Japan's trade is one of those
Japanese efforts for tackling the dwindling population while
maintaining the same high level of income. The size of the domestic
market is related to the size of the population. In the Japanese
economy, personal consumption is about 60 percent of the domestic
spending, by far the most important component in Japan's economy, or
for any country's economy. The peak of Japan's population is forecast
to come around 2007. It means that Japan's domestic demand will still
start to decrease after 2007, unless per capita consumption starts
increasing rapidly. The White Paper on the Japanese Economy published
by the Prime Minister's Office in November 2001 also concluded that
the growth rate for Japan's economy for the medium term is between 1
and 2 percent annually.
A country's economy can have a
sustainable source for financing needed investment through state
credits, rather than domestic saving, provided there is adequate
control on capital flow. With the world's largest foreign-exchange
reserve, Japan does not need to rely on domestic savings for capital.
In Japan, the wage earners' average annual saving rate was 28.7
percent in 2000, inclusive of semi-annual bonus payments. Such a high
saving rate, a result of cultural behavior, has created a high level
of net financial asset for an average household of more than 14
million yen ($130,000) in September 2001, almost three times the
average Japanese annual income. The decrease of net household assets
from the year before was a mere 90,000 yen despite a collapse of the
equity market. This means the average Japanese has an income cushion
of almost three years even in these hard times. With this coupled
with social welfare provided by the public sector, the Japanese have
a strong safety net. No other country accumulates such high savings.
Yet the average household saving decreased only slightly even from
rising unemployment and reduced bonus payments from the recession.
Sustained by the abundant supply of domestic saving, Japan's
investment has remained high even in the decade of low growth.
Private-sector investment is 16 percent of gross domestic expenditure
(GDE), which is the highest level among developed countries. Public
investment is about 6 percent, housing is at 5 percent, making total
investment 27 percent. Japan's private-sector investment constitutes
a high level of research and development expenditure. In 2000,
Japan's R&D expenditure was 3.2 percent of the GDP, again the
highest level among the developed countries. The United States spends
2.5 percent and the European Union 1.9 only percent.
Japan's
high saving/investment mechanism is also used in enhancing its
economic linkage with China. China has an abundant supply of
increasingly high-skilled, educated and young workforce, which is a
rapidly decreasing category in Japan. Japan in the 21st century, with
its rapidly aging and dwindling population, can establish a mutually
beneficial economic relation with China, even though wage levels
between the two economies may converge in time. Japan-China economic
relations are in a way an extension of Japan's economic relations
with Asia, but the nature and the degree of the ongoing changes in
the bilateral economic relations are very different from the rest of
Asia.
Japanese export to China in the first six months of
2002 grew 11 percent year to year to $17 billion and import fell 0.8
percent to $28 billion. Export to the rest of Asia fell 2.5 percent
to $82 billion and import fell 11.8 percent to $78 billion. Export to
the United States fell 9.9 percent to $57 billion and import fell
16.8 percent; and export to the EU fell 17.2 percent to $29 billion
and import fell 16.8 percent to $28 billion. Total export fell 7
percent to $195 billion and import fell 14.2 percent to $157 billion.
China's export to Japan rose in 2001 by 15 percent and
imports by 11 percent, against a background of overall negative
economic growth in Japan. The biggest (29 percent) import item from
China to Japan is machinery, followed by textiles (27 percent).
The
year 2001 was the first time in history that machinery became China's
biggest export item. China is the only country in the world that has
succeeded in establishing a healthy trade surplus in machinery
products with Japan. This is the most significant change in the
Japan-China economic relations. At the same time, China remains
extremely competitive in the export of apparel, textile and shoes,
the traditional domain of exports for the developing countries.
China's competitiveness is not limited to manufacturing. Japan
imported 750,000 tons of vegetables from China in 2001, a tenth of
the price of domestic production.
Lunchbox prices have, as a
result, fallen. Prices of Japanese lunchboxes (obento) have
fallen by 15 percent as a direct result. Some Japanese convenience
stores have built organic farms in China in order to use the
vegetables into the lunchbox sold in those stores in Japan.
Vegetables and fish prices are falling in Japan because of imports
from China, benefiting consumers. But it has dealt a blow to the
numerous Japanese farmers' income. Clothing prices have also fallen
by 30-50 percent.
The deflationary impact on the Japanese
economy coming from China trade will be long-lasting. From food and
apparel to electronics, prices in Japan will face falling pressures
until the price levels of the two countries reach some kind of
equilibrium after many years. Thus Japan has a vested interest in
helping China to raise its wage levels. Slow growth from a shrinking
and aging population, shrinking export markets, together with
deflationary impact from China will depress the profitability of
Japanese corporations in the foreseeable future, placing the Japanese
economy in a long transition period of slow growth and low profit
margin.
However, China trade is expected to continue to
benefit Japan. According to the World Bank, Japan's benefit by
China's entry into the World Trade Organization (WTO) will be $61
billion by 2005, much larger than that of North America, which is $38
billion. Hitachi plans to invest $1 billion in China by 2005. China's
share in Hitachi's global production of $40 billion will be 25
percent, the largest production share outside Japan, four years from
now. The highest-technology hardware and software of Hitachi are to
be manufactured and developed in China. Hitachi has built a research
lab for ubiquitous network technology state-of-the-art technology in
Beijing. Panasonic runs more than 40 companies for production in
China. China will become the high-tech consumer goods center of Asia,
with Japanese companies playing an important part in it.
With
the rapid merging of the two economies, tremendous changes are
occurring. The new competitiveness of China led Japan to impose
protectionist measures against three agricultural products: onions,
rush (a plant used for making tatami mats) and shiitake mushrooms
from China in early June 2001, to which China retaliated by raising
tariffs on selected Japanese industrial products. After a seven-month
impasse, the trade friction was solved with a tacit orderly marketing
agreement under the table, a classical Asian solution that upset free
traders. From shiitake mushroom to the ubiquitous network software,
the Japanese economy and the Chinese economy are merging in an
inexorable way. From the lowest-tech to the highest-tech sector, the
economies of the two countries match and marry very well. The merger
is creating a new economic power in the world and will have
significant impacts in world economic history, with a revival of Asia
as an economic and cultural center, as it was in the 17th century.
Japan is already the largest trading partner for China and
the largest foreign direct investment country in China, behind Taiwan
and Hong Kong, which are also Chinese. Although for Japan, the United
States is by far the largest trading partner because of Japan's big
export to the US historically and for now, the trend shows that China
could surpass the importance of the US and become the largest trading
partner for Japan in the near future. On the import side, it is
already clear that by this year, China will provide more goods to
Japan than the United States. The main obstacle for Japan-China
economic cooperation is the US-Japan political-military alliance.
China's restoration of its political and military strength is
a natural and inevitable result of its long-overdue economic
development. Instead of trying to resist changes accompanied by the
economic revival of China, the US-led residual Cold War security
framework needs to be reconsidered to reflect new conditions in
international security in East Asia. To balance the growing economic
ties between Japan and China, the economic cooperation of the ASEAN
(Association of Southeast Asian Nations) Plus Three framework needs
to be further pursued to promote peace and prosperity in East Asia
and the world.
Next: More on Japan
BANKING BUNKUM
Part
4c: More on the Japanese experience
By Henry C K
Liu
Part
4b: The Japanese experience
Monetary policy and banking
policy in Japan were key factors for that country's post-World War
II economic growth. The Japanese economy grew at an annual average
of 4 percent from 1974 to 1990, with steady but low inflation.
Recessions were infrequent and brief.
The enabling dynamics
behind this was the Cold War geopolitical guarantee to Japan of
protected access to a large US market. Still, that smooth economic
performance was not independent of Japanese monetary policy, in
particular the steady growth of money, bank deposits and credit,
keeping economic growth strong through steady export expansion,
keeping inflation in check, and moderating the boom-bust business
cycle. This monetary policy was made possible by the existence of a
national banking regime to support national goals.
The
Japanese economy began to stagnate in the early 1990s because its
national goal of export became dysfunctional after the Cold War. The
introduction of central banking in 1998 reduced Japanese banks to
financial basketcases in a liberalized financial market, instead of
the healthy service institutions in support of a national policy of
export under a national banking regime. Under central banking and a
liberalized global financial market with floating exchange rates and
full convertibility, the price to be paid for having trade surpluses
manifests itself in a rising yen. This in turn causes domestic
general deflation in Japan.
Japanese policy of keeping the
yen's exchange value lower than that dictated by market pressure has
now become an attempt to eliminate domestic deflation. But a
below-market yen leads to a larger trade surplus in dollars, causing
a net shrinkage in the yen money supply, thus shrinking the yen
asset economy, leaving it with overcapacity and making yen assets
less valuable. What Japan is doing is investing in the dollar
economy while disinvesting in the yen economy through its trade
surplus. This is the real cause of deflation in Japan.
To
restore strong economic growth in Japan, deflation needs to be
stopped. Under a central banking regime, the most straightforward
way to stop domestic deflation is to force the yen to depreciate in
foreign-exchange value. But this would go against market forces
generated by Japan's trade surplus. Yet if Japan keeps the exchange
value of the yen low merely to sustain its export prowess, it will
continue to feed domestic deflation. This is because the rate of
shrinkage of the yen economy from a huge trade surplus denominated
in foreign currencies, mostly dollars, is greater than the rise in
yen money supply released by a reluctant central bank.
Domestic
deflation can be stopped if there are more yen chasing after the
same amount of yen assets. But more yen in circulation will lower
the exchange value of the yen. A low yen in turn will increase
Japan's trade surplus, which, because it is denominated in foreign
currencies, mostly dollars, is a mechanism that transforms yen input
into dollar output, reducing the yen money supply. This reduction of
yen money supply increases the amount of under- or non-performing
yen assets, reducing their market value.
Thus Japan's trade
surplus contributes to increase in the US dollar money supply.
Normally this would push down the value of the dollar. But dollar
hegemony forces the Japanese and other trade-surplus nations, such
as China, to finance their trade surplus with a capital account
deficit in favor of the dollar economy. This expands investment in
the dollar economy and pushes up the price of dollar assets and
pushes down the price of yen and other non-dollar assets. Thus
dollar hegemony keeps both the exchange value of the dollar and the
price of dollar assets high, while other non-dollar economies must
choose between a weak currency and domestic deflation. China is
insulated because the yuan is not fully convertible. When the US
Treasury allows the dollar to fall against the yen, it is in fact
condemning Japan to more domestic deflation through yen
appreciation, if all else remains unchanged. By allowing the dollar
to fall, the United States is in fact exporting deflation.
To
stop domestic deflation, Japan not only needs to inject more yen
into the yen economy but it must also keep the yen in the yen
economy by reducing its trade surplus without shrinking its economy.
This is because the trade surplus coupled with a capital account
deficit is leaking yen into dollars faster than the Bank of Japan
(BOJ), the central bank, can inject more yen into the yen money
supply because of the so-called liquidity trap. Thus Japan needs to
shift its historical national role by changing its investment policy
from one of promoting ever-increasing export for trade surplus in
dollars that are of little use to the Japanese yen economy. Japan
needs to adopt a new national goal of developing and expanding the
global economy, particularly the Asian economy, from which the
relatively overdeveloped Japanese yen economy will derive
sustainable expansion in tandem.
This is true with all the
Group of Seven (G7) economies: they can only grow by making sure
that the rest of the world grows at a faster pace. There was a
period during the Cold War when the more advanced US economy grew at
a slower pace than those of its Western allies, much to the benefit
of the whole Western bloc. The future of the world economy depends
on more economic equality, not by shrinking the size of the G7
economies, but by expanding the economies outside of the G7 at a
faster pace. It is doubtful whether this shift toward equality can
be achieved through neo-liberal globalized trade. This is because
trade without global full employment does not yield comparative
advantage to the poorer trading partner. Say's Law, which asserts
that supply creates its own demand, is only true under conditions of
full employment. Comparative advantage in free trade is Say's Law
internationalized, true only under conditions of global full
employment and shrinking disparity of wages.
Dollar hegemony
makes trade surplus denominated in dollars a mechanism to drain
wealth from the trade surplus economy to the dollar economy.
Development needs to replace trade as the dominant driving force of
the world economy. In the long run, Japan will benefit from an Asian
common currency not dominated by yen hegemony. And the world will
benefit from a global currency not dictated by dollar hegemony or by
any other single national currency.
Deflation wreaks havoc
with business balance sheets: it discourages investment; it leads
consumers and corporations to postpone spending. With the consumer
price index falling at about 1 percent per year, and the broader
gross domestic product (GDP) deflator falling at about 2 percent per
year, deflation has become persistent in Japan in recent years as
the country continues to enjoy a substantial trade surplus.
Aside
from a temporary increase in 1997 when the consumption tax was
raised, prices have been falling in Japan for the past decade.
Deflation is damaging to the operation of the banking system, and
this is one of the key links between monetary policy and banking
policy in a central banking regime. With deflation, interest rates
are forced to become very low - close to zero. Yet near-zero
interest rates only postpone, not eliminate, the need for banks to
deal with problem loans, because, notwithstanding Milton Friedman's
famous pronouncement that inflation is everywhere and anywhere a
monetary phenomenon, deflation, the reverse of inflation, is not
everywhere and anywhere just a monetary phenomenon. Deflation is a
problem that cannot be cured by monetary measures alone, as Japan
has found out and as the United States is about to. Global deflation
can only be cured by reforming the international finance
architecture to allow trade to be replaced by development as the
engine for growth.
With near-zero interest rates, borrowers
find it easier to meet their interest payments to banks, allowing
loans to remain performing even if the borrowing firms are
structurally unprofitable. And deflation makes it harder for
borrowers to repay loan principal. High interest rate in an
inflationary environment can be a negative real interest rate after
inflation adjustment, in which case banks are actually paying their
borrowers. Conversely, a zero interest rate can be a high real rate
in a deflationary environment. Under a national banking regime,
banks are performing their duty as long as they support the national
purpose. In Japan's case, the banks' role was to support export.
Even if the banks did not make a profit or their corporate borrowers
could not meet debt service temporarily with current cash flow, the
banks were serving the national purpose as long as the borrowing
corporations were gaining market share in the global market.
Postwar Japan was prepared to export the national wealth
created by its people in exchange for gold or gold-backed dollars.
This mercantilist national purpose for a war-torn economy worked
until 1971 when the United States took its dollar off the gold
standard. Yet it took another three decades before the full impact
of exporting for a foreign fiat currency took its toll on the
Japanese economy. This adverse impact was finally brought home by
the globalization of financial markets after the end of the Cold
War, and exacerbated by the Tokyo Big Bang on April 1, 1998, and the
adoption of the Central Bank Law on the same day. The end of the
Cold War robbed Japan of its geopolitical guarantee for exclusive
access to a huge market in the United States. The Tokyo Big Bang
subjected the Japanese financial system to international market
pressures and the Japan Central Bank Law forced the Japanese banks
to be profit centers rather than service institutions.
With
a central banking regime in a neo-liberal globalized market economy,
firms and banks are separated from any national purpose, except as
affected by domestic tax policies or by national security
restrictions. Banks and firms exist mainly to make profit for their
shareholders of any nationality. It has become possible for the
global banking system to prosper at the expense of national
economies, including the home economies of transnational banks.
Monetarists argue that loan default decisions will surface
at a more timely stage if interest rates, both nominal and real,
stay steady and appropriately low for sustainable expansion of the
economy and its money supply, which generally requires an inflation
rate between 1 and 3 percent. As a result of delays in confronting
de facto default due to near zero interest rates, business failure,
liquidation, and loss of jobs when they finally occur can be much
more severe than if the finance restructuring were made earlier.
Near-zero interest rates dull the sensitivity of interest payments
as a barometer of business robustness.
In March 2001, the
BOJ, then a three-year-old central bank, made an important change in
monetary policy. It announced that it would provide ample liquidity
until the inflation rate was equal to or greater than zero; that is,
until deflation is ended. That policy is in essence one of inflation
targeting.
The BOJ conducts monetary policy and its business
operations under the Central Bank Law of April 1, 1998, which was
established on the principles of "independence" and
"transparency". The BOJ implements monetary policy by
adjusting the supply of funds in line with demand for them in the
money market through market operations. Since February 1999, the
then barely one-year-old central bank has kept the uncollateralized
overnight call rate, the operating target, at virtually zero
percent. This is known as the zero-interest-rate policy. This means
that the BOJ will inject funds into the money market without limit
whenever necessary. In fact, the BOJ has been supplying funds in
such large volume that excess funds continue to remain in the banks,
but the funds have not found their way into the market.
The
BOJ, at its Monetary Policy Meetings (MPMs), decides the guidelines
for market operations that cover the inter-meeting period of about
half a month or a month ahead. Market participants, on the other
hand, often engage in funds transactions that become due in three or
six months. This requires them to forecast movements in the
overnight call rate during the period between the next MPM and the
maturity date of their transactions. Consequently, when the outlook
for interest rates is uncertain, market forces will set interest
rates on term instruments, such as three- or six-month instruments,
substantially higher than the prevailing overnight rate.
To
avoid such an outcome, the BOJ has announced its intention of
maintaining the zero-interest policy "until deflationary
concern has been dispelled", suggesting possible continuation
of the policy beyond subsequent MPMs. This announcement aims at
ensuring that the effects of the zero-interest-rate policy permeate
the economy. As a result, money-market rates, including those on
three-to-six-month instruments, have stayed around zero percent.
This is an application of Nobel economist (1995) Robert E
Lucas's theory of "rational expectations". The theory
postulates that expectations about the future can influence the
economic decisions independently made by individuals, households and
companies. Using mathematical models, Lucas showed statistically
that the average individual would anticipate - and thus could easily
neutralize - the impact of a government's economic policy. Rational
expectation theory was embraced by president Ronald Reagan's White
House during his first term, but the theory worked against Reagan's
"voodoo economics" instead of with it.
When the
BOJ first adopted the zero-interest-rate policy in February 1999,
the economy and the financial markets interacted in a downward
spiral. Sluggish economic activity had made market participants
increasingly worried about the stability of the financial system.
Had extreme pessimism spread in the financial markets, Japan's
economy could have plunged into a catastrophic crisis. This
situation could create an abrupt freeze on economic activities, such
as business investment and household spending.
The
zero-interest-rate policy in effect stopped the toxic interaction
between economic activity and the financial markets by removing
concerns among market participants that they might face difficulties
in funding due to a liquidity shortage in the market. In the
meantime, the Financial Function Early Strengthening Law and other
legislation enacted in the autumn of 1998 attempted to provide a
framework for the stabilization of the financial system. In March
1999, about a month after the adoption of the zero-interest-rate
policy, major banks were recapitalized by injection of public funds.
But the "convoy system" of bank mergers shelters the
weakest banks at the expense of the strong. Moreover, fiscal
spending was increased significantly to stimulate economic activity.
But the yen money supply did not expand because of a recurring trade
surplus denominated in dollars. The zero-interest-rate policy masked
the symptoms, but it did not address the disease.
Japan's
economy has shown no signs of a self-sustained recovery in private
demand despite the zero-interest-rate policy. Under these
circumstances, the timing of a policy change and the meaning of
"until deflationary concern has been dispelled", which is
generally regarded as the criterion for terminating the current
policy, have again become the focus of attention.
The BOJ
describes the condition "until deflationary concern has been
dispelled" as meaning "until a self-sustained recovery of
the economy driven by private demand can be forecast with a certain
degree of probability". A fall in prices of goods is not
necessarily deflation, for it may be the effect of a rise in
productivity from the same cost base. When computer prices fall from
productivity gains, it is not deflation. Generally, deflation is
defined as a spiral of declining prices, particularly in asset
prices in addition to prices of goods, accompanied by contraction in
economic activity. An overall decline in the level of prices brings
about a fall in corporate profits and wages, and this fall leads in
turn to a contraction in economic activity, resulting in another
price decline. This indicates that the economic momentum behind
price developments is an important criterion in identifying the risk
of prices declining further.
While interest-rate policy can
be a stimulant or a depressant in an inflationary environment, a
zero-interest-rate policy can have unintended adverse effects in a
deflationary environment. Since the cost of money is near zero,
there is no compelling reason for banks to lend money, except for
earning fees to refinance loans made earlier at higher interest
rates. This creates problems for banks down the road by reducing
future interest income for the same loan amount. The narrow spread
in interest will also force banks to raise credit thresholds,
shrinking the pool of qualified borrowers. It can also cause a
distortion in income distribution in the household sector by denying
interest income it would have otherwise earned by savers. It can
create problems for pension funds and insurance companies.
Structural reform can be delayed by too much easing of the
necessary cash-flow pain. Market participants' risk perception can
be dulled. Institutional investors, such as life-insurance companies
and pension funds, can then face difficulty in finding good
investment opportunities to pay for long-term commitments made at
high interest rates. In the United States, where loan securitization
is widespread, banks are tempted to push risky loans by passing on
the long-term risk to non-bank investors through debt
securitization.
The BOJ's zero-interest policy combined with
general asset deflation has caught the Japanese insurance companies
in a vise. Both new loan rates and asset values are insufficient to
carry previous long-term yields promised to customers. Japan does
not have a debtor-friendly bankruptcy law, as the United States has.
At any rate, insurance companies, like banks, cannot file for
bankruptcy in the US. They are governed by an insurance commission,
which normally has a reinsurance fund to take care of insolvency.
The fund is nowhere near sufficient to handle systemic collapse. The
same happened to the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corp (FDIC) in the
1980s. The insurance sector in the United States will face serious
problems as the Federal Reserve further lowers the Fed Funds Rate
(FFR). Several segments of the insurance sector, such as health
insurance and casualty insurance, have already collapsed for other
reasons.
In the era of industrial capitalism, a low interest
rate was a stimulant. But in this era of finance capitalism,
lowering rates creates complex problems, especially when most big
borrowers routinely hedge their interest-rate exposures. For them,
even when short-term rates drop or rise abruptly, the cost remains
the same for the duration of the loan term, the only difference
being that they pay a different party.
Central banks are
still applying industrial-capitalism monetary economics to the new
finance capitalism. That is the main cause of the multi-wave
financial crash that began in 1982 in Mexico and developed with full
force of contagion in 1997 in Asia. In fact, in more than two years
since the zero-interest policy announcement, the BOJ has
significantly expanded money as measured by the monetary base, which
is bank reserves plus currency in circulation. The monetary base is
up 34 percent since the Bank of Japan began its new policy. However,
broader measures of liquidity that are more closely associated with
general price increases have not grown nearly as rapidly for reasons
stated above. The growth rate of broad money, which includes
individual and business deposits at banks, has hardly increased at
all. Moreover, bank lending has not increased because of a liquidity
trap. As the Japanese trade surplus adds to Japan's dollar reserves,
yen deposits and loans remain stagnant. Even after adjusting for
loan writeoffs, bank lending was down 2.6 percent in 2002 and
consumer prices continue to fall.
The reason the increase in
the growth rate of the monetary base has not resulted in higher
growth of loans and deposits at banks, or a rise in prices, is not,
as some economists suggest, that the increase in the monetary base
has not been sustained for long enough. Nor are more increases
needed in reserve balances banks hold at the BOJ, a key component of
the monetary base. The traditional anti-inflation bias of the
central banking regime has deprived policymakers of any historical
guide in overcoming persistent deflation.
The current round
of global deflation is caused by weak demand resulting from the
effects of dollar hegemony as sustained by a global central banking
regime regulated by the Bank of International Settlements (BIS). The
neo-liberal globalization of trade and finance prevents all
non-dollar economies from effectively increasing their local
currency money supply for domestic development. To avoid speculative
attacks on their currencies, all increases in local-currency money
supply must be channeled to fuel export for trade surplus in
dollars. This shrinks the exporting economies' own money supply
while adding to the dollar money supply to fuel the dollar economy
at the expense of non-dollar economies. Consumers in non-dollar
economies are robbed of purchasing power because low wages are
necessary to compete in the global export market to accumulate trade
surpluses in foreign currencies, mostly US dollars. At the same
time, state credit cannot be used to finance domestic development to
raise income, for fear of inducing speculative attacks on the local
currencies. Neo-liberal economists argue that the main reason the
increase in the monetary base has not yet worked in Japan is
non-performing loans (NPLs) in the banking sector. They point out
that funds lent by commercial banks and spent by borrowers create
deposits at other banks that can then be lent to other borrowers.
According to neo-classical monetary economics, this is the way an
increase in the monetary base (high-power money) leads to an
increase in the amount of broad money and higher prices, through the
money-creation power of banks. But banks that are burdened by NPLs
do not seek out new, profitable loan opportunities, even when they
have excess reserves. Neo-liberal economists argue that a change in
banking policy that effectively deals with the NPL problem will lead
to more banks and more businesses seeking out new opportunities and
creating new loans. They make this argument all over Asia - in fact,
all over the world.
For Japan, they argue that solving the
NPL problem would significantly increase the ability of the BOJ to
increase broad money, increase bank lending, and raise the price
level. This is like arguing that after you leave the gas running in
the kitchen stove without first lighting it, an explosion will
result when you finally light it. Therefore you must now turn off
the gas and open all the windows and there is no alternative to
suffering uncooked food for a while until the air is clear. But
neo-liberals are careful not to tell you that it was they who first
suggested that you blow out the pilot light of national banking. If
the pilot light of national banking had remained lit, the economic
kitchen of Japan would still be producing delicious hot food.
Turning the gas on without a lit pilot light will cause an explosion
again, no matter how many times you open the window to clear the air
temporarily.
A recent BOJ report highlights the nature of
the NPL problem, in effect arguing that NPLs are not simply the
legacy of the old bubble days, but reflect continuing problems in
the banking sector. There is truth to that observation, but the BOJ
report fails to note that the NPL problem is a bastard child of
central banking. The BOJ argues that the NPL problem must be
addressed quickly. And there is also truth to that view. Problem
loans do exert a heavy toll on banks. Heavily burdened banks lose
the ability to focus on new lending to new business opportunities. A
banking system that is weighed down by bad loans cannot fulfill its
role of gauging risk and return and channeling savings to the most
profitable investments. Banking problems also exert a heavy toll on
the economy. Borrowers who are not servicing NPLs are frequently
owners of assets - property, buildings, capital equipment - that are
not being used productively or profitably in a free market.
All
this is valid, but only in a central banking regime. Under a
national banking regime, these problems remain, but they take on a
very different character. Under national banking, rather than
private bank profits deciding what should be financed, the national
purpose decides what is financially profitable. Furthermore, the
claim that cleaning out NPLs in the Japanese banking system under a
central banking regime will revive the Japanese economy has not been
empirically verified. It is only part of the snake-oil cure promoted
by the Washington Consensus to perpetuate US dollar hegemony.
It
is true that unresolved NPLs freeze non-performing assets in place
and prevent them from moving to more profitable activities. But it
is also true that under central banking, some profitable activities
may well be detrimental to the economy as a whole. The US economy is
full of examples of this truism. The result is a robust financial
sector and a sick real economy.
Under conditions of excess
capacity, failure to deal with NPLs locks in excess capacity,
worsening deflationary pressures. But solving the NPL problem in the
wrong way, through massive layoffs, for example, will only add to
deflationary pressure. The solution requires more than simply
reducing or writing off debt. Over-indebted borrowers are almost
always overextended businesses, having expanded into activities with
little economic benefit. In the case of Japan, the overextended
business is export of manufactured products for money that is
useless in Japan.
Addressing the problems of the distressed
borrowers requires substantial restructuring in order to identify a
profitable business core, and in some cases liquidation of the
borrower is the only alternative. The Japanese economy has been
historically structured toward export. It would be unthinkable to
liquidate the entire export sector. However, it is quite possible to
make the export sector earn yen instead of dollars. A yen trade
surplus would contribute to curing deflation in Japan. But it will
still not solve Japan's economic malaise.
The Japanese
export engine has become unprofitable not only because world trade
is shrinking. The solution to the NPL problem lies not in
liquidating the export sector, but in redirecting it toward
yen-earning developmental institutions. The catch is that this
redirection from trade to development cannot be accomplished by
relying on neo-liberal market fundamentalism operating in a central
banking regime.
The market favors trade over development
because the market treats development cost as an externality. When
someone other than the recipient of a benefit bears the costs for
its production, for example education and environmental protection,
the costs of the benefit are external to its enjoyment. Economists
call these external costs negative "externalities". These
externalities amount to a market failure to distribute costs and
benefits fairly and efficiently within the economy. Globalization is
basically a game of negative externalities. Inhuman wages and
working conditions, together with neglected environmental protection
and cleanup, are other negative externalities that protect corporate
profit. It is by ignoring the need for development and by
externalizing its cost that the market can deliver profitability to
corporate shareholders. Development can only be done with a revival
of national banking in support of a new national purpose.
For
the 44 trillion yen in loans to corporations classified by Japanese
banks as bankrupt or in danger of bankruptcy, the harsh choices are
clear. But a more corrosive problem arises with loans that are
technically performing but are owed by companies that are barely
able to keep afloat, have little prospect for long-term survival,
and have no possibility of ever paying back the loan. These firms
may be able to scrape together their required interest payments in
Japan's low-interest-rate environment. How many of the roughly 100
trillion yen in loans that "need attention" fall into this
category and are likely to become non-performing loans is at the
heart of the dispute about the size of Japan's bad-loan problem.
This highlights the futility of a central-bank interest-rate policy
as a tool to deal with deflation.
Dealing with these
walking-dead firms before they spiral into bankruptcy, and while
there is still value and employment that can be salvaged, is a
critical issue. But the answer is not retrenchment through layoffs.
The answer lies in turning these distressed firms from export
dinosaurs to development dynamos domestically, regionally and
globally. Instead of exporting cars and video games, Japan can
export education, health care, environmental technology, management
know-how, engineering and design, etc, systems to generate wealth
rather than products to absorb wealth from overseas.
Yet the
delay in addressing the NPL problem has not spared Japan the pain of
unemployment. Thus the NPL problem is merely a symptom, not a cause,
of the economic malaise Japan has placed on itself by continuing to
pursue export for dollars as a national purpose.
For
economic growth to increase in any country it is necessary not only
for productivity growth to increase; it must also accompany
productivity growth with consumption growth. Productivity is the
amount of goods and services that workers can produce in a fixed
period of time, such as a day or year. Productivity growth is driven
by the ability to move productive resources - labor and capital
equipment - from low-productivity activities to high-productivity
activities. Consumption growth in a modern economy cannot rely
merely on quantitative increase. It must take the form of
qualitative improvement. A higher level of living standard includes
a rising level of culture, morals, aspirations and sensitivities.
The Japanese economy combines industries where productivity
is the highest in the world with industries that lag behind their
counterparts in other countries. This is unavoidable for most
economies because culture demands more than efficiency. The trouble
is that in Japan the high productivity is heavily concentrated in
the export sector, while the lagging productivity is concentrated in
the domestic sector. And as mentioned repeatedly before, export
earns US dollars. And dollars cannot be spent in the Japanese yen
economy. So Japan is dollar-rich but yen-poor. The more Japan prints
yen to finance export, the more dollars it will supply to the dollar
economy to make it stronger and richer, and the yen economy poorer.
Economists have pointed out that in no other major country
are the differences between leading and lagging sectors as large, or
the potential productivity gains so great from closing the gaps.
Food processing is an industry that employs 11 percent of Japan's
manufacturing workforce. Analysts have estimated that if
productivity in Japanese food processing were raised to the level of
France, a country with equal attention to quality, freshness, and
presentation, then productivity in the Japanese economy as a whole
would rise by 1.64 percent. Yet this would only exacerbate deflation
in Japan by making processed food cheaper.
The Japanese
government is developing measures to deal with the NPL problem.
Financial Services Agency (FSA) Minister Heizo Takenaka has outlined
principles that will guide its approach to banking policy. The first
is assuring that banks accurately classify their loans and that they
hold sufficient provisions against losses. The second is assuring
that banks are adequately capitalized. And the third is improving
the corporate governance of banks, to assure that they operate both
effectively and profitably.
Yet these goals are music only
to the ears of neo-liberal monetarists. They do not address the real
problems facing the Japanese economy. The real problems are caused
by a crisis in national purpose. Without addressing the issue of
national purpose, cleaning up the banks would merely be dealing with
the symptoms. In fact, Japanese banks can again be healthy
institutions if a national banking regime is revived to serve a new,
viable national purpose. Otherwise, forcing the distressed banks to
clean up their NPLs under a central banking regime governed by BIS
regulations would risk destroying the entire Japanese economy.
Japan has already used public funds to try to strengthen its
banking system, and more will be required. Yet public funds are not
a viable solution for a wrong-headed national purpose. Effective
banking reform can be aided by the use of public funds. But using
public funds without condition is a recipe for moral hazard and
damaging delay.
A healthy, vibrant Japan is a Japan that can
take its proper place on the world stage - a critical factor in the
security of the region and the world. Yet a prosperous region and a
world without poverty will enhance the security of Japan more than
any military alliance or rearmament program. Japan can contribute
toward a more secure world by focusing on economic development by
exporting wealth-creating technology rather than wealth-absorbing
products.
In December 2001, the government forecast that
Japan's gross domestic product for fiscal 2002 (April 2002-March
2003) would post zero growth in real terms. Because of the slumping
economy, investment in plant and equipment was expected to drop 3.5
percent, while housing investment was forecast to decline 1.9
percent. Because of the difficult employment and wage environment,
personal consumption was expected to grow only 0.2 percent. This
weak domestic private-sector demand would push down real growth by
0.5 percentage point. Public-sector demand, meanwhile, was forecast
to boost real growth by 0.3 point through increased spending on the
new national nursing-care system and other programs. As for external
demand, exports were forecast to increase during the latter half of
fiscal 2002, bolstering the real growth rate by 0.2 point. Even
these bleak forecasts proved to be over-optimistic. The Cabinet
Office had insisted on forecasting negative growth for fiscal 2002,
in line with the actual state of the economy in fiscal 2001. But the
Ministry of Finance (MOF) and the Ministry of Economy, Trade, and
Industry (METI) were opposed to a government forecast of negative
growth that might be self-fulfilling. In typical Japanese style, the
two sides agreed on a compromise. The government would prevent the
economy from bottoming out in the first half of fiscal 2002. It
would make use of the second supplementary budget of fiscal 2001,
totaling 4.1 trillion yen, to continue to implement public works,
which usually experience a lull in the first half of the fiscal year
due to administrative procedures.
In the meantime, exports
were optimistically forecast to improve, especially those bound for
the United States, which was expected to get back on the path of
recovery, notwithstanding that the decline in value in the US equity
market between March 2000 and March 2003 has exceeded 90 percent of
GDP, as compared with 60 percent during 1929-31.
Since this
scenario was a compromise, however, there was criticism of it even
within the government. One high-ranking official said presciently,
"Since it depends on a recovery of the US economy, the figure
0.0 percent [growth] is nothing more than wishful thinking."
These forecasts had not even taken into account the adverse impacts
of the then unforeseen Iraq war and the surprise SARS (severe acute
respiratory syndrome) epidemic.
Private-sector economists
predict that a second consecutive year of negative growth as
inevitable. Behind these predictions lies the judgment that it is
difficult to foresee any pick-up in personal consumption and
investment in plant and equipment, the two main engines of growth,
when the economic situation will worsen because of structural
reforms, mainly progress in the disposal of NPLs.
Private-sector
economists remain skeptical that business can act as the locomotive
pulling the Japanese economy out of recession because of continued
shrinking profits as a result of falling prices and severe
competition from China and other low-wage countries. Because of
increasing overseas Japanese production, a weak yen can no longer
boost exports as much as in the past. In the draft budget for fiscal
2002, public-investment-related expenditures, which include both the
construction and operation of public facilities, are down 10.7
percent from the previous year to 9.2525 trillion yen, which will
add to deflation. With the unemployment rate rising, consumer
attitudes toward personal spending will continue to worsen.
The
biggest cause for concern in the near future is the stability of the
financial system, the backbone of the economy. The financial system
has been facing recurring crises, as evidenced by the continued drop
in the value of bank shares that began in the fall of 2001,
reflecting the drop of the equity market of which the banks own
substantial holdings. The Japanese economy has fallen into a vicious
circle. Deflation leads to the emergence of new bank NPLs, worsening
the problem, which in turn exacerbates further deflation. The
disposal of NPLs must be expedited, but banks are clearly threatened
by the combined weight of the economic slump, the collapse of the
equity market and their own falling shares. Recurrent instability in
the financial system would destabilize the financial capital market
beyond a credit crunch. Banks may then be forced to call in an
excessive number of loans, a move that would be disastrous for the
real economy.
Additionally, the government introduced a
so-called "payoff" cap in April 2002 under which
individual bank accounts are guaranteed only up to 10 million yen
plus interest in the event of a bank failure. So dark clouds hang
over the economy after fiscal 2002. The FSA has been pressing local
financial institutions that are short of capital to speed up efforts
to reorganize and consolidate, and it stands ready to prevent any
chaos, such as a run on banks, from occurring as a result of the
introduction of the payoff system. But in 2001 alone a total of 46
credit banks and credit cooperatives were forced into bankruptcy. If
this wave spreads to regional banks and second-tier regional banks,
and there are more cases like that of Ishikawa Bank, which collapsed
at the end of 2001, serious effects are expected. Because regional
and second-tier regional banks occupy a weightier position in local
economies than credit banks, local industries may be unable carry
on. As for a recovery in the US economy, on which the government's
zero-growth forecast was premised, the correction after the collapse
of the information-technology bubble has been more severe than
expected. Despite the recent rebound of the tech sector, US recovery
when it comes will not be led by high-tech industries, but by
military hardware, heavy construction and financial services, which
will not have a major effect on Japanese exporting industries.
Ever since the United States abandoned the Bretton Woods
international monetary agreement in August 1971 and took its dollar
off gold, the global monetary system has been plagued by a fiat
currency at the core. Countries that have been hit by currency runs
suddenly realized that the promise of market capitalism had been a
cruel joke to rob them of their wealth and dignity through an unjust
international finance architecture. In the absence of a stable,
equitable international monetary order consistent with open global
markets, the US continues to push for financial globalization. The
unregulated free-to-manipulate approach to currency-exchange
relationships engenders only monetary nationalism and ultimately
fosters a protectionist backlash in all countries. The currency
carnage rages on with disastrous economic and political consequences
around the entire globe. Economic war, like all wars, are recognized
as undesirable by all, yet it happens because of an inequitable
world economic order.
Japanese sovereign debt does not face
the issue of the Japanese government not able or willing to pay its
obligations. It is because both Japanese debt and currency are
freely traded in the open, largely unregulated global market that
credit ratings become important. Recurring and persistent Japanese
government budget deficits impact the price of JGB (Japanese
Government Bonds). For the past three years, ever since the BOJ
reduced short-term rates to zero, Japanese banks, as well as a host
of international speculators, have been borrowing cost-free funds to
invest in 10-year JGBs at about 1.3 percent. The banks have by the
end of fiscal 2002 some 67 trillion yen ($540 billion) in
fixed-income securities, doubling their holdings in February 1999
when the BOJ first introduced its zero-interest hyper-loose monetary
policy. The banks have sold roughly 10 percent of their holdings in
the first half of fiscal year 2002.
This interest-rate
spread has allowed Japanese banks to earn profits to cover some of
their losses from distressed loans and equity deflation. Prime
Minister Junichiro Koizumi's cabinet is not expected to be able to
keep its promise to cap new bond issues to finance further deficits.
Banks, already weaken in their capital base by asset deflation,
cannot sustain a sudden collapse of the bond market. Under BIS
guidelines to be introduced in 2005, government debt rated with a
single A standing carries a 20 percent risk rating, meaning that
holders must set aside capital reserves to cover 20 percent of the
assets. The latest rating for JGB has dropped from AA+ to AA.
Although a local regulator can ignore these BIS guidelines, it would
still be a serious blow to Japan and its banks' international
standing, which would cost Japan a high risk premium in the
international debt market.
There is open political pressure
for the BOJ to adopt a reflation target. Ironically, the bank lobby
is most among the most vocal in this pressure group. Japanese banks
have been selling their JGB holdings as a risk management move.
There is also political pressure to depreciate the yen to the
150-160 range from its benchmark of 120 to the dollar. Yet a 148-yen
dollar would trigger regionwide competitive currency depreciation,
including China's yuan, which is considered undervalued in relation
to that country's current account surplus.
With Japan caught
in a liquidity trap, zero interest has had the effect of pushing on
a credit string domestically. But profits are being made by those
who borrow cost-free yen to invest in US treasuries, Japanese
deflated real estate and distress debts. The purchase of US
treasuries caused a temporary reverse-yield curve in US debts in the
late 1990s, making long-term rates lower than the short-term Fed
Funds rate target set by the Federal Reserve. This amounts to a
black hole of unlimited drain on the future of the Japanese economy.
With potential yen depreciation, this problem is further
exaggerated, motivating market participants to borrow yen to invest
in instrument-denominated in dollars. Overseas investors had built
up arbitrage positions between bonds and yen swaps on the assumption
that swap rates would not fall below JGB yields. But 10-year swap
yields were about 1.3 percent (as of November 27, 2002), 9.5 basis
points below the 10-year cash JGB yield. This prompted liquidation
of JGBs against swaps, leading briefly to serious contagion to other
markets. This type of mini-crisis is now commonplace and hardly
attracting notice in the financial press. One of these days, it will
add up to a major crash.
The fact is that Japan, and really
the whole world, cannot solve its financial problems without facing
up to the reality that no free market or regulated markets exist now
for foreign exchange, credits or even equity anywhere. Arbitrary,
secretive and whimsical intervention on a massive scale hangs as an
ever-present threat over the global system of financial exchange.
Individual self-preservation moves and short-term profit incentive
will bring the system crashing down some Tuesday morning. This is
what Alan Greenspan, chairman of the US Federal Reserve, means by
the need of central banks to provide "catastrophic insurance".
The BOJ stunned the market on September 19, 2002, by
announcing that it would buy shares directly from Japanese banks. On
October 11, it announced that it would buy 2 trillion yen ($16.5
billion) of bank shareholdings to make them less vulnerable to
stock-market swings. The BOJ also urged the government to use public
funds to accelerate the disposal of banks' NPLs. The share-buying
plan would last up to the end of September 2003 and would cover more
than 10 banks. Masaru Hayami, BOJ's then retiring governor, said:
"If liquidity problems emerge from declines in stock prices,
the BOJ is ready and has the means to provide additional funds."
The move signaled a more coordinated approach between the
BOJ and the government, which had for some time been at loggerheads
over tackling Japan's weak economy, deflationary environment and
bank NPLs. But the BOJ decided to keep its monetary policy
unchanged, despite a call from Masajuro Shiokawa, the finance
minister, for further easing. The Nikkei dropped almost 20 percent
within months after September 19. The benchmark Nikkei 225 average
had difficulty closing above the key 8,500 mark. It hit new 19-year
lows almost every day for the week ending on October 11, on
uncertainty regarding the government's plans to clean up NPLs.
Analysts say that if the Nikkei falls to 7,000-7,500, bank
capital-adequacy ratios could fall below the BIS requirement of 8
percent. The 2003 first-half low was 7,607.
Japan's banks
are estimated to have 40 trillion yen ($322 billion) in equity
holdings, making them vulnerable to market swings. At the same time,
an export slowdown is threatening to derail recovery in the world's
second-largest economy, largely because of a decline in US consumer
demand for Japanese products such as cars and electronic goods.
Japanese government data show that the country's jobless
rate in October 2002 rose to 5.5 percent, its highest level of the
postwar era and a figure last seen in December 2001.
Reform
is seldom an engine of growth. It is also never a timely cure for
emergencies. Instead of concentrating on making the economy roll,
government bureaucrats devote most of their energy thinking up ever
more ingenious ways of pandering to official directives while at the
same time ensuring that their own official turf is not reorganized
out of existence. This tends to stop the economy in its tracks.
Japan's banking crises greatly reduced the impact of any
macroeconomics policy to stimulate demand. Regardless of measures to
stimulate domestic demand in the economy, Japan is structurally
condemned to no growth for the foreseeable future, unless its
national purpose shifts.
Even if Tokyo does all that
Washington wants it to - spurring demand with monetary and fiscal
policy, cleaning up the banking system and vigorously pursuing
systemic reform - its estimated contribution to stability in the
global economy is overstated. US export to Japan is a mere 1 percent
of US GDP, to all Asia 2.4 percent. Rising European economies are
filling in the Asian gap in world demand.
The Japanese
insurance companies offered below-market yield during the boom in
return for safety to customers. The insurance companies then put
their assets in real estate, fueling the bubble, not only as lenders
but as investors to capture capital gain. The long period of
deflation that followed the bursting of the financial bubble in 1990
has caught Japan's life insurance in a double bind. On the one hand
asset values are falling, while on the other hand high returns to
policyholders are still being offered in an effort to stave off a
collapse of new policy subscriptions. A vicious circle of insolvency
then arises when liquidity needs oblige these funds to liquidate
depreciated assets. Bankruptcies have multiplied. These institutions
are at the heart of Japan's economic system but have now become a
source of uncertainty, leading to deflationary pressures.
The
bankruptcy of Nissan Mutual Life in May 1997 pushed the most
protected sector of Japan's financial system into open crisis: of
the 18 life-insurance funds that have developed historically in
Japan, six have gone into liquidation. In expectation of further
bankruptcies, the Financial Services Authority got the Japanese Diet
(parliament) to revise substantially the Insurance Code and the
Framework Law organizing the restructuring of the financial system.
Of the various modifications adopted, the most notable involves
state commitment to providing public funds for supporting the
restructuring of the sector. This type of decision can only be
justified economically if the social cost of bankruptcy is
considerably greater than the direct costs borne by shareholders and
creditors, and hence shows clearly the importance Japanese
authorities have given to these financial institutions in the
economic stability of the country.
The deterioration of the
financial health of Japanese life-insurance institutions is the
direct consequence of their aggressive commercial policy implemented
during the speculative bubble, and pursued for a further five years
during the subsequent deflation. Between 1985 and 1986, the 50
percent appreciation of the yen led to colossal portfolio losses in
foreign-currency holdings. In order to maintain the overall returns
on assets, institutions were subsequently tempted to compensate for
losses by participating in Japan's rising stock-market euphoria. To
increase the scope of their investments, and hence raise profits,
the funds sought to attract more savings, through aggressive
marketing. Returns of 6-7 percent, if not 10 percent, to clients
were thus offered constantly. Given the long-term nature of such
savings, only continued rises in asset prices could support such
payments.
But the bursting of the bubble in 1990, followed
by the long period of financial deflation, put the life-insurance
institutions in the position of having asset returns that have
fallen below interest payment commitments to policyholders. Their
own reserves have been insufficient to absorb this shock. On the one
hand, reserves were reduced to a minimum during the bubble as
regulations on the use of capital gains and constraints on reserves
were relaxed. On the other hand, market values have depreciated
considerably since the euphoria has ended. Under these
circumstances, the life-insurance funds had to reduce their
guaranteed returns on new policies as soon as possible, for their
financial position to be restored. But this revision did not take
place until 1995, when the guaranteed rate went from 4.5 percent to
3.5 percent, the latter still being excessive given Japan's
deflationary context. Thus, these institutions continued to sell
policies likely to generate losses up until the second half of the
decade.
The importance of these financial institutions led
the MOF, as well as the institutions themselves, to conceal the
weaknesses of the sector while waiting for a recovery. As long as
policies were not canceled or did not mature, the opaque accounting
system allowed losses to be hidden from public view. But, as the
deflation took hold, such losses rose. Despite the level of returns
offered, market saturation and economic recession led to a fall in
new policies. This in turn led to a persistent cut in the current
resources available to the insurers. Reimbursing contracts reaching
maturity by liquidating corresponding assets would lead to the
forced revelation of losses. To prevent such a liquidation of
assets, the insurers must therefore ensure that current resources
are higher than those in use: hence they are forced to bid up
returns to attract new investors. This has led to the development of
Ponzi-style finance. Savings are attracted at a high cost and are
meant to be invested, but in reality are used to mop up losses on
existing policies. Financial charges rise as high-yield policies
reach maturity.
From 1996 onward, the losses associated with
the returns gap were declared. The fall in stock market values and
the leveling-off of interest rates led to a collapse in investment
incomes and latent capital gains. This double bind on the
profit-and-loss account led to the failure in May 1997 of Nissan
Mutual Life, whose disastrous management triggered a slump in
household confidence. The fall of new subscriptions has been
aggravated by an explosion of policy cancellations; in short, there
has been a run on the funds, though less violent than in a real
banking crisis. The weak macroeconomic and financial situation of
the late 1990s thus led to a self-fulfilling deterioration of
solvency. To satisfy their rising liquidity constraints, the life
insurers, which found it increasingly difficult to borrow, were led
to liquidate depreciated assets in ever-increasing volumes.
Since
1997, each new bankruptcy announcement has reduced the credibility
of the sector as a whole and intensified the crisis. While all the
institutions are not in the same situation, low accountancy
standards tarnish all actors and reduce the solvency of the sector
as a whole, thus becoming a self-fulfilling prophecy. Official
pronouncements by the authorities, as well as from the profession
itself, have been that latent capital gains in life-insurance
portfolios should make it possible to mop up losses, a position that
was previously applied to banks until their recapitalization in
1999. This argument is still faulty. On the one hand, latent capital
gains (net of latent capital losses) have in essence been exhausted.
On the other hand, cleaning up balance sheets by liquidating assets
in the middle of a crisis actually nourishes the downward pressure
on asset prices, reduces the solvency of asset owners and worsens
the need for liquidity. This aggravates a vicious circle of
financial deflation, from which life-insurance companies cannot
escape by themselves. At the heart of the Japanese economy, these
institutions have now become an important factor in worsening
uncertainty and sustaining deflationary macroeconomic pressures.
As with the banks, Japanese life-insurance companies are
"not just another financial services institution". They
have a systemic influence on the economy, which is directed through
three major channels: 1) household savings; 2) long-term financing;
and 3) financial markets.
Pensions in Japan are mainly
financed by capitalization. Within this system, the life-insurance
institutions manage the major share of individual, long-term
savings, as well as a substantial share of the savings collected by
pension funds. Overall, the financial holdings of the 18 mutual
funds are drawn from 96 percent of households and account for more
than one-quarter of their savings. Confidence by savers in these
institutions is vital to the stability of behavior and the long-term
equilibrium of the economy. Conversely, doubts concerning the
solvency of mutual life-insurance funds are leading to a general
feeling of insecurity about the future, encouraging cautious
behavior and a fall in consumption, which in turn is feeding
deflationary pressures. The last two bankruptcies have affected 3.5
million savers, and may cause them to lose part of their long-term
savings.
As an integral part of Japan's large financial and
industrial groups (the keiretsu), mutual life-insurance funds
play a structural role in the organization of finance and industry.
They are dormant shareholders and providers of stable finance.
During the 1970s and 1980s, their long-term liabilities along with
the continued growth of their markets ensured that they did not
suffer from liquidity constraints. They were protected from
competition through a cartel structure, and from shareholder
pressure by their status as mutuals. Thus, they are bound little by
the obligations of short-term profitability, by transparency rules
or the need to build up equity resources. Above all, they are
protected from hostile takeover, which makes them very stable core
players in the financial cross-holdings of Japan's large groups, and
in particular in their cross-holdings with banks.
When the
life-insurance institutions weakened, the solidity of the whole
financial system came under threat. As stable funds became rarer,
the expectation horizon of numerous economic agents shortened. Debt
reduction and the buildup of equity have become priorities over
investment projects, while the downgrading of the latter stifles
economic growth and future profits. Since the first bankruptcy in
the sector in 1997, the solidarity and links between life insurers
and their partners have been called into question, clouding the
outlook for painless restructuring of the keiretsu and the
whole of Japan's market sector.
Last, the most powerful and
visible channel for propagating tensions is that of the financial
markets. The concurrence of significant financial weight, high
concentration and homogenous behavior in terms of portfolio
investments gives the mutual life institutions particular power.
Under these circumstances, the worsening of their financial
situation is likely to provoke highly sensitive market movements
that could weigh down on the liquidity and solvency of all
investors, especially the banks.
Since the collapse of
Nissan Mutual Life revealed the absence of a framework for managing
bankruptcies in the sector, significant progress has been made with
respect to guaranteeing saving-insurance contracts, accounting rules
and prudential policy. However, problems still persist,
necessitating substantial progress. The life sector's Policies
Protection Fund was set up in 1995, and reformed in March 2000.
Henceforth, it has become an essential tool for restructuring the
industry. Its present capital stands at 460 billion yen, but is set
to rise by a further 100 billion yen contributed by the industry
itself by this year, plus 400 billion yen in the form of government
loans. The fund may also borrow in the markets, with the state
underwriting such borrowing. The fund will thus guarantee
life-insurance policies through to this year, in the case of
bankruptcy.
But the terms under which such guarantees are
met lead to harmful uncertainties. In effect, the measure stipulates
that if bankruptcy procedures go ahead, then the returns on policies
already sold may be revised, retroactively. This amounts to the
ending of obligatory liabilities for policyholders. Thus, it is
already clear that some households holding policies with Chiyoda
Life will see their assets depreciate by at least 10 percent. These
measures have a strongly negative impact on private consumption
behavior. They may also worsen the instability of the insurance
sector, by accelerating the pace of contract cancellation. The
debate surrounding a satisfactory resolution of the crisis thus
remains open.
The governing Liberal Democratic Party (LDP)
has put forward a proposition that would allow mutual life-insurance
institutions to modify the guaranteed rates of return on existing
policies. This proposal is being supported by the largest
institutions. They are less vulnerable to savings flight than the
smaller institutions because of their renown, and they hope to
capitalize on this at the expense of the rest of the sector. But the
proposition does not provide a way out of the crisis. On the
contrary, it risks provoking a macroeconomic shock and aggravating
the crisis of confidence faced by the whole life-insurance industry.
The errors of the banking crisis are being repeated. By
liquidating depreciated capital assets to meet obligations, the life
institutions have weakened themselves day-by-day. These institutions
need to be recapitalized by an injection of public funding, as
finally happened with the banks. A major lesson from the Japanese
crisis is that institutional investors can raise systemic risk by
intervening in the financial markets. All such investors must
therefore be subject to supervisory rules and strict prudential
standards. This has been common knowledge concerning banks for a
long time. It is a lesson learnt with respect to Long Term Capital
Management (LTCM) hedge fund crisis in the United States and it is
beginning to be learned for pension funds and for the Japanese
life-insurance industry.
The BOJ policy board said on March
25 that it would buy more stocks from the nation's lenders and flood
the credit markets with yet more yen in hopes of stabilizing
financial markets unnerved by the fighting in Iraq. The decisions
came after the board met in a one-day extraordinary session, and are
the first policy steps taken under the bank's new governor,
Toshihiko Fukui.
In the weeks since he was nominated for the
post, Fukui has been pressed by lawmakers to cooperate closely with
the government on measures to revive the economy and rid the banks
of NPLs. By calling the special meeting, the bank's first since it
became independent from the Finance Ministry five years ago, Fukui
signaled his willingness to go along. For five years, the
"independent" central bank worked at cross purposes
against government efforts to halt deflation, revive the economy and
rebuild business and consumer confidence. Now many economists and
analysts in Japan say it has become clear that the situation will
not improve unless the two act in concert. They raise questions
whether the "independence" of the central bank is in the
national interest. Richard A Werner's best-selling Princes of the
Yen (En no Shihaisha) documents how the Japanese economy has
been manipulated by its central bank. Based on its arguments,
several well-known LDP politicians in Japan recently founded a new
Central Bank Reform Research Group, which Werner advises.
Fukui's
predecessor, Masaru Hayami, guarded the bank's independence
jealously and often was dismissive of suggestions from outsiders.
The new governor's modest moves signaled that the central bank will
now be more accommodating. The Bank of Japan slipped into a shaky
position under Hayami. The message now is that this central bank
will be proactive.
Significantly, Fukui assembled his policy
board just five days into his term, and did not wait for the regular
two-day meeting scheduled to begin April 7. The Japanese fiscal year
ended on March 31.
The central bank's plan to buy an
additional 1 trillion yen ($8.3 billion) in equities from the
nation's banks comes even though Japanese stock prices have largely
stabilized after hitting 20-year lows in early March. It expands the
bank's appropriations for stock purchases by 50 percent, to 3
trillion yen. Through March, the bank had actually spent only 1.032
trillion yen of the 3 trillion.
Japanese regulators have for
years allowed banks to count as capital a portion of their immense
stock portfolios, which often include substantial stakes in their
customers. But the regulators have recently started insisting that
the banks revalue their portfolios to match market prices at the end
of each fiscal year, making the banks' balance sheets highly
vulnerable when share prices fall. The central bank has tried to aid
the lenders by agreeing to buy portfolio holdings from them,
especially holdings that could not be sold in an orderly way in the
open market.
The central bank said recently that it would go
on flooding the money markets with cash in excess of its formal
target of 20 trillion yen, and that it would loosen its restrictions
further on making money available to borrowers. Some analysts said
these measures would do little to blunt the longstanding criticisms
of the central bank and the government, and that they seemed capable
only of piecemeal steps, and then only under duress. Exhibiting this
distrust of the central bank's efficacy, the Japanese stock market
fell both before and after the BOJ policy announcement. On May 16,
nearly a decade into Japan's banking crisis, the Resona Group,
Japan's fifth-largest banking group, with $360 billion in assets,
announced that it needed an estimated $17 billion cash infusion to
shore up its capital base. Koizumi offered to put up the cash,
giving the government majority ownership. It was the use of deferred
tax assets to calculate core capital that sank Resona, and the same
accounting device could trigger other bank bailouts. Deferred tax
assets are in essence future tax refunds banks anticipate collecting
once they clean up bad loans. The government figured that this
accounting technique, which is used also in the Un
Next:
The Chinese experience x
He apparently never published The
Chinese experience as part of this series. But he
wrote quite
a bit on the China and some on Chinese Banking.